Table of Contents



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)
x   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 2002

OR

     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File No. 1-5690

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
     
Georgia
(State of Incorporation)
  58-0254510
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

2999 Circle 75 Parkway, Atlanta, Georgia 30339

(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (770) 953-1700.

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act and the Exchange on which such securities are registered:

Common Stock, Par Value, $1 Per Share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X]      No [ ]

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as described in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes [X]      No [ ]

     The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s Common Stock (based upon the closing sales price reported by the New York Stock Exchange and published in The Wall Street Journal for March 4, 2003) held by non-affiliates as of March 4, 2003 was approximately $4,811,183,040.

     The number of shares outstanding of Registrant’s Common Stock, as of March 4, 2003: 174,025,755

     Certain portions of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002 (the “Annual Report”) are incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. Other than those portions of the Annual Report specifically incorporated by reference pursuant to Items 5 through 8 of Part II hereof, no other portions of the Annual Report shall be deemed so incorporated.

     Certain portions of the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 21, 2003 (the “Proxy Statement”) filed pursuant to Rule 14a-6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. Other than those portions of the Proxy Statement specifically incorporated by reference pursuant to Items 10 through 13 of Part III hereof, no other portions of the Proxy Statement shall be deemed so incorporated.



 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I.
ITEM I. BUSINESS.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
PART II.
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
ITEM 9.CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
PART III.
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
PART IV.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
SIGNATURES.
LIST OF EXHIBITS
EX-10.52 AMEND. DIRECTORS' DEFERRED COMPENSATION
EX-10.53 GENUINE PARTS COMPANY PARTNERSHIP PLAN
EX-10.54 GENUINE PARTS COMPANY PENSION PLAN
EX-10.55 1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
EX-10.56 AMENDMENT TO THE 1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EX-13 SECTIONS AND PAGES OF THE 2002 ANNUAL REPORT
EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
EX-23 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


Table of Contents

PART I.

ITEM I. BUSINESS.

     Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation incorporated on May 7, 1928, is a service organization engaged in the distribution of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials. In 2002, business was conducted throughout the United States, in Canada and in Mexico from approximately 1,800 locations. As used in this report, the “Company” refers to Genuine Parts Company and its subsidiaries, except as otherwise indicated by the context; and the terms “automotive parts” and “industrial parts” refer to replacement parts in each respective category.

Segment Data . For information regarding segment data, refer to the Company’s Audited Financial Statements as set forth on Pages 17 and 37 of the Annual Report to Shareholders for 2002.

Competition - General . The distribution business, which includes all segments of the Company’s business, is highly competitive with the principal methods of competition being product quality, sufficiency of inventory, price and the ability to give the customer prompt and dependable service. The Company anticipates no decline in competition in any of its business segments in the foreseeable future.

Employees . As of December 31, 2002, the Company employed approximately 30,700 persons.

AUTOMOTIVE PARTS GROUP .

     The Automotive Parts Group, the largest division of the Company, distributes automotive replacement parts and accessory items. The Company is the largest member of the National Automotive Parts Association (“NAPA”), a voluntary trade association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of automotive parts. In addition to over 300,000 available part numbers, the Company, in conjunction with NAPA, offers complete inventory, cataloging, marketing, training and other programs in the automotive aftermarket.

     During 2002, the Company’s Automotive Parts Group included NAPA automotive parts distribution centers and automotive parts stores (“auto parts stores” or “NAPA AUTO PARTS stores”) owned in the United States by Genuine Parts Company; automotive parts distribution centers and auto parts stores in Canada owned and operated by UAP, a wholly-owned subsidiary; auto parts stores in the United States operated by corporations in which Genuine Parts Company owned either a minority or majority interest; auto parts stores in Canada operated by corporations in which UAP owned a 50% interest; distribution centers owned by Balkamp, Inc., a majority-owned subsidiary; rebuilding plants owned by the Company and operated by its Rayloc division; distribution centers of ACDelco, Motorcraft and other automotive supplies owned and operated by Johnson Industries, a wholly-owned subsidiary; and automotive parts distribution centers and automotive parts stores in Mexico, owned and operated by Grupo Auto Todo, S.A. de C.V. (“Auto Todo”), a company in which a wholly-owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company owns a controlling interest.

     The Company has a 15% interest in Mitchell Repair Information (“MRIC”), a subsidiary of Snap-on Incorporated. MRIC is a leading diagnostic and repair information company with over 35,000 North American subscribers linked to its services and information databases. MRIC’s core product, “Mitchell ON-DEMAND”, is a premier electronic repair information source in the automotive aftermarket.

     The Company’s NAPA automotive parts distribution centers distribute replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all motor vehicle makes and models in service in the United States, including imported vehicles, trucks, SUV’s, buses, motorcycles, recreational vehicles and farm vehicles. In addition, the Company distributes replacement parts for small engines, farm equipment and heavy duty equipment. The Company’s inventories also include accessory items for such vehicles and equipment, and supply items used by a wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket, such as repair shops, service stations, fleet operators, automobile and truck dealers, leasing companies, bus and truck lines, mass merchandisers, farms, industrial concerns and individuals who perform their own maintenance and parts installation. Although the Company’s domestic automotive operations purchase from more than 65 different suppliers, approximately 58% of 2002 automotive parts inventories were purchased from 10 major suppliers. Since 1931, the Company

-2-


Table of Contents

has had return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.

Distribution System . In 2002, Genuine Parts Company operated 57 domestic NAPA automotive parts distribution centers located in 37 states and approximately 900 domestic company-owned NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located in 43 states. At December 31, 2002, Genuine Parts Company owned either a minority or majority interest in 31 corporations, which operated approximately 53 auto parts stores in 19 states.

     UAP, founded in 1926, is a Canadian leader in the distribution, marketing, and rebuilding of replacement parts and accessories for automobiles and trucks. UAP employs approximately 4,000 people. UAP operates a network of 15 distribution centers supplying approximately 600 UAP/NAPA auto parts and 54 TRACTION wholesalers, which supply parts to small fleet owners-operators and are a significant supplier to the mining and forestry industries. These include approximately 202 company owned stores, 24 joint venture or progressive owners in which UAP owns a 50% interest, and approximately 430 independently owned stores. UAP supplies bannered installers and independent installers in all provinces of Canada, as well as networks of service station and repair shops operating under the banners of national accounts. UAP is licensed to and uses the NAPA® name in Canada.

     In Mexico, Auto Todo owns and operates 10 distribution centers and 18 auto parts stores. Auto Todo is licensed to and uses the NAPA® name in Mexico.

     The Company’s distribution centers serve approximately 5,000 independently owned NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located throughout the market areas served. NAPA AUTO PARTS stores, in turn, sell to a wide variety of customers in the automotive aftermarket. Collectively, these independent automotive parts stores account for approximately 25% of the Company’s total sales with no automotive parts store or group of automotive parts stores with individual or common ownership accounting for more than 0.5% of the total sales of the Company.

Products . Distribution centers have access to over 300,000 different parts and related supply items. Each item is cataloged and numbered for identification and accessibility. Significant inventories are carried to provide for fast and frequent deliveries to customers. Most orders are filled and shipped the same day as received. The majority of sales are on terms that require payment within 30 days of the statement date. The Company does not manufacture any of the products it distributes. The majority of products are distributed under the NAPA® name, a mark licensed to the Company by NAPA.

Related Operations . A majority-owned subsidiary of Genuine Parts Company, Balkamp, Inc. (“Balkamp”), distributes a wide variety of replacement parts and accessory items for passenger cars, heavy duty vehicles, motorcycles and farm equipment. In addition, Balkamp distributes service items such as testing equipment, lubricating equipment, gauges, cleaning supplies, chemicals and supply items used by repair shops, fleets, farms and institutions. Balkamp packages many of the approximately 24,000 part numbers, which constitute the “Balkamp” line of products that are distributed to the members of NAPA. These products are categorized in 160 different product groups purchased from more than 400 domestic suppliers and 130 foreign manufacturers. BALKAMP®, a federally registered trademark, is important to the sales and marketing promotions of the Balkamp organization. Balkamp has four distribution centers located in Indianapolis and Plainfield, Indiana, Greenwood, Mississippi, and West Jordan, Utah.

     Johnson Industries (“Johnson”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is an independent distributor of ACDelco, Motorcraft and other automotive supplies. Johnson, founded in 1924, sells primarily to large fleets and new car dealers as well as providing ACDelco products to NAPA members. Johnson has 11 distribution centers throughout the U.S.

     The Company, through its Rayloc division, also operates five plants where certain small automotive parts are rebuilt. These products are distributed to the members of NAPA under the NAPA brand name. Rayloc® is a mark licensed to the Company by NAPA.

-3-


Table of Contents

Segment Data . In the year ended December 31, 2002, sales from the Automotive Parts Group approximated 52% of the Company’s net sales as compared to 51% in 2001 and 50% in 2000.

Service to NAPA AUTO PARTS Stores . The Company believes that the quality and the range of services provided to its automotive parts customers constitute a significant advantage for its automotive parts distribution system. Such services include fast and frequent delivery, obsolescence protection, parts cataloging (including the use of computerized NAPA AUTO PARTS catalogs) and stock adjustment through a continuing parts classification system which allows independent jobbers to return certain merchandise on a scheduled basis. The Company offers its NAPA AUTO PARTS store customers various management aids, marketing aids and service on topics such as inventory control, cost analysis, accounting procedures, group insurance and retirement benefit plans, marketing conferences and seminars, sales and advertising manuals and training programs. Point of sale/inventory management is available through TAMS® (Total Automotive Management Systems), a computer system designed and developed by the Company for the NAPA AUTO PARTS store.

     In association with NAPA, the Company has developed and refined an inventory classification system to determine optimum distribution center and auto parts store inventory levels for automotive parts stocking based on automotive registrations, usage rates, production statistics, technological advances and other similar factors. This system, which undergoes continuous analytical review, is an integral part of the Company’s inventory control procedures and comprises an important feature of the inventory management services, which the Company makes available to its NAPA AUTO PARTS store customers. Over the last 10 years, losses to the Company from obsolescence have been insignificant, and the Company attributes this to the successful operation of its classification system, which involves product return privileges with most of its suppliers.

Competition . In the distribution of automotive parts, the Company competes with automobile manufacturers (some of which sell replacement parts for vehicles built by other manufacturers as well as those which they build themselves), automobile dealers, warehouse clubs and large automotive parts retail chains. In addition, the Company competes with the distributing outlets of parts manufacturers, oil companies, mass merchandisers, including national retail chains, and with other parts distributors and jobbers.

NAPA . The Company is a member of the National Automotive Parts Association, a voluntary association formed in 1925 to provide nationwide distribution of automotive replacement parts. NAPA, which neither buys nor sells automotive parts, functions as a trade association whose members in 2002 operated 64 distribution centers located throughout the United States, 57 of which were owned and operated by the Company. NAPA develops marketing concepts and programs that may be used by its members. It is not involved in the chain of distribution.

     Among the automotive lines that each NAPA member purchases and distributes are certain lines designated, cataloged, advertised and promoted as “NAPA” lines. The members are not required to purchase any specific quantity of parts so designated and may, and do, purchase competitive lines from other supply sources.

     The Company and the other NAPA members use the federally registered trademark NAPA® as part of the trade name of their distribution centers and parts stores. The Company contributes to NAPA’s national advertising program, which is designed to increase public recognition of the NAPA name and to promote NAPA product lines.

     The Company is a party, together with other members of NAPA and NAPA itself, to a consent decree entered by the Federal District Court in Detroit, Michigan, on May 4, 1954. The consent decree enjoins certain practices under the federal antitrust laws, including the use of exclusive agreements with manufacturers of automotive parts, allocation or division of territories among several NAPA members, fixing of prices or terms of sale for such parts among such members, and agreements to adhere to any uniform policy in selecting parts customers or determining the number and location of, or arrangements with, auto parts customers.

-4-


Table of Contents

INDUSTRIAL PARTS GROUP.

     The Industrial Parts Group distributes industrial replacement parts and related supplies throughout the United States, Canada, and Mexico. This Group distributes industrial bearings and power transmission equipment replacement parts, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, agricultural and irrigation equipment and related supplies. The Group is continuing to enhance their internet-based procurement solutions with MotionMRO.com.

     The Company distributes industrial parts in the United States through Motion Industries, Inc. (“Motion”), headquartered in Birmingham, Alabama. Motion Industries is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In Canada, industrial parts are distributed by Motion Industries (Canada), Inc. [“Motion (Canada)”], an operating group in the North American structure. Motion (Canada)’s service area includes nine provinces of Alberta, British Columbia, Manitoba, New Brunswick, Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Ontario, Quebec, and Saskatchewan. In Mexico, industrial parts are distributed by another operating division, Motion Industries (Mexico) [(“Motion (Mexico)”], through a partnership with power transmission specialist Refacciones Industriales de Mexico (RIMSA). Motion (Mexico) serves the market through seven locations in seven major Mexican cities. The Company has return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.

     As of December 31, 2002, the Group served more than 150,000 customers in all types of industries located throughout the United States, Mexico and Canada.

Distribution System . In North America, the Industrial Parts Group operates 466 branches, nine distribution centers, and 29 service centers. The distribution centers stock and distribute more than 200,000 different items purchased from more than 250 different suppliers. Approximately 62% of 2002 total industrial purchases were made from 10 major suppliers. Sales are generated from the Group’s branches located in 48 states, nine provinces in Canada, and seven cities in Mexico. Each branch has warehouse facilities that stock significant amounts of inventory representative of the lines of products used by customers in the respective market area served.

     Motion (Canada) operates two distribution centers for the 64 Canadian locations serving industrial and agricultural markets. Motion (Canada) also distributes irrigation systems and related supplies.

Products . The Industrial Parts Group distributes a wide variety of products to its customers, primarily industrial concerns, to maintain and operate plants, machinery and equipment. Products include such items as hoses, belts, bearings, pulleys, pumps, valves, chains, gears, sprockets, speed reducers and electric motors. The nature of this Group’s business demands the maintenance of large inventories and the ability to provide prompt and demanding delivery requirements. Virtually all of the products distributed are installed by the customer. Most orders are filled immediately from existing stock and deliveries are normally made within 24 hours of receipt of order. The majority of all sales are on open account.

Related Information . Non-exclusive distributor agreements are in effect with most of the Group’s suppliers. The terms of these agreements vary; however, it has been the experience of the Group that the custom of the trade is to treat such agreements as continuing until breached by one party, or until terminated by mutual consent.

Integrated Supply . Motion’s integrated supply process reduces the costs associated with MRO (Maintenance, Repair and Operation) inventory management, but also enables the manufacturing customer to focus on its core competency, free working capital associated with inventories, improve service levels to end-users, and allow management to focus on more strategic concerns. Motion’s integrated supply process analyzes a customer’s current operation to develop integration goals and then provides solutions based on industry’s accepted best practices.

Segment Data . In the year ended December 31, 2002, sales from the Company’s Industrial Parts Group approximated 27% of the Company’s net sales as compared to 27% in 2001 and 28% in 2000.

-5-


Table of Contents

Competition . The Industrial Parts Group competes with other distributors specializing in the distribution of such items, general line distributors and others who have developed or joined integrated supply programs. To a lesser extent, the Group competes with manufacturers that sell directly to the customer.

OFFICE PRODUCTS GROUP.

     The Office Products Group, operated through S. P. Richards Company (“S. P. Richards”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. S. P. Richards is engaged in the wholesale distribution of a broad line of office and other business related products that are used in the daily operation of businesses, schools, offices and institutions. Office products fall into the general categories of computer supplies, imaging supplies, office furniture, office machines, general office supplies, school supplies, janitorial supplies and breakroom supplies.

     Horizon USA Data Supplies, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of S. P. Richards, is a distributor of computer supplies and accessories. In 2002, HorizonUSA opened a new facility in Vancouver, Canada and in December 2002 moved into a new headquarters and distribution center in Reno, Nevada.

     The Office Products Group is represented in Canada through S. P. Richards Canada. Headquartered near Vancouver, British Columbia, S. P. Richards Canada services office product resellers throughout Canada from locations in Vancouver, Toronto, Calgary and Winnipeg.

     The Office Products Group distributes computer supplies including storage media, printer supplies and computer accessories; office furniture to include desks, credenzas, chairs, chair mats, partitions, files and computer furniture; office machines to include telephones, answering machines, calculators, fax machines, multi-function copiers, printers, digital cameras, laminators and shredders; general office supplies to include desk accessories, business forms, accounting supplies, binders, filing supplies, report covers, writing instruments, envelopes, note pads, copy paper, mailroom supplies, drafting supplies and audiovisual supplies; school supplies to include bulletin boards, teaching aids and art supplies; janitorial supplies to include cleaning supplies, paper towels and trash can liners; and breakroom supplies to include napkins, utensils, snacks and beverages. S. P. Richards has return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.

     The Office Products Group distributes more than 30,000 items to over 7,000 business product resellers throughout the United States and Canada from a network of 43 distribution centers. This network of strategically located distribution centers provides overnight delivery of the Company’s comprehensive product offering. Approximately 62% of the Company’s 2002 total office products purchases were made from 10 major suppliers.

     The Office Products Group sells strictly to resellers of office products. These resellers include independently owned office product dealers, national office product superstores, large contract stationers, mail order companies and college bookstores. Resellers are offered comprehensive marketing programs, which include full line catalogs and flyers as well as education and training resources.

     While the Company inventories include products from over 350 of the industry’s leading manufacturers, S. P. Richards also markets four proprietary brands of items. These brands include: SPARCO®, an economical line of office supply basics; Compucessory™, a line of computer accessories; NATURE SAVER®, an offering of recycled paper products and Elite Image™, a line of new and remanufactured toner cartridges.

Segment Data . In the year ended December 31, 2002, sales from the Company’s Office Products Group approximated 17% of the Company’s net sales as compared to 17% in 2001 and 16% in 2000.

Competition . In the distribution of office supplies to retail dealers, S. P. Richards competes with many other wholesale distributors as well as with manufacturers of office products and large national retail chains.

-6-


Table of Contents

ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC MATERIALS GROUP.

     The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group was formed on July 1, 1998 through the acquisition of EIS, Inc. (“EIS”). This Group distributes materials for the manufacture and repair of electrical and electronic apparatus. With branch locations in 33 cities nationwide and in Mexico, this Group stocks over 100,000 items, from insulating and conductive materials to assembly tools and test equipment. This Group also has three manufacturing facilities that provide custom fabricated parts and one manufacturing plant that produces printed circuit board drillroom products. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group is an important single source to original equipment manufacturers, repair shops, the electronic assembly market, and printed circuit board manufacturers. EIS actively utilizes its E-commerce Internet site to present its products to customers while allowing these on-line visitors to conveniently purchase from a large product assortment.

     In 2002, the Company distributed electrical materials through EIS, headquartered in Atlanta, Georgia. Electronic materials were distributed through EIS’s operating divisions, Com-Kyl and Circuit Supply. Both electrical and electronic products are distributed from warehouse locations in major user markets throughout the U.S. The Company has return privileges with most of its suppliers, which has protected the Company from inventory obsolescence.

Products. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group distributes a wide variety of products to customers from over 400 vendors. Products include such items as magnet wire, copper clad laminate, conductive materials, insulating and shielding materials, assembly tools, test equipment, adhesives and chemicals, pressure sensitive tapes, solder, anti-static products, and thermal management products. To meet the prompt delivery demands of its customers, this Group maintains large inventories. The majority of sales are on open account. Approximately 62% of 2002 total Electrical/Electronic Materials Group purchases were made from 10 major suppliers.

Integrated Supply. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group’s integrated supply programs are a part of the marketing strategy, as a greater number of customers—especially national accounts—are given the opportunity to participate in this low-cost, high-service capability. The Group developed AIMS (Advanced Inventory Management System), a totally integrated, highly automated solution for inventory management. The Group’s Integrated Supply offering also includes SupplyPro, an electronic vending dispenser used to eliminate costly tool crib, or in-house stores, at customer warehouse facilities.

Segment Data. In the year ended December 31, 2002 sales from the Company’s Electrical/Electronic Materials Group approximated 4% of the Company’s sales, as compared to 5% in 2001 and 6% in 2000.

Competition. The Electrical/Electronic Materials Group competes with other distributors specializing in the distribution of electrical and electronic products, general line distributors, and, to a lesser extent, manufacturers that sell directly to customers.

* * * * * * * * * *

-7-


Table of Contents

Internet Website. The Company’s internet website can be found at www.genpt.com. The Company makes available free of charge on or through our internet website, access to our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed, or furnished, to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Executive Officers of the Company . The table below sets forth the name and age of each person deemed to be an executive officer of the Company as of March 4, 2003, the position or office held by each and the period during which each has served as such. Each executive officer is elected by the Board of Directors and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors until his successor has been elected and has qualified, or until his earlier death, resignation, removal, retirement or disqualification.

                 
                Year First
Name   Age   Position of Office   Assumed Position

 
 
 
Larry L. Prince     64     Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer   1990/1989
Thomas C. Gallagher     55     President and Chief Operating Officer   1990
George W. Kalafut     69     Executive Vice President   1991
Jerry W. Nix     57     Executive Vice President – Finance *   2000
Edward Van Stedum     53     Senior Vice President-Human Resources   1996

*   Also serves as the Company’s Principal Financial and Accounting Officer.

     All executive officers have been employed by and have served as officers of the Company for at least the last five years.

Forward Looking Statements. Statements in this report or incorporated herein constitute forward-looking statements that are subject to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Company cautions that its forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The Company undertakes no duty to update its forward-looking statements, which reflect the Company’s beliefs, expectations, and plans as of the present. Actual results or events may differ materially from those indicated as a result of various important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changes in general economic conditions, the growth rate of the market for the Company’s products and services, the ability to maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships, competitive product and pricing pressures, the effectiveness of the Company’s promotional, marketing and advertising programs, changes in laws and regulations, including changes in accounting and taxation guidance, the uncertainties of litigation, as well as other risks and uncertainties discussed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

     The Company’s headquarters and Automotive Parts Group headquarters are located in two adjacent office buildings owned by Genuine Parts Company in Atlanta, Georgia.

     The Company’s Automotive Parts Group currently operates 57 NAPA Distribution Centers in the United States distributed among four geographic divisions. Approximately 90% of the distribution center properties are owned by the Company. At December 31, 2002, the Company operated approximately 900 NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located in 43 states, and the Company owned either a minority or majority interest in approximately 31 additional auto parts stores located in 19 states. Other than NAPA AUTO PARTS stores located within Company owned distribution centers, most of the automotive parts stores in which the Company has an ownership interest were operated in leased facilities. In addition, UAP operated 15 distribution centers and approximately 226 automotive parts and TRACTION stores in Canada, and Auto Todo operates 10 distribution centers and 18 stores in Mexico. The Company’s Automotive Parts Group also operates four Balkamp distribution centers, five Rayloc rebuilding plants, one transfer and shipping facility, and eleven Johnson Industries distribution centers.

     The Company’s Industrial Parts Group, operating through Motion, Motion (Canada) and Motion (Mexico), operates 9 distribution centers, 29 service centers and 466 branches. Approximately 90% of these branches are operated in leased facilities.

-8-


Table of Contents

     The Company’s Office Products Group operates 39 facilities in the United States and 4 facilities in Canada distributed among the Group’s five geographic divisions. Approximately 75% of these facilities are operated in leased buildings.

     The Company’s Electrical/Electronic Materials Group operates in 31 cities in the United States and 2 cities in Mexico. All of this Group’s 33 facilities are operated in leased buildings except one facility, which is owned.

     For additional information regarding rental expense on leased properties, see “Note 6 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” on Page 34 of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     The Company is subject to various legal and governmental proceedings, many involving routine litigation incidental to the businesses, including several hundred product liability lawsuits resulting from its national distribution of automotive parts and supplies. Many of these involve claims of personal injury allegedly resulting from the use of automotive parts distributed by the Company. While litigation of any type contains an element of uncertainty, the Company believes that its defense and ultimate resolution of pending and reasonably anticipated claims will continue to occur within the ordinary course of the Company’s business, and that resolution of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations or consolidated business and financial condition.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     Not applicable.

PART II.

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

     Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Market and Dividend Information” on Page 16 of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference. During the second quarter of 2002, the Company issued an aggregate of 9,427 shares of Company stock pursuant to an earnout in connection with the acquisition of Hunt Automotive. These shares are in addition to an aggregate 42,939 shares that were issued in prior periods in connection with the Hunt acquisition. All such shares were issued in a transaction exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the regulations there under.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Selected Financial Data” on Page 16 of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on Pages 18 through 23 of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.

-9-


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

     Information related to this item is set forth under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” on Pages 18 through 23 and under “Note 4 – Credit Facilities” on Page 33 of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

     Information required by this item is set forth in the consolidated financial statements on Pages 17 and 25 through 37, in “Report of Independent Auditors” on Page 24, and under the heading “Quarterly Results of Operations” on Page 23, of the Company’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     Not applicable.

PART III.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Nominees for Director” and “Members of the Board of Directors Continuing in Office” on Pages 3 through 4 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2003, and is incorporated herein by reference. Certain information required by this Item is included in and incorporated by reference to Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     Information required by this item is set forth under the heading “Executive Compensation and Other Benefits” on Pages 9 through 11, and under the headings “Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation”, “Compensation Pursuant to Plans” and “Termination of Employment and Change of Control Arrangements” on Pages 13 through 17 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2003, and is incorporated herein by reference. In no event shall the information contained in the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s 2002 Annual Meeting on Pages 11 through 13 under the heading “Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee Report on Executive Compensation”; on Pages 18 and 19 under the heading “Performance Graph”; or on Page 19 under the heading “Audit Committee Report” be incorporated herein by reference.

-10-


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.

     Information required by this item is set forth under the headings “Common Stock Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Common Stock Ownership of Management” on Pages 6 through 9 of the definitive proxy statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting to be held on April 21, 2003, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

     The following table gives information as of December 31, 2002 about the common stock that may be issued under all of the Company’s existing equity compensation plans.

                         
    (a)       (c)
Number of Securities
    Number of Securities   (b)   Remaining Available for
    to be Issued Upon   Weighted Average   Future Issuance Under Equity
    Exercise of Outstanding   Exercise Price of   Compensation Plans
    Options, Warrants and   Outstanding Options,   (Excluding Securities
Plan Category   Rights   Warrants and Rights   Reflected in Column(a))

 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Stockholders:
                       
 
  2,629,268 (1)   $ 30.21       - 0 -  
 
  4,887,762 (2)   $ 29.12       4,080,000  
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Stockholders:
                       
 
  28,558 (3)     n/a       971,442  
 
   
     
     
 
Total
    7,545,588             5,051,442  
 
   
     
     
 


(1)   Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended
 
(2)   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended
 
(3)   Genuine Parts Company Director’s Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended
 
(4)   The table does not include information for the EIS, Inc., 1993 Equity Incentive Plan assumed by the Company in connection with the acquisition of EIS, Inc. in 1998. As of December 31, 2002, a total of 56,479 shares of the Company’s common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under that assumed plan. The weighted average exercise price of those outstanding options is $18.47 per share. No additional options may be granted under the EIS, Inc. 1993 Equity Incentive Plan.

Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan

     The Company established, effective as of November 1, 1996, a nonqualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan known as the Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan. This plan is open to all non-employee directors of the Company and permits participants to defer the receipt of all of their director fees and/or meeting fees until a specified date, which must be at least two calendar years following the date of the election to defer. Participants may elect to have the deferred amounts allocated to an interest bearing account or an account that is credited with Company common stock equivalents. Each participant may elect to receive payment of the deferred amounts in cash or shares of Company common stock. The shares of Company common stock distributable to directors under this plan must be previously issued and repurchased shares and may not be original issue shares. A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of common stock may be distributed under this plan.

-11-


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     Not applicable.

ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Within the 90-day period prior to the date of this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act) is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date that Company management conducted its evaluation.

PART IV.

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

(a)   (1) and (2) The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

    (3) The following Exhibits are filed as part of this report in Item 15(c):

     
Exhibit 3.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of April 18, 1988, and as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated as of November 20, 1989 and April 18, 1994. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
     
Exhibit 3.2   By-laws of the Company, as amended February 19, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 12, 2001.)
     
Exhibit 4.1   Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated as of November 15, 1999, between the Company and SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, as Rights Agent. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 4.2   Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-63874.)
     
Exhibit 4.3   Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. The Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request.

-12-


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 10.1 *   1988 Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Meeting Proxy Statement, dated March 9, 1988.)
     
Exhibit 10.2 *   Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement, adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 15, 1989.)
     
Exhibit 10.3 *   Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company providing for a supplemental employee benefit upon a change in control of the Company. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 15, 1989.)
     
Exhibit 10.4 *   Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1991. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 8, 1991.)
     
Exhibit 10.5 *   1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective April 20, 1992. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Meeting Proxy Statement, dated March 6, 1992.)
     
Exhibit 10.6 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Larry L. Prince. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-Q, dated May 6, 1994.)
     
Exhibit 10.7 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-Q, dated May 6, 1994.)
     
Exhibit 10.8 *   The Genuine Parts Company Restated Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, effective January 1, 1993. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
     
Exhibit 10.9 *   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
     
Exhibit 10.10 *   Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 1994. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
     
Exhibit 10.11 *   Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 1989. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 3, 1995.)
     
Exhibit 10.12 *   Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, effective September 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 1996.)
     
Exhibit 10.13 *   Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, effective April 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 1996.)

-13-


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 10.14 *   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated September 28, 1995, effective January 1, 1995. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 1996.)
     
Exhibit 10.15 *   Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, effective November 1, 1996. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
     
Exhibit 10.16 *   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan dated May 24, 1996, effective January 1, 1996. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
     
Exhibit 10.17 *   Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan dated December 3, 1996, effective January 1, 1996. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
     
Exhibit 10.18 *   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 3, 1996, effective November 1, 1996. (Incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1997.)
     
Exhibit 10.19 *   Amendment No. 4-A to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective January 1, 1996. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
     
Exhibit 10.20 *   Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 7, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
     
Exhibit 10.21 *   Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated October 6, 1997, effective January 1, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
     
Exhibit 10.22 *   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated August 7, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
     
Exhibit 10.23 *   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective August 15, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
     
Exhibit 10.24 *   Genuine Parts Company Death Benefit Plan, effective July 15, 1997. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1998.)
     
Exhibit 10.25 *   Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.26 *   Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.27 *   Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1994. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)

-14-


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 10.28 *   Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.29 *   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.30 *   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan, effective April 19, 1995. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.31 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999, between the Company and Larry L. Prince. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-Q, dated May 3, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.32 *   Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Form 10-Q, dated May 3, 1999.)
     
Exhibit 10.33 *   Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated January 26, 1999, effective September 30, 1998. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.34 *   Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated December 30, 1999, effective January 1, 1989; December 31, 1999; and January 1, 2000. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.35 *   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.36 *   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.37 *   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Original Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.38 *   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.39 *   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.40 *   Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 26, 1999, effective January 1, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)

-15-


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 10.41 *   Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated February 4, 1999, effective January 1, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.42 *   Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated April 5, 1999, effective April 1, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.43 *   Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 30, 1999, effective November 30, 1999. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 10, 2000.)
     
Exhibit 10.44*   Amendment No. 11 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 19, 2001, effective April 1, 2000. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 12, 2001.)
     
Exhibit 10.45*   Amendment No. 12 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 19, 2001, effective December 29, 2000. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 12, 2001.)
     
Exhibit 10.46*   Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Exhibit 10.47*   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Exhibit 10.48*   Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Exhibit 10.49*   Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated July 1, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Exhibit 10.50*   Amendment No. 1 to the Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans, dated December 5, 2001, effective July 1, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Exhibit 10.51*   Group Insurance Plan for Employees of Genuine Parts Company, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2000. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
     
Exhibit 10.52*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 14, 2002, effective November 14, 2002.
     
Exhibit 10.53*   Genuine Parts Company Partnership Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001, and executed February 27, 2002.

-16-


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 10.54*   Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001 unless otherwise specified herein, and executed February 27, 2002.
     
Exhibit 10.55*   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of November 19, 2001.
     
Exhibit 10.56*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, dated November 19, 2001, effective November 19, 2001.

*     Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements.

     
Exhibit 13   The following sections and pages of the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders:
     
    - Selected Financial Data on Page 16
    - Market and Dividend Information on Page 16
    - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition on Pages 18-23
    - Quarterly Results of Operations on Page 23
    - Segment Data on Page 17
    - Report of Independent Auditors on Page 24
    - Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on Pages 25-37.
     
Exhibit 21   Subsidiaries of the Company
     
Exhibit 23   Consent of Independent Auditors

(b)   Reports on Form 8-K. There were no Reports on Form 8-K filed for the quarter ended December 31, 2002.
 
(c)   Exhibits. The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report.
 
(d)   Financial Statement Schedules. The response to this portion of Item 15 is submitted as a separate section of this report.

-17-


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES .

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

             
/s/ Larry L. Prince 3/21/03     /s/ Jerry W. Nix 3/21/03  

   
 
Larry L. Prince
Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
(Date)     Jerry W. Nix
Executive Vice President - Finance
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
(Date)  

-18-


Table of Contents

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
/s/ Mary B. Bullock 2/17/03     /s/ Richard W. Courts II 2/17/03  

   
 
Dr. Mary B. Bullock
Director
(Date)     Richard W. Courts II
Director
(Date)  
 
/s/ Bradley Currey, Jr. 2/17/03     /s/ Jean Douville 2/17/03  

   
 
Bradley Currey, Jr.
Director
(Date)     Jean Douville
Director
(Date)  
 
/s/ Robert P. Forrestal 2/17/03     /s/ Thomas C. Gallagher 2/17/03  

   
 
Robert P. Forrestal
Director
(Date)     Thomas C. Gallagher
Director
President and Chief Operating Officer
(Date)  
 
/s/ John D. Johns 2/17/03     /s/ Michael M. E. Johns 2/17/03  

   
 
John D. Johns
Director
(Date)     Michael M. E. Johns
Director
(Date)  
 
/s/ J. Hicks Lanier 2/17/03     /s/ Larry L. Prince 2/17/03  

   
 
J. Hicks Lanier
Director
(Date)     Larry L. Prince
Director
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
(Date)  
 
/s/ Alana S. Shepherd 2/17/03     /s/ Lawrence G. Steiner 2/17/03  

   
 
Alana S. Shepherd
Director
(Date)     Lawrence G. Steiner
Director
(Date)  
 
/s/ James B. Williams 2/17/03          

       
James B. Williams
Director
(Date)          

-19-


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Larry L. Prince, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Genuine Parts Company;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  c)   presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

  a)   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 21, 2003

 
/s/ Larry L. Prince

 
Larry L. Prince
Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer

 


Table of Contents

I, Jerry W. Nix, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Genuine Parts Company;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

  a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and
 
  c)   presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

5.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

  a)   all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and
 
  b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

6.   The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Date: March 21, 2003

 
/s/ Jerry W. Nix

 
Jerry W. Nix
Executive Vice President — Finance and
Chief Financial Officer

 


Table of Contents

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Item 15(a)(1) and (2), (c) and (d)

List of Financial Statements

Certain Exhibits

Year Ended December 31, 2002

Genuine Parts Company

Atlanta, Georgia

 


Table of Contents

Form 10-K - Item 15(a)(1) and (2)

Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

Index of Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries, included in the annual report of the registrant to its shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2002, are incorporated by reference in Item 8:

      Consolidated balance sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001
 
      Consolidated statements of income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000
 
      Consolidated statements of cash flows - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000
 
      Notes to consolidated financial statements - December 31, 2002

The following consolidated financial statement schedule of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries is included in Item 15(d):

      Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

 


Table of Contents

Annual Report on Form 10-K
Item 15(d)
Financial Statement Schedule II – Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Genuine Parts Company and Subsidiaries

                                       
        Balance at   Charged             Balance at
        Beginning   to Costs             End
        of Period   and Expenses     Deductions   of Period
       
 
   
 
Year ended December 31, 2000:
                                 
 
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
                                 
   
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  $ 6,928,609     $ 13,875,788       $ (13,433,963 ) 1   $ 7,370,434  
Year ended December 31, 2001:
                                 
 
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
                                 
   
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  $ 7,370,434     $ 26,515,715       $ (24,621,880 ) 1   $ 9,264,269  
   
Reserve for facility consolidations
        $ 18,300,000 3       $ (400,000 ) 2   $ 17,900,000  
Year ended December 31, 2002:
                                 
 
Reserves and allowances deducted from asset accounts:
                                 
   
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
  $ 9,264,269     $ 20,856,135       $ (21,892,433 ) 1   $ 8,227,971  
   
Reserve for facility consolidations
  $ 17,900,000             $ (9,900,000 ) 2   $ 8,000,000  

    1 Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries.
 
    2 Facility consolidation expenses paid.
 
    3 Facility consolidation expenses accrued.


Table of Contents

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

ITEM 15(a)(3)

LIST OF EXHIBITS

     
The following Exhibits are filed as a part of this Report:
     
10.52*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, dated November 14, 2002, effective November 14, 2002.
     
10.53*   Genuine Parts Company Partnership Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001, and executed February 27, 2002.
     
10.54*   Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2001, and executed February 27, 2002.
     
10.55*   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of November 19, 2001.
     
10.56*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, dated November 19, 2001, effective November 19, 2001.
     
13   The following Sections and Pages of Annual Report to Shareholders for 2002:
     
    -    Selected Financial Data on Page 16
     
    -    Market and Dividend Information on Page 16
     
    -    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition on Pages 18-23
     
    -    Quarterly Results of Operations on Page 23
     
    -    Segment Data on Page 17
     
    -    Report of Independent Auditors on Page 24
     
    -    Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements on Pages 25-37
     
21   Subsidiaries of the Company
     
23   Consent of Independent Auditors

 


Table of Contents

The following Exhibits are incorporated by reference as set forth in Item 15 on pages 12-17 of this Form 10-K:

             
-     3.1     Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated April 18, 1988, and as amended April 17, 1989 and amendments to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated November 20, 1989 and April 18, 1994.
             
-     3.2     By-laws of the Company, as amended February 19, 2001.
             
-     4.1     Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement, dated November 15, 1999, between the Company and SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, as Rights Agent. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 8-K, dated November 15, 1999.)
             
-     4.2     Specimen Common Stock Certificate. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-63874).
             
-     4.3     Note Purchase Agreement, dated November 30, 2001. (Incorporated herein by reference from the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K, dated March 7, 2002.)
             
Instruments with respect to long-term debt where the total amount of securities authorized thereunder does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis have not been filed. The Registrant agrees to furnish to the Commission a copy of each such instrument upon request.
         
-   10.1*   1988 Stock Option Plan.
         
-   10.2*   Form of Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company.
         
-   10.3*   Form of Agreement adopted February 13, 1989, between the Company and certain executive officers of the Company providing for a supplemental employee benefit upon a change in control of the Company.
         
-   10.4*   Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1991.
         
-   10.5*   1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, effective April 20, 1992.
         
-   10.6*   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Larry L. Prince.
         
-   10.7*   Restricted Stock Agreement dated March 31, 1994, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher.
         
-   10.8*   The Genuine Parts Company Restated Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, effective January 1, 1993.
         
-   10.9*   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, effective January 1, 1995.
         
-   10.10*   Genuine Partnership Plan, as amended and restated January 1, 1994.
         
-   10.11*   Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, as amended and restated, effective January 1, 1989.
         
-   10.12*   Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, effective September 1, 1995.
         
-   10.13*   Amendment No. 1 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, effective April 1, 1995.
         
-   10.14*   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated September 28, 1995, effective January 1, 1995.
         
-   10.15*   Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, effective November 1, 1996.

 


Table of Contents

         
-   10.16*   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated May 24, 1996, effective January 1, 1996.
         
-   10.17*   Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated December 3, 1996, effective January 1, 1996.
         
-   10.18*   Amendment No. 2 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 3, 1996, effective November 1, 1996.
         
-   10.19*   Amendment No. 4-A to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective January 1, 1996.
         
-   10.20*   Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 7, 1997.
         
-   10.21*   Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated October 6, 1997, effective January 1, 1997.
         
-   10.22*   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated August 7, 1997.
         
-   10.23*   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated August 29, 1997, effective August 15, 1997.
         
-   10.24*   Genuine Parts Company Death Benefit Plan, effective July 15, 1997.
         
-   10.25*   Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998.
         
-   10.26*   Amendment No. 5 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1999.
         
-   10.27*   Amendment No. 6 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 7, 1998, effective January 1, 1994.
         
-   10.28*   Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated August 19, 1998, effective January 1, 1998.
         
-   10.29*   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
         
-   10.30*   Genuine Parts Company 1999 Annual Incentive Bonus Plan.
         
-   10.31*   Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999, between the Company and Larry L. Prince.
         
-   10.32*   Restricted Stock Agreement dated February 25, 1999, between the Company and Thomas C. Gallagher.
         
-   10.33*   Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated January 26, 1999, effective September 30, 1998.
         
-   10.34*   Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated December 30, 1999, effective January 1, 1989; December 31, 1999; and January 1, 2000.
         
-   10.35*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999.
         
-   10.36*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999.
         
-   10.37*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Original Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999.
         
-   10.38*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999.
         
-   10.39*   Amendment to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated April 19, 1999, effective April 19, 1999.
         
-   10.40*   Amendment No. 7 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 26, 1999, effective January 1, 1999.
         
-   10.41*   Amendment No. 8 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated February 4, 1999, effective January 1, 1999.
         
-   10.42*   Amendment No. 9 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated April 5, 1999, effective April 1, 1999.

 


Table of Contents

         
-   10.43*   Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated December 30, 1999, effective November 30, 1999.
         
-   10.44*   Amendment No. 11 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 19, 2001, effective April 1, 2000.
         
-   10.45*   Amendment No. 12 to the Genuine Partnership Plan, dated January 19, 2001, effective December 29, 2000.
         
-   10.46*   Amendment No. 10 to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001.
         
-   10.47*   Amendment No. 3 to the Genuine Parts Company Tax-Deferred Savings Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001.
         
-   10.48*   Amendment No. 4 to the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated November 28, 2001, effective July 1, 2001.
         
-   10.49*   Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Supplemental Retirement Plan, dated July 1, 2001, effective July 1, 2001.
         
-   10.50*   Amendment No. 1 to the Trust Agreement Executed in Conjunction with the Genuine Parts Company Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plans, dated December 5, 2001, effective July 1, 2001.
         
-   10.51*   Group Insurance Plan for Employees of Genuine Parts Company, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2000.
         
         
    *   Indicates executive compensation plans and arrangements.

 

EXHIBIT 10.52

AMENDMENT TO
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
DIRECTORS' DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This Amendment (the "Amendment") to the Genuine Parts Company Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is made and executed this 14 day of November, 2002.

Pursuant to a resolution of the Compensation and Nominating Committee of the Company, in accordance with Section 7.01 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. SECTION 4.05(c) STOCK PAYMENT. One sentence shall be added at the end of Section 4.05(c), so that Section 4.05(c), as amended, shall read as follows:

"If a participant so designates as provided in Section 4.04(i), distributions from the Stock Account may be distributed to the Participant in the form of Common Stock rather than cash. The shares of Common Stock distributable to Directors under the Plan must be previously issued and repurchased shares and may not be original issue shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be distributed under the Plan shall be 1,000,000, and once such limit has been reached, all further distributions from Participants' Stock Accounts shall be made only in cash."

2. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. As modified hereby, the provisions of the Plan, as heretofore amended, shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

By: /s/ CAROL YANCEY
    ----------------------------
    Vice President and Secretary


EXHIBIT 10.53

GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2001)


GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1 - INTRODUCTION                                                           1

1.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF PLAN; BACKGROUND                                             1
1.02 EFFECTIVE DATE                                                                1
1.03 PURPOSE                                                                       1
1.04 PLAN GOVERNS DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS                                         1

ARTICLE 2 - DEFINITIONS                                                            3

ACCOUNT                                                                            3
ACT OR ERISA                                                                       3
ADJUSTMENT                                                                         3
AFFILIATE                                                                          3
AFFILIATED SPONSOR                                                                 3
AUTHORIZED ABSENCE                                                                 3
BENEFICIARY                                                                        4
BOARD                                                                              4
BREAK IN SERVICE                                                                   4
CODE                                                                               4
COMMITTEE                                                                          4
COMPANY                                                                            5
COMPANY STOCK                                                                      5
COMPANY STOCK FUND                                                                 5
COMPENSATION                                                                       5
CREDITED SERVICE                                                                   5
DISTRIBUTION                                                                       6
EFFECTIVE DATE                                                                     6
ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE                                                                  6
EMPLOYEE                                                                           7
EMPLOYER                                                                           7
EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION                                                              7
EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION                                                     7
EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT                                             7
EMPLOYMENT                                                                         7
ENTRY DATE                                                                         7
FIDUCIARY                                                                          7
FORMER PARTICIPANT                                                                 7
FUND                                                                               7
HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE                                                        7
HOUR OF SERVICE                                                                    8

-i-

INVESTMENT FUND                                                                     9
NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE                                                     9
PARTICIPANT                                                                         9
PERMANENT DISABILITY                                                                9
PLAN                                                                                9
PLAN ADMINISTRATOR OR ADMINISTRATOR                                                 9
PLAN YEAR                                                                          10
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS                                                              10
PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT                                                       10
PRIOR PLAN                                                                         10
PRIOR EMPLOYER ACCOUNT                                                             10
QUALIFIED                                                                          10
QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION                                                 10
QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT                                         10
QUALIFYING EMPLOYER SECURITIES                                                     10
ROLLOVER ACCOUNT                                                                   10
ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION                                                              10
SPOUSE                                                                             11
TERMINATION DATE                                                                   11
TREASURY REGULATION                                                                11
TRUST OR TRUST AGREEMENT                                                           11
TRUSTEE                                                                            12
VALUATION DATE                                                                     12
OTHER RULES                                                                        12

ARTICLE 3 - PARTICIPATION                                                          13

3.01 PARTICIPATION                                                                 13
3.02 YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE                                                   14
3.03 PARTICIPATION AND REHIRE                                                      14
3.04 ACQUISITIONS                                                                  15
3.05 NOT CONTRACT FOR EMPLOYMENT                                                   15

ARTICLE 4 - PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS                                                  16

4.01 PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS                                                         16
4.02 ELECTIONS REGARDING PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS                                     16
4.03 CHANGE IN EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE OR SUSPENSION OF CONTRIBUTIONS     16
4.04 DEADLINE FOR CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATION OF PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS            18
4.05 ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION                                                         18

ARTICLE 5 - EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS                                                 19

5.01 EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTION                                                19
5.02 QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS                                           19
5.03 FORM AND TIMING OF CONTRIBUTIONS                                              20

-ii-

5.04 FORFEITURES                                                                   20
5.05 ELIGIBILITY TO SHARE IN EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES                21

ARTICLE 6 - ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS                                               22

6.01 PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS                                                          22
6.02 ALLOCATION OF ADJUSTMENTS                                                     23
6.03 ALLOCATION OF DIVIDENDS                                                       23
6.04 ADJUSTMENT ATTRIBUTABLE TO PLAN LOANS                                         24
6.05 PLAN EXPENSES                                                                 24
6.06 INVESTMENT FUNDS AND ELECTIONS                                                24
6.07 ERRORS                                                                        25

ARTICLE 7 - VESTING                                                                26

7.01 TERMINATION DATE ON OR AFTER AGE 65                                           26
7.02 PERMANENT DISABILITY                                                          26
7.03 DEATH                                                                         26
7.04 OTHER TERMINATION DATE                                                        26
7.05 FORFEITURES                                                                   27

ARTICLE 8 - DISTRIBUTIONS                                                          29

8.01 COMMENCEMENT OF DISTRIBUTION                                                  29
8.02 METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION                                                        30
8.03 PAYMENT TO MINORS AND INCAPACITATED PERSONS                                   30
8.04 APPLICATION FOR BENEFITS                                                      31
8.05 SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION RULES                                                    31
8.06 DISTRIBUTIONS PURSUANT TO QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS                 32
8.07 DIRECT ROLLOVERS                                                              32
8.08 PARTICIPANT WITHDRAWALS AFTER AGE 59-1/2                                      34

ARTICLE 9 - HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS                                            35

9.01 HARDSHIP WITHDRAWAL OF ACCOUNT                                                35
9.02 DEFINITION OF HARDSHIP                                                        35
9.03 MAXIMUM HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION                                                 35
9.04 PROCEDURE TO REQUEST HARDSHIP                                                 37
9.05 AUTHORITY TO ESTABLISH LOAN PROGRAM                                           37
9.06 ELIGIBILITY FOR LOANS                                                         37
9.07 LOAN AMOUNT                                                                   37
9.08 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LOANS                                                       37
9.09 ASSIGNMENT OF ACCOUNT                                                         38
9.10 INTEREST                                                                      38
9.11 TERM OF LOAN                                                                  38
9.12 LEVEL AMORTIZATION                                                            38

-iii-

9.13 DIRECTED INVESTMENT                                                           38
9.14 OTHER REQUIREMENTS                                                            39
9.15 DISTRIBUTION OF LOAN                                                          39
9.16 SUSPENSION OF LOAN REPAYMENTS DURING MILITARY SERVICE                         40

ARTICLE 10 - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN                                            41

10.01 NAMED FIDUCIARIES                                                            41
10.02 BOARD OF DIRECTORS                                                           41
10.03 TRUSTEE                                                                      42
10.04 COMMITTEE                                                                    42
10.05 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY DUTY                                                   44
10.06 CLAIMS PROCEDURE                                                             44
10.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF COMMITTEE                                                 46

ARTICLE 11 - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                                             47

11.01 RIGHT TO AMEND                                                               47
11.02 TERMINATION OR DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS                               47
11.03 IRS APPROVAL OF TERMINATION                                                  48

ARTICLE 12 - SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES                                          49

12.01 DEFINITIONS                                                                  49
12.02 LIMIT ON PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS                                               52
12.03 AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE                                           54
12.04 SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING AVERAGE ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE             55
12.05 DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS ADP DEFERRALS                                         56
12.06 AVERAGE ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE                                       57
12.07 SPECIAL RULES FOR DETERMINING AVERAGE ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGES        58
12.08 DISTRIBUTION OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS                              59
12.09 COMBINED ACP AND ADP TEST                                                    59
12.10 ORDER OF APPLYING CERTAIN SECTIONS OF ARTICLE                                61

ARTICLE 13 - HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES                                          62

13.01 IN GENERAL                                                                   62
13.02 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE                                                  62
13.03 FORMER HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE                                           62
13.04 DEFINITIONS                                                                  62
13.05 OTHER METHODS PERMISSIBLE                                                    64

ARTICLE 14 - MAXIMUM BENEFITS                                                      65

14.01 GENERAL RULE                                                                 65

-iv-

14.02 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATION REPEALED                                            66
14.03 DEFINITIONS                                                                  66

ARTICLE 15 - TOP HEAVY RULES                                                       68

15.01 GENERAL                                                                      68
15.02 DEFINITIONS                                                                  68
15.03 MINIMUM BENEFIT                                                              69
15.04 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATION FOR TOP HEAVY YEARS REPEALED                        70

ARTICLE 16 - MISCELLANEOUS                                                         71

16.01 HEADINGS                                                                     71
16.02 ACTION BY EMPLOYER                                                           71
16.03 SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE                                                           71
16.04 DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF PLAN                                       71
16.05 DISCRIMINATION                                                               72
16.06 RELEASE                                                                      72
16.07 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS                                              72
16.08 AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS                                                 72
16.09 MERGER                                                                       72
16.10 GOVERNING LAW                                                                72
16.11 ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY AN AFFILIATED SPONSOR                                73
16.12 PROTECTED BENEFITS                                                           74
16.13 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN                               75
16.14 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE                                                   75
16.15 USE OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA                                                      75

ARTICLE 17 - EGTRRA AMENDMENTS                                                     76

17.01 BACKGROUND                                                                   76
17.02 LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS                                                 76
17.03 INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT                                               76
17.04 ELECTIVE DEFERRALS - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION                                 77
17.05 CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS                                                       77
17.06 DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS                                       77
17.07 ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS                                                   78
17.08 REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST                                                  79
17.09 DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT                                  79
17.10 SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION                            79
17.11 MODIFICATION OF TOP HEAVY RULES                                              79
SCHEDULE A                                                                         82
SCHEDULE B                                                                         84
SCHEDULE C                                                                         88
SCHEDULE D                                                                         98

-v-

GENUINE PARTNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2001)

ARTICLE 1

INTRODUCTION

1.01     Establishment of Plan; Background.

         (a)      Effective July 1, 1988, Genuine Parts Company adopted and
                  established the Genuine Partnership Plan. Effective January 1,
                  1994, the plan was amended and restated (the "Prior Plan").
                  The Prior Plan was at all times maintained as a plan meeting
                  the requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal
                  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and of the Employee
                  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

         (b)      The Prior Plan was amended and restated effective January 1,
                  2001, and is continued in an amended and restated form as set
                  forth in its entirety in this document (the "Plan").

1.02     Effective Date.

         This Plan shall be effective as of January 1, 2001. Notwithstanding
         this general effective date, certain provisions of this Plan (as set
         forth in this document) shall have effective dates different than
         January 1, 2001.

1.03     Purpose.

         This Plan is intended to provide a cash or deferred arrangement under
         Code Sections 401(a) and 401(k). Under the Plan, Participants can
         direct that a specified percentage of the amount that otherwise would
         have been paid to them as Compensation be contributed by the Employer
         to the Plan. The benefits described in the Plan are provided for the
         exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.04     Plan Governs Distribution of Benefits.

         The distribution of benefits for all Participants (whether employed by
         the Employer before or after the Effective Date) shall be governed by
         the provisions of this Plan. Nevertheless, early retirement benefits,
         retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms of benefit protected under
         Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected Benefits") shall not be reduced or
         eliminated with respect to benefits accrued under such Protected
         Benefits unless such reduction or elimination is permitted

                                       -1-

         under the Code, Treasury Regulations, authority issued by the Internal
         Revenue Service or judicial authority.

-2-

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

Certain terms of this Plan have defined meanings which are set forth in this Article and which shall govern unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended.

Account shall mean the Account established and maintained by the Committee or Trustee for each Participant or his or her Beneficiaries to which shall be allocated each Participant's interest in the Fund. Each Account shall be comprised of the sub-accounts described in Section 6.01.

Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Adjustment shall mean, for any Valuation Date, the aggregate earnings, realized or unrealized appreciation, losses, expenses, and realized or unrealized depreciation of the Fund since the immediately preceding Valuation Date. The determination of the Adjustment shall be made by the Trustee and shall be final and binding.

Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the Company; any organization which is a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company; and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

Affiliated Sponsor shall mean any corporation and any other entity that is designated by the Committee as an Affiliated Sponsor under the Plan. See Section 16.11 for provisions relating to an Affiliated Sponsor's adoption of the Plan. All Affiliated Sponsors, groups of employees designated as participating in the Plan by such Affiliated Sponsors (if not all employees), and the effective date of each company's designation as an Affiliated Sponsor shall be specified in Schedule A or Schedule B.

Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel practices, provided that all persons under similar circumstances must be treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Absence and provided further that the Participant returns within the period of Authorized Absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States shall be considered an Authorized Absence to the extent required by federal law.

-3-

Beneficiary shall mean, for unmarried Participants, any individual(s), trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other entity or entities designated by the Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive any distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan in the event of the Participant's death. The Committee may require certification by a Participant in any form it deems appropriate of the Participant's marital status prior to accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries. Any Beneficiary designation shall be void to the extent it conflicts with the terms of a qualified domestic relations order.

If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the Participant and the Participant has not designated a contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes) and if there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include any persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants.

A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless the Participant has designated a non-Spouse Beneficiary (or Beneficiaries) with the written consent of his Spouse given in the presence of a notary public on a form provided by the Committee, or unless the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. A married Participant's designation of a non-Spouse Beneficiary in accordance with the preceding sentence shall remain valid until revoked by the Participant or until the Participant marries a Spouse who has not consented to a designation in accordance with the preceding sentence.

For the purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary designations will occur when a Participant (i) files a valid designation with the Committee; or (ii) files a signed statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke any prior designations.

Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed by the Employer and does not resume Employment for seven or more consecutive years.

Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto.

Committee shall mean the Pension and Benefits Committee appointed by the Board under Article 10 to administer the Plan. This term is interchangeable with "Plan Administrator."

-4-

Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors and assigns which adopt this Plan.

Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.

Company Stock Fund shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account and each subaccount which is invested in Company Stock.

Compensation shall mean the gross annual earnings reported on a Participant's Form W-2 (box 1 or its comparable location as provided on Form W-2 in future years) as required by Code Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3). In addition, Compensation shall include Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and salary reduction pre-tax contributions to a Section 125 Plan maintained by the Employer. Compensation shall be determined by ignoring any income exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or location of employment. In addition, Compensation shall be determined by ignoring reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non-cash), moving expenses, deferred compensation (and for this purpose benefits under a stock option plan are "deferred compensation") and welfare benefits (and for this purpose, worker's compensation payments of any type and severance pay of any type shall be considered "welfare benefits," but sick pay, short term disability and vacation pay are not considered "welfare benefits"). Compensation shall not include amounts in excess of the limitations set forth in Code Section
401(a)(17) ($200,000 in 2002).

Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an Employee of the Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional years) both before and after the Effective Date, measured in accordance with the following rules:

(a) Credited Service for Employment Prior to January 1, 1988. An Employee who was employed by the Company or an Affiliated Sponsor listed on Schedule A on June 30, 1988 shall receive Credited Service under this Plan for all years of Credited Service earned under and pursuant to the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan prior to January 1, 1988. Credited Service so determined shall be the Participant's Credited Service under this Plan for all service prior to January 1, 1988. If an Employee was not employed by either the Company or an Affiliated Sponsor listed on Schedule A on June 30, 1988, such Employee shall not receive Credited Service under this Plan for his Employment prior to January 1, 1988.

(b) Credited Service for Employment On or After January 1, 1988. On or after January 1, 1988, an Employee shall receive Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1988 and ending on his Termination Date. If an Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Employee shall again receive Credited

-5-

Service (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his subsequent Termination Date.

(c) Break in Service. Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Employee is not vested in any portion of his Account.

(d) Employment with Affiliated Sponsors; Predecessor Businesses. Credited Service shall not include any period of employment with any Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated Sponsor or any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer except to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.

(e) Military Service. Credited Service shall not include any period of service in the military, except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law. See Section 16.14.

(f) Employment with Affiliates. An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered Employment with the Employer.

Distribution shall mean payment by the Trustee to or for the benefit of a Participant, Spouse, Beneficiary or other person entitled to benefits as provided in this Plan.

Effective Date shall mean January 1, 2001.

Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees identified in the following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer. The following Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees: (i) any Employee included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such Employee has been designated by the Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan, (ii) any employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States,
(iii) any person classified by the Employer as an independent contractor for purposes of withholding and payment of employment taxes, even if such person is later determined, whether by the Employer or otherwise, to be a common law Employee of the Employer; (iv) any "leased employee" with respect to the Employer ("Leased employee" shall mean any person, other than an Employee of the Employer, who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer), or (v) effective July 1, 2001, any Employee who is employed by or on Authorized Absence from the Employer in Puerto Rico.

-6-

Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence from the Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" (as defined in the definition of "Eligible Employee") with respect to the Employer. However, if such "leased employees" constitute less than 20 percent of the Employer's combined non-highly compensated work force, within the meaning of Code Section
414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term "Employee" shall not include "leased employees" covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5).

Employer shall mean the Company and any Affiliated Sponsor. All Affiliated Sponsors are listed on Schedule A and Schedule B.

Employer Contribution shall mean Employer Matching Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Employer Contributions may be made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits for the taxable year or years ending with or within the Plan Year.

Employer Matching Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in Section 5.01.

Employer Matching Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's total Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Employer Matching Contributions.

Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the Employer. Employment with an Affiliated Sponsor prior to its designation as an Affiliated Sponsor and employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided in Schedules A or B.

Entry Date shall mean the first business day of any calendar month.

Fiduciary shall mean any party named as a Fiduciary in Section 10.01. Any party shall be considered a Fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of the powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the Plan.

Former Participant shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 3.03(a).

Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and administered by the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement. If the Committee so directs, multiple trust funds may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder.

Highly Compensated Employee shall have that meaning as defined in Article 13.

-7-

Hour of Service shall mean:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or Employers.

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or Authorized Absence; provided that in no event, shall an Employee receive credit for more than 501 Hours of Service for any single continuous period of non-working time. However, no Hours of Service shall be granted for any direct or indirect payment or for any entitlement to payment if (i) such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws or disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or medically related expenses.

(c) Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Absence by reason of: (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of the child by the Employee, or (iv) caring for a child referred to in paragraphs
(i) through (iii) immediately following birth or placement. Hours credited under this paragraph shall be credited at the rate of 10 hours per day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in the aggregate, exceed the number of hours required to prevent the Employee from incurring a Break in Service under Code
Section 410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first computation period in which a Break in Service would otherwise occur.

(d) Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or Employers. These hours shall be credited to the Employee for the computation period or period to which the award or agreement pertains, rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement, or payment is made.

(e) In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each week (or 10 Hours of Service for each day) in which such Employee would be credited with Hours of Service in hourly pay. However, this method of computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded by any Federal law, such

-8-

as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours per computation period.

The following rules shall apply in determining whether an Employee completes an "Hour of Service":

1. The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs (a),
(b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph (d) above; nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs
(a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph (e) above;.

2. The rules relating to determining hours of service for reasons other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those rules stated in Department of Labor regulations Title 29, Chapter XXV, subchapter C, part 2530, Sections 200b2(b) and 200b2(c), respectively.

Investment Fund shall mean the separate funds under the Trust Fund which are distinguished by their investment objectives. The term "Investment Fund" does not include a Participant's Company Stock Fund.

Non-highly Compensated Employee shall mean an Employee of the Employer who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan as provided in Article 3.

Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder which (i) for a Participant who is not in active Employment, entitles the Participant to Social Security disability benefits or (ii) for a Participant who is in active Employment, results in the Participant receiving long term disability benefits under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan. A Participant's Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant is no longer receiving disability benefits (i) under Social Security for a Participant who is not in active Employment, or (ii) under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan for a Participant who is in active Employment.

Plan shall mean the Genuine Partnership Plan as set forth in this document, together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the Committee appointed by the Board pursuant to Article 10 to administer the Plan. All references in the Plan to the Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Committee and vice versa. The Committee so appointed is hereby designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning

-9-

of Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for service of legal process for purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.

Plan Year shall be the calendar year.

Pre-Tax Contributions shall mean contributions made to the Plan during the Plan Year by the Employer, at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation and that are made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. Such contributions are nonforfeitable when made and distributable only as specified in Article 8 below.

Pre-Tax Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Pre-Tax Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Pre-Tax Contributions.

Prior Plan. See Section 1.01.

Prior Employer Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to assets transferred directly from the trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan and which are not separately allocated to an existing Account under this Plan. Sub-accounts may be established as necessary to separately account for pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, etc. Any restrictions or special rules applicable to the Prior Employer Account (including optional forms of benefit that are protected under Code Section 411(d)(6)) shall be set forth in Schedule C.

Qualified, as used in "qualified plan" or "qualified trust" shall mean a plan and trust which are entitled to the tax benefits provided respectively by Sections 401 and 501 of the Code, and related provisions of the Code.

Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall have that meaning as defined in Section 5.02.

Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall mean the portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and the total of the Adjustments which have been credited to or deducted from a Participant's Account with respect to Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

Qualifying Employer Securities shall have that meaning as defined in Section 407(d)(5) of the Act.

Rollover Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Rollover Contributions or the total of the Adjustments attributable to such Rollover Contributions.

Rollover Contribution. See Section 4.05.

-10-

Spouse shall mean the person who was married to the Participant (in a civil or religious ceremony recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage was contracted) immediately prior to the date on which payments to the Participant from the Plan begin. If the Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits, Spouse shall mean a person who is married to a Participant (as defined in the immediately preceding sentence) on the date of the Participant's death. A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as a result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law marriage is recognized by applicable state law.

Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or

(b) Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; or

(c) Termination on or after attaining age 65 (normal retirement date); or

(d) Death; or

(e) Two weeks after the end of an Authorized Absence; or

(f) One year after an absence from work due to workers compensation injury/accident; or

(g) Two years after an absence from work due to a Permanent Disability; or

(h) The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases Employment for any reason not described above, e.g., vacation, holiday, sickness, disability (but not a Permanent Disability resulting in a Distribution from the Plan), leave of absence, or layoff.

If, however, an Employee terminates his Employment on account of an event described in paragraphs (a) - (c) above and the Employee performs an Hour of Service within twelve months following such Termination Date (or such lesser period as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(a)-7(d)(iii)(B)), the Employee shall be considered as having been in active Employment during such period of absence. An Employee on Authorized Absence will not have a Termination Date earlier than the end of such Authorized Absence.

Treasury Regulation means regulations pertaining to certain Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

Trust or Trust Agreement shall refer to the Fund established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust entered into between the Employer and one or more trustees (sometimes referred to as sub-trusts), which governs the creation and maintenance of the

-11-

Fund, and all amendments thereto which may hereafter be made. It is expressly intended that (if the Committee so directs) multiple sub-trusts may be established under this Plan, which together shall comprise the Trust Fund hereunder and that all of the sub-trusts shall be considered to be a single trust fund for purposes of Section 1.414(1)- 1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. The term Trust Fund shall also be deemed to include any fund existing pursuant to any deposit administration or group annuity contract between the Company and/or the Trustee and an insurer. Each trust agreement or contract with an insurer established pursuant to this Plan shall be listed on Schedule D.

Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall accept the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee pursuant to the Plan.

Valuation Date. It is intended that the assets of the Plan will be invested in daily valued investment funds. Accordingly, the term "Valuation Date" shall mean each day of the calendar year during which the Trustee determines the fair market value of the assets held in the Investment Funds.

Other Rules. A defined term, such as "Termination," will normally govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Terminate," even though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they are or are not initially capitalized. The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Singular and plural nouns and pronouns shall be interchangeable as the factual context may allow or require. The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.

-12-

ARTICLE 3

PARTICIPATION

3.01 Participation.

(a) In General. If an Eligible Employee is normally scheduled to work thirty (30) or more hours per week ("Full-Time Employee"), such Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.01(b) below. If an Eligible Employee is normally scheduled to work fewer than thirty (30) hours per week ("Part-Time Employee"), such Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.01(c) below. This Section 3.01(a) shall be effective January 1, 2000.

(b) Full-Time Employees. An Eligible Employee who is a Full-Time Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan for the purposes described below as of the following dates:

(1) For purposes of becoming eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and for all other purposes of the Plan related to making Pre-Tax Contributions (e.g., Investment Funds and elections) other than eligibility to receive an Employer Contribution and an allocation of forfeitures, the later of (i) the first day of the month after the Eligible Employee has completed three full months of Employment and attained age 18 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.

(2) For purposes of becoming eligible to receive an Employer Contribution and share in the allocation of any forfeitures (see Article 5), the Entry Date next following the later of (i) the date on which the Eligible Employee has both completed one Year of Eligibility Service and attained age 18 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.

(c) Part-Time Employees. An Eligible Employee who is a Part-Time Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan for all purposes of the Plan on the Entry Date next following the later of (i) the date on which the Eligible Employee has both completed one Year of Eligibility Service and attained age 18 or (ii) the date the Employee becomes a member of the class of Eligible Employees.

(d) Acquisitions. See Section 3.04 below for special rules that apply to new Employees following an acquisition.

-13-

3.02 Year of Eligibility Service.

(a) 1,000 Hour Rule. A Year of Eligibility Service is determined under the 1,000 Hours of Service method. Accordingly, an Employee shall receive one Year of Eligibility Service upon completing a twelve consecutive month period of Employment during which the Employee earns at least 1,000 Hours of Service. The initial twelve month period shall be the twelve consecutive month period commencing on the Employee's date of hire or rehire. If the Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during this 12 month period, the Employee shall receive a Year of Eligibility Service upon completing at least 1,000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year (commencing with the Plan Year during which the Employee's first anniversary of his date of hire occurs).

(b) Break in Service. For purposes of determining whether an Eligible Employee has satisfied the requirements of Section 3.01(b)(2), an Employee shall not receive credit for any Hours of Service for purposes of Section 3.01(b)(2) during any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if, at the time of such Break in Service, the Employee had not satisfied the requirements of Section 3.01(b)(2). This rule shall also apply for purposes of determining eligibility under
Section 3.01(b)(1) if, at the time of such Break in Service, the Employee had not satisfied the requirements of Section 3.01(b)(1).

(c) Authorized Absence. A period during which an Employee is on Authorized Absence shall not count towards the Employee's Break in Service if such Employee resumes Employment immediately after the end of such Authorized Absence.

3.03 Participation and Rehire.

(a) Status as a Participant. A Participant's participation in the Plan shall continue until the Participant's Termination Date. On or after his Termination Date, the Employee shall be known as a "Former Participant" and his benefits shall thereafter be governed by the provisions of Article 8. The individual's status as a Former Participant shall cease as of the date the individual ceases to have any balance in his Account. If a Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee but does not have a Termination Date, then such person shall continue to be known as a "Participant," but shall not be eligible to make Pre-Tax Contributions and shall not be eligible to receive Employer Contributions.

(b) Rehire of Person who was a Participant in this Plan. An Eligible Employee who was a Participant in this Plan at the time of his Termination Date and who is subsequently rehired by an Employer, shall be

-14-

                  eligible to immediately participate in the portion(s) of the
                  Plan for which the Participant was previously eligible
                  effective on the date of his rehire or, if later, on the date
                  he becomes an Eligible Employee.

3.04     Acquisitions.

         If a group of persons becomes employed by an Employer (or any of its
         subsidiaries or divisions) as a result of an acquisition of another
         employer, the Committee shall determine whether and to what extent
         employment with such prior employer shall be treated as Years of
         Eligibility Service, the applicable Entry Date (or special entry date)
         for such acquired employees, and any other terms and conditions which
         apply to eligibility to participate in this Plan. Such terms and
         conditions shall be set forth in Schedule A or Schedule B to this Plan
         by action of the Committee. Except to the extent required by law,
         employees of an acquired business which is not identified in Schedule A
         or Schedule B shall not receive credit under this Plan for their prior
         employment with the acquired business.

3.05     Not Contract for Employment.

         Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be
         retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon
         dismissal from or voluntary termination of his employment, have any
         right or interest in the Fund, except as herein provided.

-15-

ARTICLE 4

PRE-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01     Pre-Tax Contributions.

         Effective on the Participant's initial Entry Date, a Participant may
         elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan. If a Participant fails
         to elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions at that time, a Participant may
         elect to make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan effective as of the
         first day of any subsequent month (except during periods of suspension
         see Section 4.03). A Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan
         shall be made by means of payroll deduction. A Participant may
         contribute as a Pre-Tax Contribution any whole percentage from 1% to
         16% of his Compensation during any Plan Year, and effective January 1,
         2002, from 1% to 25% of his Compensation during any Plan Year.

4.02     Elections Regarding Pre-Tax Contributions.

         (a)      Procedure for Making Elections. Elections by a Participant to
                  make Pre-Tax Contributions to the Plan shall be made in
                  writing on a form prescribed by the Committee and by
                  designating on such form the percentage of Compensation that
                  will be contributed as a Pre-Tax Contribution during each pay
                  period. The election to make Pre-Tax Contributions shall be
                  effective no earlier than the first day of the Participant's
                  normal pay period beginning at least 30 days after the
                  Employer receives such election form (or such smaller number
                  of days as determined by the Committee on a nondiscriminatory
                  basis).

         (b)      Treatment as 401(k) Contributions. It is expressly intended
                  that, to the extent allowable by law, Pre-Tax Contributions
                  shall not be included in the gross income of the Participant
                  for income tax purposes and shall be deemed contributions
                  under a cash or deferred arrangement pursuant to Code
                  Section 401(k).

         (c)      Additional Limitations of Pre-Tax Contributions. Pre-Tax
                  Contributions shall be subject to the limitations described in
                  Section 12.02 (maximum dollar contribution limit), Section
                  12.03 (ADP non-discrimination test) and Article 14 (Code
                  Section 415 limit).

4.03     Change in Employee Contribution Percentage or Suspension of
         Contributions.

         (a)      Change of Contribution Percentage. A Participant may increase
                  or decrease the percentage of his Compensation contributed as
                  a Pre-Tax Contribution only on January 1, April 1, July 1, or
                  October 1 of each

                                      -16-

                  Plan Year (or the first pay period that begins on or after
                  such dates) by delivery of written notice to the Committee or
                  by other means as approved by the Committee. In order to be
                  effective, the Participant must notify the Committee at least
                  30 days prior to the date that the increase or decrease will
                  become effective (or such lesser number of days as permitted
                  by the Committee on a nondiscriminatory basis). This paragraph
                  (a) is effective January 1, 1999.

         (b)      Suspension of Contributions. A Participant may suspend his
                  Pre-Tax Contributions at any time by properly completing a
                  form prescribed by the Committee. The suspension of Pre-Tax
                  Contributions will be effective on the first day of the
                  Participant's normal payroll period that begins 30 days after
                  the Participant delivers the completed form to the Committee.
                  A Participant may resume making Pre-Tax Contributions on the
                  first day of any month which is at least six months after the
                  effective date of such suspension of contributions and only
                  after informing the Committee in writing at least 30 days
                  prior to the date on which the Pre-Tax Contributions are to
                  resume. The Committee, on a nondiscriminatory basis, may
                  prescribe a lesser number of days on which the suspension or
                  resumption of Pre-Tax Contributions is to be effective. A
                  Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions shall automatically be
                  suspended beginning on the first payroll period that commences
                  after the Participant is not in receipt of Compensation, the
                  Participant's layoff or the Participant's Authorized Absence
                  without pay.

(c) Other Rules.

(1) See Section 9.03 for circumstances under which a Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions could be suspended for a period of at least 12 months (6 months after January 1, 2002) after such Participant receives a hardship distribution.

(2) In order to satisfy the provisions of Article 12 and Article 14, the Committee may from time to time either temporarily suspend the Pre-Tax Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees or reduce the maximum permissible Pre-Tax Contribution that may be made to the Plan by Highly Compensated Employees.

(3) Any reduction, increase, or suspension of Pre-Tax Contributions described in this Article 4.03 shall be made in such manner as the Committee may prescribe from time to time consistent with the provisions of this Article.

-17-

4.04     Deadline for Contributions and Allocation of Pre-Tax Contributions.

         Pre-Tax Contributions shall be deducted by the Employer from the
         Participant's Compensation and paid to the Trustee as promptly as
         possible, but no later than fifteen days after the end of the calendar
         month in which the Employer retains the Pre-Tax Contributions (or such
         longer period of time granted by the Department of Labor or other
         government entity, agency or by an employee of such governmental entity
         or agency).

4.05     Rollover Contribution.

         (a)      Without regard to any limitation on contributions set forth in
                  this Article, an Eligible Employee shall be permitted, if the
                  Committee consents (based on non-discriminatory criteria), to
                  transfer to the Trustee during any Plan Year additional
                  property acceptable to the Trustee, provided such property:

                  (1)      was received by the Eligible Employee from a
                           Qualified Plan maintained by a previous employer of
                           the Eligible Employee and qualifies as a rollover
                           contribution within the meaning of Code Section
                           402(a)(5) or

                  (2)      was received by the Eligible Employee from an
                           individual retirement account or individual
                           retirement annuity and qualifies as a rollover
                           contribution within the meaning of Code Section
                           408(d)(3)(A)(ii).

         (b)      Such property shall be held by the Trustee in the Employee's
                  Rollover Account. All such amounts so held shall at all times
                  be fully vested and nonforfeitable. Such amounts shall be
                  distributed to the Employee upon Termination Date in the
                  manner provided in Article 8.

         (c)      See Section 8.07 regarding the right of a Participant to
                  request a trustee to trustee transfer of the Participant's
                  Account in lieu of a distribution of such Account.

         (d)      Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Eligible Employee who
                  elects to make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan pursuant to
                  this Section 4.05 shall not be considered a Participant for
                  any other purpose under this Plan until such Eligible Employee
                  has satisfied the applicable eligibility requirements of
                  Section 3.01.

(e) This Section 4.05 is effective January 1, 1999.

-18-

ARTICLE 5

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

5.01     Employer Matching Contribution.

         (a)      Eligibility to Receive Matching Contribution. For each payroll
                  period, the Employer shall contribute to the Employer Matching
                  Contribution Account of each Participant who made a Pre-Tax
                  Contribution during such payroll period. See Section
                  3.01(b)(2) and Section 5.05 for additional eligibility
                  requirements.

         (b)      Amount of Employer Matching Contribution. The Employer
                  Matching Contribution shall equal the lesser of 20% of the
                  Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions made during the calendar
                  month or 20% of the Participant's first 6% of Compensation for
                  such month (1.2% of Compensation).

         (c)      Qualifying Employer Securities. The Employer Matching
                  Contributions are intended to be comprised primarily of
                  Qualifying Employer Securities (i.e., Company Stock). It is
                  hereby expressly provided that the Plan may acquire and hold
                  Qualifying Employer Securities.

5.02     Qualified Nonelective Contributions.

         In the sole discretion of the Employer, an additional Employer
         Contribution may be made to the Plan which shall be known as a
         "Qualified Nonelective Contribution." Such contribution shall be made
         in order to satisfy the requirements of Article 12, and shall be
         allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Accounts of those
         Non-highly Compensated Employees selected by the Committee at the time
         such Qualified Nonelective Contribution is made, or as soon thereafter
         as possible. See Section 3.01(b)(2) and Section 5.05 for additional
         eligibility requirements.

                                      -19-

5.03     Form and Timing of Contributions.

         (a)      Employer Contributions shall be made in cash or in Qualifying
                  Employer Securities. Employer Matching Contributions shall be
                  delivered to the Trustee as soon as administratively feasible
                  but no later than the date prescribed by the Code for filing
                  the Employer's federal income tax return, including authorized
                  extensions. Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be
                  delivered to the Trustee on or before the last day of the
                  twelfth month following the close of the Plan Year to which
                  the contribution relates. This paragraph (a) is effective
                  January 1, 1999.

         (b)      Except as provided in this Section 5.03, all Employer
                  Contributions shall be irrevocable, shall never inure to the
                  benefit of any Employer, shall be held for the exclusive
                  purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their
                  Beneficiaries (and contingently for defraying reasonable
                  expenses of administering the Plan), and shall be held and
                  distributed by the Trustees only in accordance with this Plan.

         (c)      Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by the
                  Code and other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, a
                  contribution which was made by a mistake in fact, or
                  conditioned upon the initial qualification of the Plan under
                  Code Section 401(a) or upon the deductibility of the
                  contribution under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned
                  to the Employer within one year after the payment of the
                  contribution, the denial of the Plan's initial qualification,
                  or the disallowance of the deduction (to the extent
                  disallowed), whichever is applicable. All contributions to
                  this Plan are expressly conditioned on the deductibility of
                  such contributions under Code Section 404.

5.04     Forfeitures.

         Forfeitures shall first be applied to restore amounts previously
         forfeited pursuant to Section 7.05(c). Next, forfeitures shall be used
         to pay expenses of the Plan which may be paid by the Plan in accordance
         with the provisions of ERISA. Thereafter any remaining forfeitures
         shall be allocated on the last day of the Plan Year (unless the
         Committee directs an earlier allocation) equally on a per capita basis
         among the Employer Matching Contribution Accounts of all Participants
         who made an Elective Deferral during the Plan Year in which the
         forfeitures are allocated. See Section 7.05 to determine when a
         forfeiture of a Participant's Account occurs. See Section 3.01(b)(2)
         and Section 5.05 for additional eligibility requirements. This Section
         5.04 shall be effective January 1, 1999.

                                      -20-

5.05     Eligibility to Share in Employer Contributions and Forfeitures.

See Section 3.01(b)(2) for age and service requirements that an Eligible Employee must satisfy as a condition to receiving an Employer Contribution or sharing in the allocation of any forfeiture. An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the requirements of Section
3.01(b)(1) (eligibility to make Pre-Tax Contributions) but not Section 3.01(b)(2) may make Pre-Tax Contributions (subject to the terms of the Plan) but shall not be eligible to receive an Employer Matching Contribution on such Pre-Tax Contribution or any other Employer Contribution or allocation of forfeitures.

-21-

ARTICLE 6

ACCOUNTS AND ALLOCATIONS

6.01 Participant Accounts.

(a) Individual Account Plan. This Plan is an "individual account plan," as that term is used in ERISA. A separate Account shall be maintained for each Participant, Former Participant or Beneficiary, so long as he has an interest in the Trust Fund.

(b) Sub-Accounts. Each Account shall be divided (as appropriate) into the following parts and sub-parts:

(1) The Pre-Tax Contribution Account, which shall reflect Pre-Tax Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

(2) The Employer Matching Contribution Account, which shall reflect Employer Matching Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

(3) The Prior Employer Account, which shall reflect assets transferred to this Plan directly from a trustee of another Qualified Plan to the Trustee of this Plan (and Adjustments thereto). The Prior Employer Account shall be further divided into such additional sub-portions as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to maintain, including assets contributed to the Qualified Plan as pre-tax contributions, after-tax contributions, employer matching contributions, rollover contributions, etc. To the extent deemed appropriate, portions or sub-portions of this Account may be allocated to and held in other Accounts. For example, pre-tax contributions transferred to this Plan from another Qualified Plan, may be allocated to and held as part of the Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

(4) The Rollover Account, which shall reflect the value of all investments derived from the Participant's Rollover Contributions under this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

(5) The Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account, which shall reflect Qualified Nonelective Contributions contributed to this Plan and any Adjustments thereto.

-22-

                           In addition, the Committee may divide such
                           sub-accounts into such additional sub-portions as the
                           Committee deems to be necessary or advisable under
                           the circumstances or to establish other accounts or
                           sub-accounts as needed.

         (c)      Value of Account as of Valuation Date. As of each Valuation
                  Date, each Participant's Account shall equal:

                  (1)      his total Account as determined on the immediately
                           preceding Valuation Date, plus

                  (2)      his Pre-Tax Contributions added to his Account since
                           the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

                  (3)      his Employer Contributions added to his Account since
                           the immediately preceding Valuation Date, plus

                  (4)      his Rollover Contributions or amounts transferred to
                           this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan
                           and which were added to his Account since the
                           immediately preceding Valuation Date, minus

                  (5)      his Distributions, if any, since the immediately
                           preceding Valuation Date, plus or minus

                  (6)      his allocable share of Adjustments.

6.02     Allocation of Adjustments.

         The Adjustment for each Investment Fund shall be calculated as of each
         Valuation Date. The Adjustment for a given Investment Fund shall be
         allocated to each Account invested in such Investment Fund in the
         proportion that each such Account bears to the total of all such
         Accounts. Such Valuation shall occur prior to the allocation of
         Employer Contributions, Pre-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions
         and transfers to this Plan from the trustee of another Qualified plan
         but after taking into account all Distributions since the prior
         Valuation Date.

6.03     Allocation of Dividends.

         Any cash or stock dividend received on shares of Company Stock
         allocated to a Participant's Company Stock Fund shall be allocated to
         such Participant's Company Stock Fund.

                                      -23-

6.04     Adjustment Attributable to Plan Loans.

         The Adjustment that is allocable to the Participant's directed
         investment of his loan shall be the interest payments made by the
         Participant with respect to such loan since the immediately preceding
         Valuation Date.

6.05     Plan Expenses.

         The Committee may direct that expenses attributable to general Plan
         administration be allocated among the Accounts of all Participants
         (other than the Company Stock Fund) in proportion to their Account
         balances.

6.06     Investment Funds and Elections.

         (a)      Election of Investment Funds. Each Participant shall direct,
                  following such procedures as may be specified by the
                  Committee, to have his Pre-Tax Contribution Account, Prior
                  Employer Contribution Account, Rollover Account and Qualified
                  Nonelective Contribution Account allocated or reallocated
                  among the Investment Funds.

         (b)      Initial Investment Direction. Effective January 1, 1999, a
                  Participant's initial investment election must allocate his
                  entire Account in 1% increments among the Investment Funds, as
                  of the date of the directive, and all subsequent contributions
                  to each sub-account for so long as the election remains in
                  effect. For a period of time prior to January 1, 1999,
                  allocations among the Investment Funds were made in 10%
                  increments. An Employee who fails to make a proper investment
                  election by the deadline established by the Committee for such
                  purpose, shall be deemed to have elected the "Default
                  Enrollment Election" which allocates 100% of his Account in
                  the Default Fund (i.e., the Fixed Income Fund or other
                  Investment Fund which, in the opinion of the Committee, best
                  preserves the principal amount of the Participant's Account).
                  Furthermore, effective January 1, 1999, the initial investment
                  of each newly eligible Participant's Account shall
                  automatically be made to the Default Fund until such
                  Participant directs the investment of his or her Account.

         (c)      Subsequent Elections. Investment elections will remain in
                  effect until changed by a new election. Effective January 1,
                  1999, new elections may be made in 1% increments by a
                  Participant once each calendar month (and effective April 1,
                  2001, changes may be made on a daily basis) and shall be
                  effective as of the date the investment directive is delivered
                  to the Committee (or its designee), pursuant to the rules and
                  regulations established by the Committee and which are applied
                  in a consistent and nondiscriminatory manner. For a period of
                  time prior to January 1, 1999, a Participant may make a new
                  election to modify his investment elections

                                      -24-

                  in 10% increments once each calendar quarter. New elections
                  may change future allocations to the Participant's Account,
                  may reallocate between the Investment Funds any amounts
                  previously credited to the Participant's Account, or may leave
                  the allocation of such prior amounts unchanged.

         (d)      Investment Options. The Committee shall select such Investment
                  Funds as are deemed appropriate and shall notify affected
                  Participants of such Investment Funds. The Committee may
                  modify, eliminate or select new Investment Funds from time to
                  time and shall notify affected Participants of such changes
                  and solicit new investment elections, if appropriate.

         (e)      Company Stock Fund. A Participant's Employer Matching
                  Contribution Account shall consist primarily of Company Stock.
                  Company Stock shall be held in the Participant's Company Stock
                  Fund. Participants may not direct the investment of their
                  Company Stock Fund and may not direct the Trustee to transfer
                  other contributions (e.g., Pre-Tax Contributions, etc.) to the
                  Company Stock Fund.

6.07     Errors.

         Where an error or omission is discovered in any Participant's Account,
         the Committee shall make appropriate corrective adjustments as of the
         end of the Plan Year in which the error or omission is discovered. If
         it is not practical to correct the error retroactively, then the
         Committee shall take such action in its sole discretion as may be
         necessary to make such corrective adjustments, provided that any such
         actions shall treat similarly situated Participants alike and shall not
         discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

-25-

ARTICLE 7

VESTING

7.01     Termination Date On or After Age 65.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on or after attaining age 65
         shall be 100% vested in his Account. Such Account will be distributed
         on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.

7.02     Permanent Disability.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of Permanent
         Disability shall become 100% vested in his Account as of the date of
         such Permanent Disability and shall be entitled to a Distribution of
         his Account on the date and in the form specified in Article 8.

7.03     Death.

         A Participant who has a Termination Date on account of death shall
         become 100% vested in his Account. The Participant's Beneficiary shall
         receive a Distribution of such Account on the date and in the form
         specified in Article 8.

7.04     Other Termination Date.

         (a)      In General. For any reason other than a Termination Date on or
                  after age 65, Permanent Disability or death, the Participant
                  shall be entitled to the vested portion of his Account, which
                  shall be distributed on the date and in the form specified in
                  Article 8.

         (b)      100% Vesting in Certain Sub-Accounts. A Participant shall
                  always be one hundred percent (100%) vested in his Pre-Tax
                  Contribution Account, Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                  Account, and Rollover Account.

         (c)      Three Year Vesting For Certain Sub-Accounts. Any Participant
                  who has three or more Years of Credited Service shall be 100%
                  vested in his Employer Matching Contribution Account. If a
                  Participant has less than three Years of Credited Service at
                  the time he has a Termination Date, the Participant shall
                  forfeit all amounts held in his Employer Matching Contribution
                  Account.

         (d)      Prior Employer Account. See Schedule C for the vesting
                  provisions applicable to a Participant's Prior Employer
                  Account.

-26-

(e) Forfeiture. That portion of the Participant's Account which is not vested upon the Participant's Termination Date shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 7.05.

7.05 Forfeitures.

(a) No Distribution of Account Prior to Break in Service. A Participant who has a Termination Date but who does not receive a Distribution of his vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service shall, upon incurring the Break in Service, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. If the terminated Participant resumes Employment with the Employer prior to incurring a Break in Service, then the Participant's entire Account, unreduced by any forfeiture, shall become his beginning Account on the date he resumes participation in the Plan.

(b) Distribution of Vested Account Prior to Break in Service. A Participant who has a Termination Date and receives a Distribution of his entire vested Account prior to incurring a Break in Service, shall, upon such Distribution, forfeit the non-vested portion of his Account. A Participant who is not vested in his Account shall be deemed to have received a Distribution of his entire vested account upon his Termination Date and the Participant's non-vested Account shall be immediately forfeited.

(c) Repayment of Account; Restoration of Non-Vested Account. Except as provided below, a Participant who is re-hired by the Employer shall have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of the Participant's Account which was previously distributed to him. In the event the Participant repays the entire Distribution he received from the Plan, the Employer shall restore the non-vested portion of the Participant's Account. A Participant's Account shall first be restored, to the extent possible, out of forfeitures under the Plan in the Plan Year in which he was reemployed. To the extent such forfeitures are insufficient to restore the Participant's Account, restoration shall be made from Employer Contributions. A Participant who was deemed to have received a Distribution of his vested Account (see subsection (b) above) shall be deemed to have repaid such vested Account if such Participant is rehired before incurring a Break in Service.

(d) Restrictions of Repayment Account. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a Participant shall not have the right to repay to the Plan the portion of his Account which was previously distributed to him after any of the following events: (i) the Participant incurs a Break in Service before returning to Employment, (ii) the Participant fails to repay the prior Distribution within five years after the Participant is re-employed by the Employer, or (iii) the Participant received a Distribution of his entire Account balance at the time of such earlier Distribution.

-27-

(e) Allocation of Forfeitures. See Section 5.04 for the allocation of forfeitures.

-28-

ARTICLE 8

DISTRIBUTIONS

8.01 Commencement of Distribution.

(a) Termination of Employment. If a Participant has a Termination Date other than on account of death, the Participant's Account will commence to be distributed as soon as administratively feasible following the Committee's receipt of the Participant's written request for a Distribution, but in no event later than 60 days following the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant requests a Distribution of his Account. Such request shall be made on a form provided by the Committee. See Section 8.01(c) for circumstances where the Participant's consent to a Distribution is not required. This paragraph (a) is effective January 1, 1999.

(b) Death. If a Participant has a Termination Date on account of death, the Participant's Account shall be distributed within 90 days after the Participant's death unless the particular facts and circumstances require a longer waiting period. However, if the Spouse is the Participant's Beneficiary, the Spouse may delay the distribution of the Participant's Account until the latest date possible under Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions upon attaining age 70-1/2).

(c) Consent of Participant. A Participant's consent to a Distribution of his Account shall not be required in the circumstances described below, and the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Account as provided below:

(1) Account Less Than $5,000. If the Participant's vested Account balance is less than or equal to $5,000 at the time of the Distribution, such Account will be distributed in a lump sum no later than 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which such Termination Date occurred. This provision is effective January 1, 1998.

(2) Age 70-1/2. If a distribution is required under
Section 8.05 (relating to mandatory distributions for Participants age 70-1/2), the Participant's Account will be distributed as provided in such Section.

(3) Termination Date On or After Age 65. If a Participant has incurred a Termination Date and is age 65 or older, the Plan shall begin distribution of the Participant's Account no later than 60 days

-29-

                           following the end of the Plan Year in which the
                           Participant attains age 65 or, if later, within 60
                           days following the end of the Plan Year in which the
                           Participant has a Termination Date.

         (d)      Hardship Withdrawals. Hardship withdrawals (see Article 9)
                  shall commence no later than ninety (90) days after such
                  request is approved by the Committee.

         (e)      Committee Direction to Trustee. The Committee shall issue
                  directions to the Trustee concerning the recipient and the
                  distribution date of benefits which are to be paid from the
                  Trust pursuant to the Plan.

         (f)      Committee Guidelines. The Committee may establish for
                  administrative purposes, uniform and nondiscriminatory
                  guidelines concerning the commencement of benefits.

8.02     Method of Distribution.

         (a)      Lump Sum Payment. Distribution of the Participant's Account
                  will be made in a lump sum cash amount. However, see Schedule
                  C for other optional distribution forms that may be applicable
                  to the Participant's Prior Employer Account.

         (b)      Form of Payment. Distributions shall be in cash. However, if
                  the value of the vested Qualifying Employer Securities that
                  are allocated to the Participant's Account equals or exceeds
                  $1,000, the Participant shall have the option of receiving
                  whole shares of such Qualifying Employer Securities in lieu of
                  cash. Fractional shares, if any, shall be paid in cash.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any in-service withdrawals
                  shall be paid in cash.

8.03     Payment to Minors and Incapacitated Persons.

         In the event that any amount is payable to a minor or to any person
         who, in the judgment of the Committee, is incapable of making proper
         disposition thereof, such payment shall be made for the benefit of such
         minor or such person in any of the following ways as the Committee, in
         its sole discretion, shall determine:

         (a)      By payment to the legal representative of such minor or such
                  person;

(b) By payment directly to such minor or such person;

(c) By payment in discharge of bills incurred by or for the benefit of such minor or such person. The Trustee shall make such payments as directed by the Committee without the necessary intervention of any guardian or

-30-

                  like fiduciary, and without any obligation to require bond or
                  to see to the further application of such payment. Any payment
                  so made shall be in complete discharge of the Plan's
                  obligation to the Participant and his Beneficiaries.

8.04     Application for Benefits.

         The Committee may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and
         file with the Committee certain forms as a condition precedent to the
         payment of benefits. The Committee may rely upon all such information
         given to it, including the Participant's current mailing address. It is
         the responsibility of all persons interested in distributions from the
         Trust Fund to keep the Committee informed of their current mailing
         addresses.

8.05     Special Distribution Rules.

         (a)      To the extent that the distribution rules described in this
                  Section provide a limitation upon distribution rules stated
                  elsewhere in this Plan, the distribution rules stated in this
                  Section shall take precedence over such conflicting rules.
                  However, under no circumstances shall the rules stated in this
                  Section be deemed to provide distribution rights to
                  Participants or their Beneficiaries which are more expansive
                  or greater than the distribution rights stated elsewhere in
                  this Plan. For example, if the only distribution method
                  permitted under the Plan is a lump sum, then distributions
                  under this Section 8.05 may only be made in a lump sum. In
                  addition, if the Plan requires distributions to commence at
                  age 65 for Participants who have terminated Employment,
                  distributions must commence at age 65 and may not be delayed
                  to age 70-1/2.

         (b)      In no event may the distribution of a Participant's Account
                  commence later than April 1 following the calendar year in
                  which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. However, if a
                  Participant is not a 5% owner of an Employer (as defined in
                  Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations
                  thereunder), such Participant's Retirement Income shall
                  commence no later than April 1 following the calendar year in
                  which he terminates his Employment. (The applicable
                  commencement date described above, is referred to as the
                  "required beginning date")." Notwithstanding the preceding
                  distribution requirements, a distribution on behalf of any
                  Participant may be made in accordance with a benefit payment
                  election executed before January 1, 1984 in a manner that
                  satisfies the requirements of the transitional rule of Section
                  242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of
                  1982.

         (c)      The entire account balance of each Participant shall be
                  distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning
                  date, in a single lump sum.

                                      -31-

                  The initial distribution shall be based on the Participant's
                  account balance as of the December 31 preceding the required
                  beginning date. During the calendar year which begins after
                  the required beginning date (and in each calendar year
                  thereafter), the Participant's entire account balance shall be
                  distributed in a single lump sum based on the value of such
                  account balance as of the first day of such calendar year.

         (d)      If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's
                  Account has begun in accordance with paragraph (c) above, the
                  Participant's entire vested Account must be distributed in a
                  lump sum within 90 days of the Participant's death unless the
                  Participant's Account is payable to or for the benefit of his
                  Spouse. If the Beneficiary is the Participant's Spouse, the
                  Spouse may delay a lump sum distribution of the Participant's
                  Account until the date on which the Participant would have
                  attained age 70-1/2.

         (e)      Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, distributions
                  under the Plan will comply with Treasury Regulations issued
                  under Code Section 401(a)(9) and any other provisions
                  reflecting Code Section 401(a)(9) as prescribed by the
                  Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service.

8.06     Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a "qualified
         domestic relations order", as defined in Code Section 414(p), may
         provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be
         distributed immediately even though the Participant is not yet entitled
         to a distribution under the Plan. The intent of this Section is to
         provide for the distribution of benefits to an alternate payee as
         permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.401(a)-13(g)(3).

8.07     Direct Rollovers.

         (a)      In General. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
                  contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election
                  under this Section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and
                  in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have
                  any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly
                  to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Distributee in
                  a direct rollover.

          (b)     Definitions.

                  Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover
                  Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the
                  balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an
                  Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include (i) any
                  distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                  periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                  the life (or life

                                      -32-

                  expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint
                  life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's
                  designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years
                  or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution
                  is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the
                  portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross
                  income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
                  unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities);
                  and (iv) effective as of January 1, 2000, hardship withdrawals
                  as defined in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) which are
                  attributable to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions.

                  Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan is an
                  individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of
                  the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in
                  Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in
                  Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in
                  Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's
                  Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an
                  Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an
                  Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account
                  or individual retirement annuity.

                  Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee or former
                  Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's
                  surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's
                  spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a
                  qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
                  414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the
                  interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                  Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to
                  the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

         (c)      Waiver of 30-day Notice. If a distribution is one to which
                  Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do
                  not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days
                  after the notice required under section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the
                  Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

                  (1)      the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                           Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                           period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice
                           to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                           distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                           distribution option), and

                  (2)      the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                           affirmatively elects a distribution.

                                      -33-

8.08     Participant Withdrawals After Age 59-1/2.

         At any time after a Participant attains age 59-1/2, the Participant may
         elect to withdraw a part or all of his vested Account (including any
         earnings thereon). In no event shall a Participant be permitted to
         repay the amount of his or her in-service withdrawal. If the
         Participant withdraws only a portion of his vested Account, the
         Committee shall determine (in a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of
         the Accounts and Investment Funds from which the withdrawal shall be
         made.

-34-

ARTICLE 9

HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS; LOANS

9.01     Hardship Withdrawal of Account.

         (a)      In General. Any Participant may request the Committee to
                  distribute to him part or all of his vested Account (other
                  than amounts held in the Participant's Qualified Nonelective
                  Contribution Account, amounts used as collateral for a
                  Participant loan and certain earnings on the Participant's
                  Account as provided below). The Committee shall determine (in
                  a nondiscriminatory manner) the source of the Accounts (other
                  than the Accounts and amounts identified above) and Investment
                  Funds from which the withdrawal shall be made.

         (b)      No Distribution of Earnings. Income or gain that is allocated
                  to the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account may not be
                  distributed in a hardship withdrawal.

9.02     Definition of Hardship.

         Hardship shall mean an immediate and heavy financial need experienced
         by reason of:

         (a)      Expenses of any accident to or sickness of such Participant,
                  his Spouse or his dependents or expenses necessary to provide
                  medical care for such Participant, his Spouse or his
                  dependents;

         (b)      Purchase of a primary residence for such Participant;

         (c)      Payment of tuition and related educational fees for the next
                  twelve months of post-secondary education for the Participant,
                  his Spouse, children or dependents;

         (d)      The need to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his
                  principal residence or foreclosure on the Participant's
                  principal residence; or

         (e)      Other financial hardships as permitted by Treasury Regulations
                  or other regulatory or judicial authority and approved by the
                  Committee.

9.03     Maximum Hardship Distribution.

         A hardship distribution cannot exceed the amount required to meet the
         immediate financial need created by the hardship (after taking into
         account applicable

                                      -35-

         federal, state, or local income taxes and penalties) and not reasonably
         available from other resources of the Participant. In order to ensure
         compliance with this requirement, the Committee may require the
         Participant to satisfy any or all of the provisions described below in
         (a), (b), or (c) below as a condition precedent to the Participant
         receiving a hardship distribution:

         (a)      No Other Sources Available. Certification by the Participant
                  on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose that the
                  financial need cannot be relieved (1) through reimbursement or
                  payment by insurance; (2) by reasonable liquidation of the
                  Participant's assets; (3) by ceasing Pre-Tax Contributions
                  under the Plan; (4) by other in-service distributions
                  (including loans) under the Plan and under any other plan
                  maintained by the Employer; or (5) by borrowing from
                  commercial lenders on reasonable commercial terms.

         (b)      Receipt of all Distributions Available; Suspension of Future
                  Contributions. Receipt by the Participant of all distributions
                  that he is eligible to receive (including loans) under this
                  Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer.

                  In addition, the Participant must agree to the following
                  limitations and restrictions:

                  (1)      The Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions shall
                           automatically be suspended beginning on the first
                           payroll period that commences after such Participant
                           requests and receives a hardship distribution. Such
                           Participant may resume making Pre-Tax Contributions
                           only on the first day of a calendar month which is at
                           least 12 months after the effective date of such
                           suspension and only after informing the Committee in
                           writing at least 30 days (or such lesser time as
                           specified by the Committee) prior to the date on
                           which the Pre-Tax Contributions are to resume.
                           Hardship distributions made on or after January 1,
                           2002 shall result in a 6 month suspension rather than
                           a 12 month suspension.

                  (2)      The maximum Pre-Tax Contribution the Participant may
                           make for the calendar year following his hardship
                           distribution shall be reduced by the amount of
                           Pre-Tax Contributions made by the Participant during
                           the calendar year in which he received his hardship
                           distribution. This subparagraph (2) shall not be
                           effective on or after January 1, 2002.

                  (3)      The Participant shall be prohibited under a legally
                           enforceable agreement from making an employee
                           contribution to any other plan maintained by the
                           Employer for at least 12 months after the receipt

                                      -36-

                           of the hardship distribution. For this purpose, the
                           phrase "any other plan" includes all qualified and
                           nonqualified plans of deferred compensation, stock
                           option plans and stock purchase plans. It does not
                           include a health or welfare plan including one that
                           is part of a section 125 cafeteria plan. Effective
                           for hardship distributions made on or after January
                           1, 2002, the 12 month restriction described above
                           shall become a 6 month restriction.

9.04     Procedure to Request Hardship.

         The request to receive a hardship distribution shall be made on such
         forms and following such procedures as the Committee may prescribe from
         time to time. Under no circumstances shall the Committee permit a
         Participant to repay to the Plan the amount of any withdrawal by a
         Participant under this Section.

9.05     Authority to Establish Loan Program.

         The Committee is authorized and directed to administer the loan
         program.

9.06     Eligibility for Loans.

         Loans shall be available to all Participants on a reasonably equivalent
         basis. For the purposes of receiving a loan, the term "Participant"
         shall include any Former Participant who is a "party in interest" as
         defined in Section 3(14) of ERISA.

9.07     Loan Amount.

         (a)      Minimum Loan. No loan of less than $1,000 will be made.

         (b)      Maximum Loan. A loan to any Participant (determined
                  immediately after the origination of the loan) shall not
                  exceed the lesser of:

                  (1)      Fifty percent (50%) of the Participant's vested
                           balance in his Account as of the Valuation Date with
                           respect to which the loan is processed; or

                  (2)      $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of (A) the
                           highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan
                           during the one-year period ending on the day before
                           the date on which such loan was made, over (B) the
                           outstanding loan balance of loans from the Plan on
                           the date on which the loan was made.

9.08     Maximum Number of Loans.

         No more than one loan may be made outstanding to any Participant at any
         time.

                                      -37-

9.09     Assignment of Account.

         Each loan shall be supported by the Participant's promissory note for
         the amount of the loan, including interest, payable to the order of the
         Trustee. In addition, each loan shall be supported by an assignment of
         the Participant's right, title and interest in and to his Account equal
         to the amount of the loan and shall be supported by any other
         reasonable security required by the Trustee.

9.10     Interest.

         Interest shall be charged on any such loan at a rate established from
         time to time by the Trustee provided such rate is equivalent to a rate
         that would be charged by a commercial lender for a similar loan.

9.11     Term of Loan.

         The maximum repayment term of any loan is five years unless the loan is
         used to acquire any dwelling unit which within a reasonable time after
         the loan is made is to be used as the principal residence of the
         Participant. The maximum repayment term for a loan used to acquire a
         dwelling unit shall be a reasonable time, as determined by the
         Committee, that may exceed five years but shall not exceed fifteen
         years. Except for Former Participants described in Section 9.06, the
         term of the loan may not extend beyond the Participant's Termination
         Date. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish a shorter
         repayment term than the maximum repayment term otherwise permitted
         under the Plan.

9.12     Level Amortization.

         Each loan shall provide for level amortization with payments to be made
         at such regular intervals as the Committee determines in its
         discretion, but not less frequently than once every three months over
         the term of the loan. Loans to Participants in active Employment shall
         be repaid through payroll deductions and the Participant shall be
         required to authorize such payroll deduction as a condition to
         receiving the loan.

9.13     Directed Investment.

         A Participant who requests a loan shall be deemed to have directed the
         Committee to invest assets held in his Account by the amount of the
         loan, and until such loan is repaid, such loan shall be considered a
         directed investment of the Participant's Account hereunder. The Plan
         monies which are used to fund the Participant loan shall be withdrawn
         from the Participant's Account in the following order (and principal
         and interest loan repayments shall be added back to such Accounts in

the same order):

-38-

(a) the Pre-Tax Contribution Account;

(b) the Rollover Account;

(c) the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account; and

(d) the Prior Employer Account.

Within each such Account the monies which are used to fund the Participant loan shall be withdrawn on a pro rata basis according to the value of the Investment Funds in which such Account was invested. Principal and interest payments on the loan will be allocated to the Participant's Investment Funds according to the Participant's investment election at the time of the payment. Prior to January 1, 1999, loans could also be made from a Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account. If a loan was made out of the Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account, repayment of principal and interest attributable to such Account shall be allocated to the Participant's Company Stock Fund.

This Section 9.13 shall be effective January 1, 1999.

9.14 Other Requirements.

(a) All loans issued to a married Participant pursuant to this Plan on or after January 1, 1999 shall require the consent of the Participant's Spouse. Such consent shall authorize the Committee to default the loan and, when a distributable event has occurred, foreclose on the loan pursuant to the loan documents and loan guidelines without additional notice to or consent by the Participant or the Participant's Spouse. Such consent by the Spouse married to the Participant at the time the loan is processed shall also apply to any future Spouse of the Participant. Additionally, no current or future spousal consent is required if the Participant was not married at the time the loan was processed. Effective ninety (90) days after the effective date described in Section XIII of Schedule C, spousal consent will no longer be required to obtain a loan from the Plan.

(b) The Committee may establish such additional guidelines and rules as it deems necessary. Such guidelines and rules are hereby incorporated by reference in the Plan. The Committee may amend or modify the loan application, loan guidelines and loan rules as it deems necessary to carry out the provisions of this Article Nine (including retroactive amendments).

(c) This Section 9.14 is effective January 1, 1999.

9.15 Distribution of Loan.

-39-

         Loan proceeds will be distributed as soon as practicable after the loan
         is approved and after the Participant completes all documentation
         necessary to make such loan.

9.16     Suspension of Loan Repayments During Military Service

         Loan repayments will be suspended under this Plan as permitted under
         Code Section 414(u)(4) (e.g., suspension of loan repayments during a
         Participant's periods of military service as defined in Code Section
         414(u)).

-40-

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

10.01    Named Fiduciaries.

         The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall
         have the authority to control and manage the operation and

administration of the Plan:

(a) The Company;

(b) The Board;

(c) The Trustee;

(d) The Committee.

The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties expressly allocated to them in the Plan and in the Trust Agreement and shall have no other powers and duties in respect of the Plan; provided, however, that if a power or responsibility is not expressly allocated to a specific named fiduciary, the power or responsibility shall be that of the Company. No Fiduciary shall have any liability for, or responsibility to inquire into, the acts and omissions of any other Fiduciary in the exercise of powers or the discharge of responsibilities assigned to such other Fiduciary under this Plan or the Trust Agreement.

10.02 Board of Directors.

(a) The Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall have the following powers and duties with respect to the Plan:

(1) to appoint and remove the members of the Committee as provided herein; and

(2) to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant to the procedures provided hereunder.

(b) The Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board shall have the power to amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan. (However, see 10.04(c) for certain amendment powers granted to the Committee).

(c) The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

-41-

10.03    Trustee.

         The Trustee shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to the
         Trustee as set forth in the Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall have no
         other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

10.04    Committee.

         (a)      A Committee of one or more individuals shall be appointed by
                  and serve at the pleasure of the Board or its Compensation and
                  Stock Option Committee to administer the Plan. Any
                  Participant, officer, or director of the Employer shall be
                  eligible to be appointed a member of the Committee and all
                  members shall serve as such without compensation. Upon
                  termination of his employment with the Employer, or upon
                  ceasing to be an officer or director, if not an employee, he
                  shall cease to be a member of the Committee. The Board or its
                  Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall have the right
                  to remove any member of the Committee at any time, with or
                  without cause. A member may resign at any time by written
                  notice to the Committee and the Board or its Compensation and
                  Stock Option Committee. If a vacancy in the Committee should
                  occur, a successor shall be appointed by the Board or its
                  Compensation and Stock Option Committee. The Committee shall
                  by written notice keep the Trustee notified of current
                  membership of the Committee, its officers and agents. The
                  Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature card
                  for each member of the Committee and for all purposes
                  hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely
                  upon such certified signatures.

         (b)      The Board or its Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall
                  appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from among the members of
                  the Committee. All resolutions, determinations and other
                  actions shall be by a majority vote of all members of the
                  Committee. The Committee may appoint such agents, who need not
                  be members of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the
                  effective performance of its duties, and may delegate to such
                  agents such powers and duties, whether ministerial or
                  discretionary, as the Committee deems expedient or
                  appropriate. The compensation of such agents shall be fixed by
                  the Committee; provided, however, that in no event shall
                  compensation be paid if such payment violates the provisions
                  of Section 408 of the Act and is not exempted from such
                  prohibitions by Section 408 of the Act.

         (c)      The Committee shall have complete control of the
                  administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to enable
                  it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan. In
                  addition to all implied powers and responsibilities necessary
                  to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to

                                      -42-

                  comply with the requirements of the Act, the Committee shall
                  have the following specific powers and responsibilities:

                  (1)      To construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to
                           determine all questions arising in the
                           administration, interpretation and operation of the
                           Plan;

                  (2)      To decide all questions relating to the eligibility
                           of Employees to participate in the benefits of the
                           Plan and Trust Agreement;

                  (3)      To determine the benefits of the Plan to which any
                           Participant, Beneficiary or other person may be
                           entitled;

                  (4)      To keep records of all acts and determinations of the
                           Committee, and to keep all such records, books of
                           accounts, data and other documents as may be
                           necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

                  (5)      To prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants
                           and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and
                           their rights under the Plan, including, but not
                           limited to, all information which is required to be
                           distributed by the Act, the regulations thereunder,
                           or by any other applicable law;

                  (6)      To file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and
                           additional documents as may be required by the Act
                           and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not
                           limited to, summary plan description, modifications
                           and changes, annual reports, terminal reports and
                           supplementary reports;

                  (7)      To file with the Secretary of the Treasury all
                           reports and information required to be filed by the
                           Internal Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued
                           under each;

                  (8)      To do all things necessary to operate and administer
                           the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in
                           compliance with applicable provisions of federal law;

                  (9)      To amend certain portions of this Plan as
                           specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan
                           (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors
                           to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan
                           to comply with changes in law recommended by legal
                           counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax
                           qualified status of the Plan and to make other
                           amendments to the Plan that do not materially
                           increase the costs associated with the plan;

-43-

                  (10)     to appoint and remove the Trustee(s); and

                  (11)     to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in
                           writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim
                           for benefits under the Plan is denied, which notice
                           shall set forth the specific reasons for such denial
                           (written in a manner calculated to be understood by
                           the Participant or Beneficiary); and to provide a
                           procedure for affording a reasonable opportunity to
                           any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for
                           benefits has been denied, a full and fair review by
                           the Committee of the decision denying the claim.

         (d)      To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer
                  shall supply full and timely information of all matters
                  relating to the compensation and length of service of all
                  Participants, their retirement, death or other cause of
                  termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as
                  the Committee may require. The Committee shall advise the
                  Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such
                  instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the
                  administration of the Plan. The Committee and the Employer
                  shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports
                  made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved by
                  the Employer. The Committee, the Employer and its officers and
                  the Trustee, shall be fully protected in respect of any action
                  suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or
                  opinion of any accountant or attorney, and all action so taken
                  or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all
                  other persons interested in the Plan.

10.05    Standard of Fiduciary Duty.

         Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out
         fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge
         his duties solely in the interests of the Participants and
         Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with benefits
         and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Any
         Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and
         diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man
         acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matter would use in
         the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.
         Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the
         documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents
         and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the Act.
         Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no Fiduciary shall be
         authorized to engage in any transaction which is prohibited by Sections
         408 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section 4975 of the Code in the
         performance of its duties hereunder.

10.06    Claims Procedure.

                                      -44-

         Any Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, or Spouse or
         authorized representative thereof (hereinafter referred to as
         "Claimant"), may file a claim for benefits under the Plan by submitting
         to the Committee a written statement describing the nature of the claim
         and requesting a determination of its validity under the terms of the
         Plan. Effective January 1, 2002, all applications for benefits must be
         submitted within the "applicable limitations period." The "applicable
         limitations period" shall be two years, beginning on (i) the date on
         which the payment was made, or (ii) for all other claims, the date on
         which the action complained or grieved of occurred. Within sixty (60)
         days after the date such claim is received by the Committee, it shall
         issue a ruling with respect to the claim.

         If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing,
         the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension
         prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however,
         shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such
         appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt
         of the actual request.

         If the claim is wholly or partially denied, written notice shall be
         furnished to the Claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner

calculated to be understood by the Claimant:

(a) The specific reason or reasons for denial;

(b) Specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c) A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(d) An explanation of the claims review procedures.

Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal such denial by resubmitting to the Committee a written statement requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days of the date the Claimant receives notice of such denial. Such statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the reasons such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to the claim.

If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for examination of the Claimant.

-45-

         Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is
         received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits and
         the reasons therefor and notify the Claimant in writing of its final
         decision.

         If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing,
         the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension
         prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however,
         shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such
         appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt
         of the actual request.

         Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the decision,
         written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, with
         specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
         decision is based. The decision of the Committee on any claim for
         benefits shall be final and conclusive upon all persons, and a
         Participant, or his Beneficiary or legal representative, shall not be
         permitted to bring suit at law or equity on an application without
         first exhausting the remedies available hereunder.

         Effective January 1, 2002, no action at law or in equity to recover
         under this Plan shall be commenced later than one year from the date of
         the decision on review (or if no decision is furnished within 120 days
         of receipt of the request for review, one year after the 120th day
         after receipt of the request for review).

10.07    Indemnification of Committee.

         To the extent permitted under the Act, the Plan shall indemnify the
         Board, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the Committee
         against any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of
         administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to
         the Plan. The Employer shall indemnify the Committee, the Compensation
         and Stock Option Committee and the members of the Board against any
         personal liability or cost not provided for in the preceding sentence
         which they may incur as a result of any act or omission in relation to
         the Plan or its Participants. The Employer may purchase fiduciary
         liability insurance to insure its obligation under this Section.

-46-

ARTICLE 11

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

11.01    Right to Amend.

         The Company intends for the Plan to be permanent so long as the
         corporation exists; however, (through action of the Board, Compensation
         and Stock Option Committee, or the Committee) it reserves the right to
         modify, alter, or amend this Plan or the Trust Agreement, from time to
         time, to any extent that it may deem advisable, including, but not
         limited to any amendment deemed necessary to ensure the continued
         qualification of the Plan under Sections 40l(a) and 401(k) of the Code
         or to ensure compliance with the Act; provided, however, that the
         Board, Compensation and Stock Option Committee, or the Committee shall
         not have the authority to amend this Plan in any manner which will:

         (a)      Permit any part of the Fund (other than such part as is
                  required to pay taxes and administrative expenses) to be used
                  for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive
                  benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries;

         (b)      Cause or permit any portion of the funds to revert to or
                  become the property of the Employer;

         (c)      Change the duties, liabilities, or responsibilities of the
                  Trustee without its prior written consent.

See Section 16.11 regarding the power of an Affiliated Sponsor to amend or terminate the Plan.

11.02    Termination or Discontinuance of Contributions.

         The Company (through action of the Board or Compensation and Stock
         Option Committee) shall have the right at any time to terminate this
         Plan (hereinafter referred to as "Plan Termination"). Upon Plan
         Termination, the Committee shall direct the Trustee with reference to
         the disposition of the Fund, after payment of any expenses properly
         chargeable against the Fund. The Trustee shall distribute all amounts
         held in Trust to the Participants and others entitled to Distributions
         in proportion to the Accounts of such Participants and other
         Distributees as of the date of such Termination. In the event that this
         Plan is partially terminated, then the provisions of this Section 11.02
         shall apply, but solely with respect to the Employees affected by the
         partial termination. The termination of sponsorship of the Plan by any
         Affiliated Sponsor shall not affect the sponsorship of the Plan by the
         Company or any other Affiliated Sponsor.

                                      -47-

11.03    IRS Approval of Termination.

         Notwithstanding Section 11.02, the Trustee shall not be required to
         make any Distribution from this Plan in the event of complete or
         partial termination until the authorized officials of the Internal
         Revenue Service shall have determined that there will be no liability
         against the Trustee by reason of such Distribution.

-48-

ARTICLE 12

SPECIAL DISCRIMINATION RULES

12.01    Definitions.

         Actual Contribution Percentage or ACP shall mean the ratio (expressed
         as a percentage) of (i) the sum of the Employer Matching Contributions
         on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year and, to the extent
         permitted in Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the
         Participant's Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions to (ii) the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.
         The Employer, on an annual basis, may elect to include or not to
         include Qualified Elective Deferrals and Qualified Nonelective
         Contributions in computing the ACP for a Plan Year. An Employer may
         elect on an annual basis to count a Participant's Employer Matching
         Contribution toward satisfying the required minimum contribution under
         Section 15.03 (minimum contribution for Non-Key Employees in a
         top-heavy plan) in lieu of including such contributions in the ACP. If
         a Participant (as defined below) does not receive an allocation of
         Employer Contributions for a Plan Year, such Participant's ACP for the
         Plan Year shall be zero.

         Actual Deferral Percentage or ADP shall mean the ratio (expressed as a
         percentage) of (i) the sum of Pre-Tax Contributions on behalf of a
         Participant for the Plan Year (excluding any Excess Deferrals by a
         Non-highly Compensated Employee) and, to the extent permitted in
         Treasury Regulations and elected by the Employer, the Participant's
         Qualified Nonelective Contributions to (ii) the Participant's
         Compensation for the Plan Year. The Employer, on an annual basis, may
         elect to include or not to include Qualified Nonelective Contributions
         in computing the ADP for a Plan Year. In the case of a Participant (as
         defined below) who does not make a Pre-Tax Contribution for a Plan Year
         and is not allocated a Qualified Nonelective Contribution for such Plan
         Year, such Participant's ADP for the Plan Year shall be zero.

         Average Actual Contribution Percentage shall mean the average
         (expressed as a percentage) of the Actual Contribution Percentages of
         the Participants in a group. The percentage shall be rounded to the
         nearest one-hundredth of one percent (four decimal places).

         Average Actual Deferral Percentage shall mean the average (expressed as
         a percentage) of the Actual Deferral Percentages of the Participants in
         a group. The percentage shall be rounded to the nearest one-hundredth
         of one percent (four decimal places).

                                      -49-

         Combined ADP and ACP Test shall have the meaning as defined in Section
         12.09.

         Compensation for purposes of this Article 12 shall be that definition
         selected by the Committee that satisfies the requirements of Code
         Sections 414(s) and 401(a)(17). Such definition may change from year to
         year but must apply uniformly among all Eligible Employees being tested
         under the Plan for a given Plan Year and among all Employees being
         tested under any other plan that is aggregated with this Plan during
         the Plan Year. If the Committee fails to select a definition of
         Compensation for purposes of this Article 12, Compensation (for
         purposes of Article 12) shall have the same meaning as defined in
         Article 2.

         Employer Matching Contributions. For purposes of this Article 12, an
         Employer Matching Contribution for a particular Plan Year includes only
         those contributions that are (i) allocated to the Participant's Account
         under the Plan as of any date within such Plan Year, (ii) contributed
         to the Trust no later than the end of the 12-month period following the
         close of such Plan Year, and (iii) made on account of such
         Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year.

         Excess Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section 12.02.

         Excess ACP Contributions shall have that meaning as defined in Section
         12.08.

         Excess ADP Deferrals shall have that meaning as defined in Section
         12.05.

         Highly Compensated Employee. See Article 13.

         Maximum Combined Percentage shall have the meaning as defined in
         Section 12.09(c).

         Non-highly Compensated Employee. See Article 13.

         Participant. For purposes of computing the Average Actual Contribution
         Percentage and related provisions of this Article 12, a Participant
         shall mean any Eligible Employee who (i) is eligible to receive an
         allocation of an Employer Matching Contribution, even if no Employer
         Matching Contribution is allocated due to the Eligible Employee's
         failure to make a required Pre-Tax Contribution or (ii) is unable to
         receive an Employer Matching Contribution because his or her
         Compensation is less than a stated amount. For purposes of computing
         the Average Actual Deferral Percentage and related provisions of this
         Article 12, a Participant shall mean any Eligible Employee who (i) is
         eligible to make a Pre-Tax Contribution, including an Eligible Employee
         whose right to make Pre-Tax Contributions has been suspended because of
         an election not to participate or a hardship distribution and (ii) is
         unable to make a Pre-Tax Contribution because his Compensation is less
         than a stated amount.

                                      -50-

         Pre-Tax Contributions. For purposes of this Article 12, a Pre-Tax
         Contribution is taken into account only if the contribution (i) is
         allocated to the Participant's Account under the terms of the Plan as
         of any date within the Plan Year, and (ii) relates to Compensation that
         would have been received by the Participant during the Plan Year or
         within 2-1/2 months after the Plan Year but for the deferral election.
         A Pre-Tax Contribution is considered to be allocated as of a date
         within a Plan Year only if the allocation is not contingent on
         participation in the Plan or performance of service after the Plan Year
         to which the Pre-Tax Contribution relates.

         Qualified Elective Deferral shall mean Pre-Tax Contributions designated
         by the Committee as Qualified Elective Deferrals in order to meet the
         ACP testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following
         requirements must be satisfied:

         (a)      The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year
                  (including the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the
                  ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

         (b)      The aggregate of all Pre-Tax Contributions for the Plan Year
                  (excluding the Qualified Elective Deferrals) must satisfy the
                  ADP testing requirements set forth in Section 12.03(a).

         (c)      Qualified Elective Deferrals must satisfy all other provisions
                  of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax Contributions and shall
                  remain part of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contribution Account.

         (d)      Except as provided by this definition, Qualified Elective
                  Deferrals shall be excluded in determining whether any other
                  contribution or benefit satisfies the nondiscrimination
                  requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 401(k)(3).

         Qualified Nonelective Contribution shall mean an Employer contribution
         designated by the Committee as a Qualified Nonelective Contribution in
         order to meet the ADP testing requirements of Section 12.03 or the ACP
         testing requirements of Section 12.06. In addition, the following
         requirements must be satisfied:

         (a)      The Qualified Nonelective Contribution, whether or not used to
                  satisfy the requirements of Sections 12.03 or 12.06, must meet
                  the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4).

         (b)      Qualified Nonelective Contributions which are taken into
                  account in order to meet the requirements of Section 12.03 or
                  12.06 (as applicable) shall

                                      -51-

                  not be counted in determining whether the testing requirements
                  of any of such other Sections are met.

         (c)      The Qualified Nonelective Contributions shall be subject to
                  all provisions of this Plan applicable to Pre-Tax
                  Contributions (except that Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                  cannot be distributed in a hardship distribution).

         (d)      Except as provided in this paragraph, the Qualified
                  Nonelective Contributions shall be excluded in determining
                  whether any other contribution or benefit satisfies the
                  nondiscrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and
                  401(k)(3).

12.02    Limit on Pre-Tax Contributions.

         (a)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
                  contrary, the aggregate of a Participant's Pre-Tax
                  Contributions during a calendar year may not exceed $10,500,
                  which will increase to $11,000 in 2002 (or such greater amount
                  as established by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to
                  Code Section 402(g)(5)). Any Pre-Tax Contributions in excess
                  of the foregoing limit ("Excess Deferral"), plus any income
                  and minus any loss allocable thereto, may be distributed to
                  the applicable Participant no later than April 15 following
                  the calendar year in which the Pre-Tax Contributions were
                  made.

         (b)      Any Participant who has an Excess Deferral during a calendar
                  year may receive a distribution of the Excess Deferral during
                  such calendar year plus any income or minus any loss allocable
                  thereto, provided (1) the Participant requests (or is deemed
                  to request) the distribution of the Excess Deferral, (2) the
                  distribution occurs after the date the Excess Deferral arose,
                  and (3) the Committee designates the distribution as a
                  distribution of an Excess Deferral.

         (c)      If a Participant makes a Pre-Tax Contribution under this Plan
                  and in the same calendar year makes a contribution to a
                  Code Section 401(k) plan containing a cash or deferred
                  arrangement (other than this Plan), a Code Section 408(k) plan
                  (simplified employee pension plan) or a Code Section 403(b)
                  plan (tax sheltered annuity) and, after the return of any
                  Excess Deferral pursuant to Section 12.02(a) and (b) the
                  aggregate of all such Pre-Tax Contributions and contributions
                  exceed the limitations contained in Code Section 402(g), then
                  such Participant may request that the Committee return all or
                  a portion of the Participant's Pre-Tax Contributions for the
                  calendar year plus any income and minus any loss allocable
                  thereto. The amount by which such Pre-Tax Contributions and
                  contributions exceed the Code Section 402(g) limitations will
                  also be known as an Excess Deferral.

-52-

(d) Any request for a return of Excess Deferrals arising out of contributions to a plan described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by an entity other than the Employer must:

(1) be made in writing;

(2) be submitted to the Committee not later than the March 1 following the Plan Year in which the Excess Deferral arose;

(3) specify the amount of the Excess Deferral; and,

(4) contain a statement that if the Excess Deferral is not distributed, it will, when added to amounts deferred under other plans or arrangements described in Sections 401(k), 408(k), or 403(b) of the Code, exceed the limit imposed on the Participant by
Section 402(g) of the Code for the year in which the Excess Deferral occurred.

In the event an Excess Deferral arises out of contributions to a plan (including this Plan) described in Section 12.02(c) above which is maintained by the Employer, the Participant making the Excess Deferral shall be deemed to have requested a return of the Excess Deferral.

(e) Pre-Tax Contributions may only be returned to the extent necessary to eliminate a Participant's Excess Deferral. Excess Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan. In no event shall the returned Excess Deferrals for a particular calendar year exceed the Participant's aggregate Pre-Tax Contributions for such calendar year.

(f) The income or loss allocable to a Pre-Tax Contribution that is returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (c) shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on the last day of the calendar year in which the Excess Deferral arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account for such calendar year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for such calendar year.

(g) The income or loss allocable to an Excess Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(b) shall be determined using any reasonable method adopted by the Plan to measure income earned or loss incurred during the Plan Year or any other method authorized by the Internal Revenue Service to compute the income earned or loss incurred for the period commencing on January 1 of the calendar year in which the Pre-

-53-

Tax Contribution was made and ending on the date the Excess Deferral was distributed.

(h) Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess Deferral that is returned to a Participant pursuant to this
Section 12.02 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however, the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant as an Excess Deferral shall be deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second those Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching Contribution was made. Accordingly, if the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant as Excess Deferrals were not matched, no Employer Matching Contribution will be forfeited.

12.03 Average Actual Deferral Percentage.

(a) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The excess of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.

(b) The permitted disparity between the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees and the Average Actual Deferral Percentage for Non-Highly Compensated Employees may be further reduced as required by Section 12.09.

(c) If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.03(a), the Employer may do any or all of the

-54-

following, except as otherwise provided in the Code or Treasury Regulations:

(1) Distribute Pre-Tax Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.05; or

(2) Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Pre-Tax Contributions Deferrals as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ADP).

(d) In computing the Average Actual Deferral Percentage, the Employer may exclude Non-highly Compensated Employees who prior to the last day of the Plan Year have not yet attained age 21 or have not yet completed a Year of Eligibility Service (see Section 3.02) if the Employer satisfies a special coverage rule described below. The special coverage rule requires the Plan to satisfy the minimum coverage rules of Code Section 410(b)(4)(B) with respect to all Employees who are permitted to participate in the Plan but have not yet attained age 21 or have not yet completed a Year of Eligibility Service. This paragraph (d) shall be effective January 1, 1999.

12.04 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Deferral Percentage.

(a) The Actual Deferral Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more arrangements described in Section 401(k) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be determined as if such Pre-Tax Contributions were made under a single arrangement.

(b) If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Pre-Tax Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.

(c) The determination and treatment of the Pre-Tax Contributions and Actual Deferral Percentage of any Participant shall be in accordance with such other requirements as may be prescribed from time to time in Treasury Regulations.

-55-

12.05 Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals.

(a) Pre-Tax Contributions exceeding the limitations of Section
12.03(a) ("Excess ADP Deferrals") and any income or loss allocable to such Excess ADP Deferral may be designated by the Committee as Excess ADP Deferrals and may be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with the largest dollar amount of Pre-Tax Contributions. In determining the amount of Excess ADP Deferrals for each Highly Compensated Employee, the Committee shall reduce the ADP for each Highly Compensated Employee as follows:

(1) The amount of Salary Deferrals made by the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest dollar amount of Salary Deferrals will be reduced until equal to the second highest amount of Salary Deferrals under the Plan; then

(2) The amount of Salary Deferrals made by the two (or more) Highly Compensated Employees with the highest dollar amount of Salary Deferrals under the Plan will be reduced until equal to the third highest dollar amount of Salary Deferrals under the Plan; then

(3) The steps described in (1) and (2) shall be repeated with respect to the third and successive highest Salary Deferrals under the Plan until the Plan has distributed all Excess ADP Deferrals.

(b) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. In any event, however, the Excess ADP Deferrals and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose. Excess ADP Deferrals shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan.

(c) The income or loss allocable to Excess ADP Deferrals shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ADP Deferral. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account balance on the last day of the Plan Year in which the Excess ADP Deferrals arose reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account for such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.

-56-

(d) If an Excess Deferral has been distributed to the Participant pursuant to Section 12.02(a) or (b) for any taxable year of a Participant, then any Excess ADP Deferral allocable to such Participant for the same Plan Year in which such taxable year ends shall be reduced by the amount of such Excess Deferral.

(e) Distribution of Excess ADP Deferrals to Participants described in Section 12.04(c) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(f)(5)(ii) or any successor Treasury Regulation thereto.

(f) Any Employer Matching Contribution allocable to an Excess ADP Deferral that is returned to the Participant pursuant to this
Section 12.05 shall be forfeited notwithstanding the provisions of Article 7 (vesting). For this purpose, however, the Pre-Tax Contributions that are returned to the Participant shall be deemed to be first those Pre-Tax Contributions for which no Employer Matching Contribution was made and second those Pre-Tax Contributions for which an Employer Matching Contribution was made. Accordingly, unmatched Pre-Tax Contributions shall be returned as an Excess ADP Deferral before matched Pre-Tax Contributions.

12.06 Average Actual Contribution Percentage.

(a) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Non-highly Compensated Employees for the same Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall not exceed the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The excess of the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year over the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year is not more than two percentage points, and the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is not more than the Average Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-highly Compensated Employees multiplied by two.

-57-

(b) If at the end of the Plan Year, the Plan does not comply with the provisions of Section 12.06(a), the Employer may do any or all of the following in order to comply with such provision as applicable (except as otherwise provided in the Code or in Treasury Regulations):

(1) Aggregate Qualified Elective Deferrals with the Employer Matching Contributions of Non-highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).

(2) Distribute Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly Compensated Employees as provided in Section 12.08.

(3) Make a Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of any or all of the Non-highly Compensated Employees and aggregate such contributions with the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Employer Matching Contributions as provided in Section 12.01 (definition of ACP).

(c) In computing the Average Actual Contribution Percentage, the Employer may exclude Non-highly Compensated Employees who prior to the last day of the Plan Year have not yet attained age 21 if the Employer satisfies a special coverage rule described below. The special coverage rule requires the Plan to satisfy the minimum coverage rules of Code Section 410(b)(4)(B) with respect to all Employees who are permitted to participate in the Plan but have not yet attained age 21. This paragraph (d) shall be effective January 1, 1999.

12.07 Special Rules For Determining Average Actual Contribution Percentages.

(a) The Actual Contribution Percentage for any Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year who is eligible to have Employer Matching Contributions allocated to his Account under two or more arrangements described in Sections 401(a) or 401(m) of the Code that are maintained by an Employer or its Affiliates shall be determined as if such contributions were made under a single arrangement.

(b) If two or more plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates are treated as one plan for purposes of the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or the coverage requirements of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefits test), all Employer Matching Contributions that are made pursuant to those plans shall be treated as having been made pursuant to one plan.

-58-

(c) The determination and treatment of the Actual Contribution Percentage of any Participant shall satisfy such other requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

12.08 Distribution of Employer Matching Contributions.

(a) Employer Matching Contributions exceeding the limitations of
Section 12.06(a) ("Excess ACP Contributions") and any income or loss allocable to such Excess ACP Contribution may be designated by the Committee as Excess ACP Contributions and may be distributed in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose to those Highly Compensated Employees whose Accounts were credited with Excess ACP Contributions in the preceding Plan Year. The amount of Excess ACP Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined using the procedure described in Section 12.05(a).

(b) To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall distribute all Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto prior to 2-1/2 months following the end of the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose. In any event, however, the Excess ACP Contributions and any income or loss allocable thereto shall be distributed prior to the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contributions arose.

(c) The income or loss allocable to Excess ACP Contributions shall be determined by multiplying the income or loss allocable to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year in which the Excess ACP Contribution arose by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Excess ACP Contributions. The denominator of the fraction is the value of the Participant's Account on the last day of the Plan Year reduced by any income allocated to the Participant's Account by such Plan Year and increased by any loss allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year.

(d) Amounts distributed to Highly Compensated Employees under this
Section 12.08 shall be treated as Annual Additions with respect to the Employee who received such amount.

(e) Distribution of Excess ACP Contributions to Participants described in Section 12.08(c) shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-1(e)(2)(iii) or any successor Treasury Regulations thereto.

12.09 Combined ACP and ADP Test.

-59-

         For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002, the following
         provisions regarding the Combined ACP and ADP Test apply. Theses
         provisions no longer apply effective January 1, 2002.

         (a)      The Plan must satisfy the Combined ACP and ADP Test described
                  in this Section 12.09 only if (1) the Average Actual Deferral
                  Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of
                  the Average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-highly
                  Compensated Employees and (2) the Average Actual Contribution
                  Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees exceeds 125% of
                  the Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the Non-highly
                  Compensated Employees.

         (b)      The Combined ACP and ADP Test is satisfied if the sum of the
                  Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual Deferral
                  Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage is equal
                  to or less than the Maximum Combined Percentage defined in
                  paragraph (c) below.

         (c)      The Maximum Combined Percentage shall be determined by
                  adjusting the Non-highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual
                  Deferral Percentage and Average Actual Contribution Percentage
                  in the following manner:

                  (1)      The greater of the two percentages shall be
                           multiplied by 1.25; and

                  (2)      The lesser of the two percentages shall be increased
                           by two percentage points; however, in no event shall
                           such adjusted percentage exceed twice the original
                           percentage.

                  The sum of (1) and (2) shall be the Maximum Combined
                  Percentage.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Maximum Combined Percentage
                  shall be determined in the following manner if such
                  calculation results in a higher Maximum Combined Percentage
                  than the formula specified above:

                  (1)      The lesser of the Average Actual Deferral Percentage
                           and Average Actual Contribution Percentage of the
                           Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be multiplied
                           by 1.25; and

                  (2)      The greater of such two percentages shall be
                           increased by two percentage points; however, in no
                           event shall such percentage exceed twice the original
                           percentage.

         (d)      In the event the Plan does not satisfy the Combined ADP and
                  ACP Test, the Highly Compensated Employees' Average Actual
                  Contribution Percentage shall be decreased by either
                  distributing Employer Matching Contributions to certain Highly
                  Compensated Employees by using the

                                      -60-

                  procedures described in Section 12.08 or by making a Qualified
                  Nonelective Contribution as provided in Section 12.06(b)(3)
                  until the sum of such percentage and the Highly Compensated
                  Employees' Average Actual Deferral Percentage equals the
                  Maximum Combined Percentage.

         (e)      If Employer Matching Contributions are distributed to certain
                  Highly Compensated Employees in order to satisfy the Combined
                  ADP and ACP Test, income or loss allocable to such Employer
                  Matching Contributions shall also be distributed.

         (f)      To the extent administratively possible, the Committee shall
                  distribute the Employer Matching Contributions (if applicable)
                  and allocable income or loss prior to 2-1/2 months following
                  the end of the Plan Year for which the Combined ADP and ACP
                  Test is computed. In any event, however, such Employer
                  Matching Contributions (if applicable) and allocable income or
                  loss shall be distributed by the end of the Plan Year
                  following the Plan Year for which the Combined ADP and ACP
                  Test is computed. Employer Matching Contributions that are
                  distributed pursuant to this Section 12.09 shall be treated as
                  Annual Additions under the Plan.

         (g)      The income or loss allocable to returned Employer Matching
                  Contributions shall be determined using the same procedures as
                  Section 12.05(c).

12.10    Order of Applying Certain Sections of Article.

         In applying the provisions of this Article 12, the determination and
         distribution of Excess Deferrals shall be made first, the determination
         and elimination of Excess ACP Deferrals shall be made second, the
         determination and elimination of Excess ADP Contributions shall be made
         third and finally, to the extent applicable, the determination and any
         necessary adjustment related to the Combined ADP and ACP Test shall be
         made.

-61-

ARTICLE 13

HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

13.01    In General.

         For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee"
         is any active Employee described in Section 13.02 below and any Former
         Employee described in Section 13.03 below. Various definitions used in
         this Section are contained in Section 13.04. A Non-highly Compensated
         Employee is an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

13.02    Highly Compensated Employee.

         (a)      Look-Back Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee
                  if during a Look Back Year the Employee:

                  (1)      is a 5 Percent Owner; or

                  (2)      receives Compensation in excess of $85,000.

                  The dollar amount described above shall be increased annually
                  as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1).

         (b)      Current Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if
                  during a Current Year the Employee is a 5 Percent Owner.

         (c)      This Section 13.02 shall be effective January 1, 1997.

13.03    Former Highly Compensated Employee.

         A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the
         rules of Section 13.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly
         Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any Current
         Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th birthday.

13.04    Definitions.

         The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 13:

         Compensation for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean any definition
         of Compensation that satisfies the requirements of Code Section 414(q).
         If no such definition is elected by the Committee, Compensation shall
         mean the gross annual earnings reported on the Participant's IRS Form
         W-2 (box 1 or its comparable

                                      -62-

         location as provided on Form W-2 in future years) as required by Code
         Sections 6041(d) and 6051(a)(3). In addition, Compensation shall
         include compensation which is not includible in the Participant's IRS
         Form W-2 (Box 1) by reason of Code Section 402(a)(8) (employee Salary
         Deferrals under a Code Section 401(k) plan) or Code Section 125 (salary
         deferrals under a cafeteria plan). Compensation shall not include
         amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses if, at
         the time of the payment of such moving expenses, it is reasonable to
         believe that the moving expenses will be deductible by the Participant
         under Code Section 217. Compensation shall be determined by ignoring
         any income exclusions under Code Section 3401(a) based on the nature or
         location of employment. In no event shall more than $170,000 (as
         adjusted annually pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)) in Compensation
         be taken into account for any Employee. Compensation shall also include
         salary deferrals for qualified transportation fringe benefits under
         Code Section 132(f).

         Current Year shall mean the current Plan Year.

         Employer for purposes of this Article 13 shall mean the Employer and
         its Affiliates.

         5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own
         (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of the
         value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more
         than five percent of the total combined voting power of the Employer.

         Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a Severance
         from Service Date or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer but who
         has not performed services for the Employer during the Current Year
         (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Absence).

         Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Current Year, or
         if the Employer elects (and such election is available to the
         Employer), the calendar year ending with or within the Current Year.

         Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:

         (1)      An Employee who incurs a Termination Date shall have a
                  Separation Year in the Current Year in which such Termination
                  Date occurs;

         (2)      An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who
                  temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g.,
                  an Employee on an Authorized Absence) shall have a Separation
                  Year in the calendar year in which he last performs services
                  for the Employer;

-63-

         (3)      An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose
                  Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the
                  Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately
                  preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years
                  of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such
                  calendar year. However, such Separation Year shall be ignored
                  if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the
                  Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the
                  Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation
                  Year.

13.05    Other Methods Permissible.

         To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury
         Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further
         amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt such
         other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and
         procedures described in this Article 13) to determine and identify
         Highly Compensated Employees (including adopting alternative
         definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code Section 414(q)(7) and
         are uniformly applied).

-64-

ARTICLE 14

MAXIMUM BENEFITS

14.01 General Rule.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, for any Plan Year, the Annual Additions to a Participant's Account, when combined with the Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under all other Qualified individual account plans maintained by the Employer or its Affiliates shall not exceed the lesser of (i) $35,000 or (ii) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year (the "maximum permissible amount").

(b) The Employer hereby elects that the limitation year ("Limitation Year") for purposes of Code Section 415 shall be the Plan Year.

(c) For purposes of determining the limit on Annual Additions under paragraph (a) of this Section, the dollar limit described therein, to wit, $35,000, shall be increased for each Plan Year to the extent permitted by law.

(d) If the amount to be allocated to a Participant's Account exceeds the maximum permissible amount (and for this purpose Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be allocated after Pre-Tax Contributions), the excess will be disposed of as follows. First, if the Participant's Annual Additions exceed the maximum permissible amount as a result of (i) a reasonable error in estimating the Participant's Compensation, (ii) a reasonable error in estimating the amount of Pre-Tax Contributions that the Participant could make under Code
Section 415 or (iii) other facts and circumstances that the Internal Revenue Service finds justifiable, the Committee may direct the Trustee to return to the Participant his Pre-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year to the extent necessary to reduce the excess amount. Such returned Pre-Tax Contributions shall be ignored in performing the discrimination tests of Article 12. Second, any excess Annual Additions still remaining after the return of Pre-Tax Contributions shall be reallocated as determined by the Committee among the Participants whose accounts have not exceeded the limit in the same proportion that the Compensation of each such Participant bears to the Compensation of all such Participants. If such reallocation would result in an addition to another Participant's Account which exceeds the permitted limit, that excess shall likewise be reallocated among the Participants whose Accounts do not exceed the limit. However, if the allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts pursuant

-65-

                  to these provisions causes the limitations of Section 415 of
                  the Code to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for
                  the Limitation Year, then any such excess shall be held
                  unallocated in an account (the "415 Suspense Account"). If the
                  415 Suspense Account is in existence at any time during a
                  Limitation Year, other than the Limitation Year described in
                  the preceding sentence, all amounts in the 415 Suspense
                  Account shall be allocated and reallocated to Participants'
                  Accounts (subject to the limitations of Code Section 415)
                  before any Contributions which would constitute Annual
                  Additions may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year.

         (e)      If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                  contribution plan maintained by an Employer during any
                  Limitation Year, the Annual Additions which may be credited to
                  a Participant's account under this Plan for any such
                  Limitation Year shall not exceed the maximum permissible
                  amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a
                  Participant's account under all such plans for the same
                  Limitation Year. If a Participant's Annual Additions under
                  this Plan and such other plans would result in an excess
                  amount for a Limitation Year, the excess amount will be deemed
                  to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated (and for
                  this purpose, Employer Contributions shall be deemed to be
                  allocated after Pre-Tax Contributions). If an excess amount is
                  allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan
                  which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the
                  excess amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of

                  (1)      the total excess amount as of such date, times

                  (2)      the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to
                           the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such
                           date under this Plan to (B) the total Annual
                           Additions allocated to the Participant for the
                           Limitation Year as of such date under this and all
                           the other qualified defined contribution plans
                           maintained by the Employer.

         Any excess amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the
         manner described in this Section 14.01 above.

14.02    Combined Plan Limitation Repealed.

         Effective January 1, 2000, the combined plan test of Code Section 415
         is repealed and no longer applicable.

14.03    Definitions. For the purposes of this Article 14, the following

definitions shall apply:

-66-

(a) "Annual Addition" shall mean the sum of:

(1) Employee Contributions;

(2) Employer Contributions;

(3) Forfeitures; and

(4) Amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).

Annual Additions shall not include any amounts credited to the Participant's Account resulting from Rollover Contributions.

(b) "Affiliates" shall have that meaning contained in Article 2 except that for purposes of determining who is an Affiliate the phrase "more than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent" each place it appears in Code
Section 1563(a)(1).

(c) "Compensation" shall have the same meaning as defined in
Section 13.04 (thereby including Pre-Tax Contributions under this Plan and salary deferrals under a Code Section 125 Cafeteria Plan and a Code Section 132(f) qualified transportation fringe benefit plan in the definition of Compensation).

-67-

ARTICLE 15

TOP HEAVY RULES

15.01    General.

         The provisions of this Article of the Plan shall become effective in
         any Plan Year in which the Plan is determined to be Top Heavy and shall
         supersede any conflicting provision of this Plan.

15.02    Definitions.

         (a)      Top Heavy. The Plan shall be Top Heavy for the Plan Year if,
                  as of the Valuation Date which coincides with or immediately
                  precedes the Determination Date, the value of the Participant
                  Accounts of Key Employees exceeds 60% of the value of all
                  Participant Accounts. If the Employer maintains more than one
                  plan, all plans in which any Key Employee participates and all
                  plans which enable this Plan to satisfy the
                  anti-discrimination requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4)
                  and 410 must be combined with this Plan ( "Required
                  Aggregation Group") for the purposes of applying the 60% test
                  described in the preceding sentence. Plans maintained by the
                  Employer which are not in the required aggregation group may
                  be combined at the Employer's election with this Plan for the
                  purposes of determining Top Heavy status if the combined plan
                  satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) and 410 (
                  "Permissive Aggregation Group"). In determining the value of
                  Participant Accounts, all distributions made during the
                  five-year period ending on the Determination Date shall be
                  included and any unallocated Employer Contributions or
                  forfeitures attributable to the Plan Year in which the
                  Determination Date falls shall also be included. The Account
                  of (i) any Employee who at one time was a Key Employee but who
                  is not a Key Employee for any of the five Plan Years ending on
                  the Determination Date; and (ii) any Employee who has not
                  performed services for the Employer or a related employer
                  maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the five Plan
                  Years ending on the Determination Date, shall be disregarded
                  in determining Top Heavy status.

                  If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan during the
                  Plan Year which is subject to aggregation with this Plan, the
                  60% test shall be applied after calculating the present value
                  of the Participants' accrued benefits under the defined
                  benefit plan in accordance with the rules set forth in that
                  plan and combining the present value of such accrued benefits
                  with the Participant's account balances under this Plan.

                                      -68-

                  Effective January 1, 1987, solely for the purpose of
                  determining if the Plan, or any other plan included in the
                  Required Aggregation Group, is Top-Heavy, a Non-Key Employee's
                  accrued benefit in a defined benefit plan shall be determined
                  under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for
                  accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Affiliates,
                  or (ii) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued
                  not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under
                  the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

         (b)      Key Employee. Any employee of the Employer who, during the
                  Plan Year or the four preceding Plan Years was an officer
                  receiving Compensation in excess of 50% of the limit described
                  in Code Section 415(b)(1)(A), one of the ten employees of the
                  Employer owning the largest interests in the Employer and
                  receiving Compensation equal to or greater than the dollar
                  limit described in Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), a greater than
                  5% owner of the Employer, a greater than 1% owner of the
                  Employer receiving Compensation in excess of $150,000, or the
                  Beneficiary of a Key Employee. The Code Section 415(b)(1)(A)
                  and 415(c)(1)(A) limits referred to in the preceding sentence
                  shall be the specified dollar limit plus any increases
                  reflecting cost of living adjustments specified by the
                  Secretary of the Treasury.

         (c)      Determination Date. The last day of the Plan Year immediately
                  preceding the Plan Year for which Top Heavy status is
                  determined. For the first Plan Year, the Determination Date
                  shall be the last day of the first Plan Year.

(d) Non-Key Employee. Any Participant who is not a Key Employee.

(e) Employer. The term "Employer" shall include any Affiliate of such Employer.

(f) Compensation. The term "Compensation" shall have that meaning as defined in Article 14.

15.03 Minimum Benefit.

(a) Except as provided below, the Employer Contributions allocated on behalf of any Non-Key Employee who is employed by the Employer on the Determination Date shall not be less than the lesser of (i) 3% of such Non-Key Employee's Compensation or
(ii) the largest percentage of Employer Contributions and Pre-Tax Contributions, as a percentage of the Key Employee's Compensation, allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for such Plan Year. Pre-Tax Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees and Employer Matching Contributions allocated to the Accounts of Non-Key Employees that are used to satisfy the provisions of

-69-

                  Article 12 shall not be considered in determining whether a
                  Non-Key Employee has received the minimum contribution
                  required by this Section 15.03.

         (b)      The minimum allocation is determined without regard to any
                  Social Security contribution and shall be made even though,
                  under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would have
                  received a lesser allocation or no allocation for the Plan
                  Year because of the Non-Key Employee's failure to complete
                  1,000 Hours of Service, his failure to make mandatory employee
                  contributions, or his earning compensation less than a stated
                  amount.

         (c)      If the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan in addition
                  to this Plan, the minimum contribution and benefit
                  requirements for both plans in a Top Heavy Plan Year may be
                  satisfied by an allocation of Employer Contributions to the
                  Account of each Non-Key Employee in the amount of 5% of the
                  Non-Key Employee's compensation.

15.04    Combined Plan Limitation For Top-Heavy Years Repealed.

         Effective January 1, 2000, adjustments to the combined plan limitation
         of Code Section 415 for top heavy plans are repealed and no longer
         applicable.

-70-

ARTICLE 16

MISCELLANEOUS

16.01    Headings.

         The headings and sub-headings in this Plan have been inserted for
         convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction
         of the provisions hereof.

16.02    Action by Employer.

         Any action by an Employer under this Plan shall be by resolution of its
         Board of Directors, or by any person or persons duly authorized by
         resolution of said Board to take such action.

16.03    Spendthrift Clause.

         Except as otherwise required by (1) a "qualified domestic relations
         order" as defined in Code Section 414(p), or (2) a judgment, order,
         decree or settlement agreement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C)
         entered on or after January 1, 2002, none of the benefits, payments,
         proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be subject to the claim
         of any creditor of any Participant or Beneficiary, or to any legal
         process by any creditor of such Participant or Beneficiary, and none of
         them shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign
         any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this
         Plan except for the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary.
         If any Participant shall attempt to dispose of the benefits provided
         for him hereunder, or to dispose of the right to receive such benefits,
         or in the event there should be an effort to seize such benefits or the
         right to receive such benefits by attachment, execution or other legal
         or equitable process, such right to benefits shall pass and be
         transferred, at the discretion of the Plan Administrator, to such one
         or more as may be appointed by the Plan Administrator from among the
         Beneficiaries, if any theretofore designated by the Participant, or
         from the spouse, children or other dependents of the Participant, in
         such shares as the Committee may appoint. Any appointment so made by
         the Committee may be revoked by it at any time and further appointment
         made by it which may include the Participant.

16.04    Distributions Upon Termination of Plan.

         Subject to Section 11.03, Pre-Tax Contributions and any income
         attributable thereto, shall be distributed to Participants or their
         Beneficiaries as soon as administratively feasible after the
         termination of the Plan, provided that neither the Employer nor its
         Affiliates maintain a "successor plan," as defined in

                                      -71-

         Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) or any successor Treasury
         Regulation thereto.

16.05    Discrimination.

         The Employer, the Committee, the Trustee and all other persons involved
         in the administration and operation of the Plan shall administer and
         operate the Plan and Trust in a uniform and consistent manner with
         respect to all Participants similarly situated and shall not permit
         discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.

16.06    Release.

         Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal
         representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall
         to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder
         against the Trustee, Plan Administrator, Committee and the Employer,
         any of whom may require such Participant, Beneficiary, or legal
         representative, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a
         receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the
         Trustee, the Committee, or the Employer, as the case may be.

16.07    Compliance with Applicable Laws.

         The Company, through the Plan Administrator, shall interpret and
         administer the Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall remain
         in compliance with the Code, with the Act, and all other applicable
         laws, regulations, and rulings.

16.08    Agent for Service of Process.

         The agent for service of process of this Plan shall be the person
         listed from time to time in the current records of the Secretary of
         State of Georgia as the agent for the service of process for the
         Company.

16.09    Merger.

         In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other
         Plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another
         Plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan would
         terminate) the benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or
         transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit such Participant
         would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
         consolidation, or transfer (assuming that the Plan had then
         terminated), provided such merger, consolidation, or transfer took
         place after the date of enactment of the Act.

16.10    Governing Law.

                                      -72-

         The Plan shall be governed by the laws of the State of Georgia to the
         extent that such laws are not preempted by Federal law.

16.11    Adoption of the Plan by an Affiliated Sponsor.

         (a)      The Committee shall determine which employers shall become
                  Affiliated Sponsors within the terms of the Plan. In order for
                  the Committee to designate an Employer as an Affiliated
                  Sponsor, the Committee must approve the addition of the
                  Affiliated Sponsor's identity to Schedule A or Schedule B
                  (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier effective
                  date). The Committee may also specify such terms and
                  conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the
                  Affiliated Sponsor as the Committee deems appropriate. With
                  the Committee's consent, an Affiliated Sponsor may limit
                  participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees.

         (b)      The Plan of the Affiliated Sponsor and of the Company shall be
                  considered a single plan for purposes of Treasury
                  Regulations Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1). All assets contributed
                  to the Plan by the Affiliated Sponsor shall be held in a
                  single fund together with the assets contributed by the
                  Company (and with the assets of any other Affiliated
                  Sponsors); and so long as the Affiliated Sponsor continues to
                  be designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be
                  available to pay benefits to all Participants and
                  Beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether such
                  Employees are employed by the Company or by the Affiliated
                  Sponsor. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to
                  prohibit the separate accounting of assets contributed by the
                  Company and the Affiliated Sponsors for purposes of cost
                  allocation if directed by the Committee or the holding of Plan
                  assets in more than one Trust Fund with more than one Trustee.

         (c)      So long as the Affiliated Sponsor's designation as such
                  remains in effect, the Affiliated Sponsor shall be bound by,
                  and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust
                  Agreement. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the
                  Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Board, its Compensation
                  and Stock Option Committee and the Committee and no Affiliated
                  Sponsor shall have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust
                  Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement
                  adopted by the Board, its Compensation and Stock Option
                  Committee or the Committee shall be binding upon every
                  Affiliated Sponsor without further action by such Affiliated
                  Sponsor.

         (d)      Each Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making
                  an Employer Contribution with respect to its Employees and
                  solely

                                      -73-

                  responsible for making any contribution required by Article
                  15. Furthermore, if an Affiliated Sponsor determines to make a
                  Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf of its Employees,
                  such Affiliated Sponsor shall be solely responsible for making
                  such contribution. Neither the Company nor any other
                  Affiliated Sponsor is obligated to make an Employer Matching
                  Contribution or Qualified Nonelective Contribution on behalf
                  of the Employees of a different Affiliated Sponsor.

         (e)      The Company and each Affiliated Sponsor which is an Affiliate
                  will be tested on a combined basis to determine whether the
                  Company and such Affiliated Sponsors satisfy the Average
                  Actual Deferral Percentage Test described in Section 12.03 and
                  the Average Actual Contribution Percentage test described in
                  Section 12.06. An Affiliated Sponsor which is not an Affiliate
                  shall be tested separately from the Company and those
                  Affiliated Sponsors that are Affiliates for purposes of the
                  ADP test and ACP test described in Article 12.

         (f)      No Affiliated Sponsor other than the Company shall have the
                  right to terminate the Plan. However, any Affiliated Sponsor
                  may withdraw from the Plan by action of its board of directors
                  provided such action is communicated in writing to the
                  Committee. The withdrawal of an Affiliated Sponsor shall be
                  effective as of the last day of the Plan Year following
                  receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee
                  consents to a different effective date). In addition, the
                  Committee may terminate the designation of an Affiliated
                  Sponsor to be effective on such date as the Committee
                  specifies. Any such Affiliated Sponsor which ceases to be an
                  Affiliated Sponsor shall be liable for all cost accrued
                  through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination
                  and any contributions owing as a result of Pre-Tax
                  Contributions by its Employees or any other contribution as
                  provided in paragraphs (d) and (e). In the event of the
                  withdrawal or termination of an Affiliated Sponsor as provided
                  in this paragraph, such Affiliated Sponsor shall have no right
                  to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a
                  successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is
                  approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

16.12    Protected Benefits.

         Early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, or optional forms
         of benefits protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) ("Protected
         Benefits") shall not be reduced or eliminated with respect to benefits
         accrued under such Protected Benefits unless such reduction or
         elimination is permitted under the Code authority issued by the
         Internal Revenue Service, or judicial authority.

                                      -74-

16.13    Location of Participant or Beneficiary Unknown.

         In the event that all or any portion of the distribution payable to a
         Participant or his Beneficiary shall remain unpaid solely by reason of
         the Committee's inability to ascertain the whereabouts of such
         Participant or Beneficiary, the amount unpaid shall be forfeited.
         However, such forfeiture shall not occur until five (5) years after the
         amount first became payable. The Committee shall make a diligent effort
         to locate the Participant or Beneficiary, including the mailing of a
         registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address
         of such Participant or Beneficiary. In the event a Participant or
         Beneficiary is located subsequent to his benefit being forfeited, such
         benefit shall be restored and distributed.

16.14    Qualified Military Service.

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
         contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified
         military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section
         414(u). It is the intent of this Section 16.14 to adopt the IRS model
         amendment set forth in Rev. Proc. 96-49 for the purposes set forth in
         such revenue procedure.

16.15    Use of Electronic Media.

         Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan may
         fulfill any notice, election, consent, disclosure, or other requirement
         using electronic media, to the extent permitted by relevant guidance
         from the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor.
         Electronic media includes, but is not limited to, e-mail, Internet,
         intranet systems, voice response, telephone, or other paperless
         systems. Accordingly, any requirement in the Plan or applicable law or
         regulations that a particular action be done in writing may be
         fulfilled electronically, to the extent permitted by the Internal
         Revenue Service or the Department of Labor.

-75-

ARTICLE 17

EGTRRA AMENDMENTS

17.01    Background.

         (a)      Adoption and effective date of amendment. This Article 17 is
                  adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth
                  and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This
                  amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the
                  requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance
                  with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as
                  otherwise provided, this Article 17 shall be effective as of
                  the first day of the first plan year beginning after December
                  31, 2001.

         (b)      Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This Article 17 shall
                  supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those
                  provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this
                  Article 17.

17.02    Limitations on Contributions.

         (a)      Effective Date. This section shall be effective for limitation
                  years beginning after December 31, 2001.

         (b)      Maximum Annual Addition. Except to the extent permitted under
                  Section 17.05 and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable,
                  the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a
                  participant's account under the plan for any limitation year
                  shall not exceed the lesser of:

                  (1)      $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the
                           cost-of-living under section 415(d) of the Code, or

                  (2)      100 percent of the participant's compensation, within
                           the meaning of Article 14 for the Limitation Year.
                           The compensation limit referred to in this paragraph
                           (2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical
                           benefits after separation from service (within the
                           meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of
                           the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual
                           Addition.

17.03    Increase in Compensation Limit.

         The annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in
         determining allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31,
         2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living
         increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual
         Compensation means Compensation during

                                      -76-

         the Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which
         Compensation is otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination
         period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year
         applies to annual Compensation for the determination period that begins
         with or within such calendar year.

17.04    Elective Deferrals - Contribution Limitation.

         No Participant shall be permitted to have elective deferrals made under
         this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Employer
         during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained
         in section 402(g) of the Code in effect for such taxable year, except
         to the extent permitted under Section 17.05 and section 414(v) of the
         Code, if applicable.

17.05    Catch-Up Contributions.

         (a)      All Employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals
                  under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close
                  of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up
                  contributions in accordance with, and subject to the
                  limitations of, section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up
                  contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of
                  the provisions of the Plan implementing the required
                  limitations of sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The Plan
                  shall not be treated as failing to satisfy the provisions of
                  the Plan implementing the requirements of section 401(k)(3),
                  401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416 of the Code, as
                  applicable, by reason of the making of such catch-up
                  contributions.

         (b)      Effective Date. This Section shall apply to contributions
                  after December 31, 2001.

17.06    Direct Rollovers of Plan Distributions.

         (a)      Effective Date. This section shall apply to distributions made
                  after December 31, 2001.

         (b)      Modification of Definition of Eligible Retirement Plan. For
                  purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 8.07 of
                  the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an
                  annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and
                  an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is
                  maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or
                  any agency or instrumentality of a state or political
                  subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account
                  for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The
                  definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the
                  case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse
                  or former

                                      -77-

                  spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                  relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

         (c)      Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution
                  to Exclude Hardship Distributions. For purposes of the direct
                  rollover provisions in Section 8.07 of the Plan, any amount
                  that is distributed on account of hardship shall not be an
                  eligible rollover distribution and the distributee may not
                  elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly
                  to an eligible retirement plan.

         (d)      Modification of Definition of Eligible Rollover Distribution
                  to Include After-Tax Employee Contributions. For purposes of
                  the direct rollover provisions in Section 8.07 of the Plan, a
                  portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible
                  rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of
                  after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in
                  gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to
                  an individual retirement account or annuity described in
                  section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined
                  contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the
                  Code that agrees to separately account for amounts so
                  transferred, including separately accounting for the portion
                  of such distribution which is includible in gross income and
                  the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

17.07    Rollovers from Other Plans.

         (a)      The Plan will accept Participant rollover contributions and/or
                  direct rollovers of distributions made after December 31,
                  2001, from the following types of plans, beginning on the
                  effective date specified in subsection (d) below:

                  A qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the
                  Code, excluding after-tax employee contributions.

         (b)      The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an eligible
                  rollover distribution from the following plans:

                  A qualified plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the
                  Code.

         (c)      The Plan will not accept a participant rollover contribution
                  of the portion of a distribution from an individual retirement
                  account or annuity described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of
                  the Code that is eligible to be rolled over and would
                  otherwise be includible in gross income.

         (d)      Effective Date of Direct Rollover and Participant Rollover
                  Contribution Provisions. This Section shall be effective
                  January 1, 2002.

                                      -78-

17.08    Repeal of Multiple Use Test.

         The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation section
         1.401(m)-2 and Section 12.09 of the Plan shall not apply for Plan Years
         beginning after December 31, 2001.

17.09    Distribution Upon Severance from Employment.

         (a)      Effective Date. This Section shall apply for distributions and
                  severances from employment occurring after the dates specified
                  in subsection (c) below.

         (b)      New distributable event. A Participant's elective deferrals,
                  qualified nonelective contributions, qualified matching
                  contributions, and earnings attributable to these
                  contributions shall be distributed on account of the
                  Participant's severance from employment. However, such a
                  distribution shall be subject to the other provisions of the
                  Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that
                  require a separation from service before such amounts may be
                  distributed.

         (c)      This Section (Distribution upon Severance from Employment),
                  shall apply for distributions after December 31, 2001,
                  regardless of when the severance from employment occurred.

17.10    Suspension Period Following Hardship Distribution.

         (a)      A Participant who receives a distribution of elective
                  deferrals after December 31, 2001, on account of hardship
                  shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and
                  employee contributions under this and all other plans of the
                  Employer for 6 months after receipt of the distribution.

         (b)      A Participant who receives a distribution of elective
                  deferrals in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall
                  be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee
                  contributions under this and all other plans of the Employer
                  for the period specified in the provisions of the Plan
                  relating to suspension of elective deferrals that were in
                  effect prior to this amendment.

17.11    Modification of Top Heavy Rules.

         (a)      Effective Date. This section shall apply for purposes of
                  determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section
                  416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31,
                  2001, and whether the plan

                                      -79-

                  satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c)
                  of the Code for such years. This Section amends Section 15 of
                  the Plan.

(b) Determination of Top-Heavy Status.

(1) Key Employee. Key employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year that includes the determination date was an officer of the Employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the Employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(2) Determination of Present Values and Amounts. This paragraph (2) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the determination date.

(A) Distributions during Year Ending on the Determination Date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an Employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period."

(B) Employees Not Performing Services During Year Ending On The Determination Date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the Employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

-80-

(c) Minimum Benefits

(1) Matching Contributions. Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the actual contribution percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of the Code.

(2) Contributions Under Other Plans. If the Company desires to have the top heavy minimum benefit requirement met in another plan, the Company shall so indicate in this paragraph (2) by identifying the name of the other plan, the minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan and the employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan. Unless so indicated in this paragraph (2), the top heavy minimum benefit requirement will be satisfied by contributions to this Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be duly executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 2001.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

By: /s/ Frank M. Howard
   --------------------------------

Title: Vice President and Treasurer
       ----------------------------

Date: February 27, 2002
      -----------------------------

-81-

SCHEDULE A

Original Affiliated Sponsors
Designated Under Section 16.11

I. General Rule - No Past Service Credit. Unless otherwise identified below, an employee will not receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan for his or her prior employment with the Affiliated Sponsor. Instead (unless otherwise required by law), Hours of Service worked for an Affiliated Sponsor prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.

II. Definition of Past Service Credit. If Employees of an Affiliated Sponsor are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who are employed by the Affiliated Sponsor on the Designation Date shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with the Affiliated Sponsor, but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in Service set forth in this Plan.

                                      Designation
          Name                           Date                               Special Notes
          ----                       ------------                           -------------
1.      S.P. Richards                July 1, 1988                    Past Service Credit Granted
        Company

2.      Balkamp, Inc.                July 1, 1988                    Past Service Credit Granted.

3.      NAPA, Inc.                   July 1, 1988                    Past Service Credit Granted.

4.      Motion                     (See Note Below)                  Past Service Credit Granted
        Industries, Inc.

Special Note on Motion Industries, Inc.

On or about January 1, 1984, Genuine Parts Company acquired Motion Industries, Inc. ("Motion"). Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was on or after January 1, 1984, became participants in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan after satisfying the age and service requirements under such Plan. Employees of Motion whose initial date of hire was prior to January 1, 1984, elected either to (1) continue their participation in the Motion Industries, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan or (2) to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan. Effective January 1, 1990, the Motion Profit Sharing Plan was

-82-

terminated. Employees of Motion who participated in the Motion Profit Sharing Plan on December 31, 1989, and who were employed by Motion on January 1, 1990, became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan effective as of January 1, 1990.

Employees of Motion who participated in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on July 1, 1988, began their participation under the Genuine Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988. Employees who first became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan on January 1, 1990, commenced participation in the Genuine Partnership Plan on January 1, 1990.

In either case, employees of Motion who began participation in the Genuine Partnership Plan on July 1, 1988, or January 1, 1990, received credit for vesting purposes under the Genuine Partnership Plan for their years of employment with Motion.

Please note that employees hired by Motion on or after January 1, 1984, became eligible to participate in the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan and Genuine Partnership Plan in accordance with the same rules applicable to all employees of Genuine Parts Company. The staggered entry dates of July 1, 1988, and January 1, 1990, apply to those employees who worked for Motion prior to January 1, 1984.

-83-

SCHEDULE B

Credit for Service with Predecessor Employers and Affiliated Sponsors

I. General Rule - No Past Service. Unless otherwise identified in Part II below, an Employee will not receive Credited Service or Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan for any purpose. Instead (unless otherwise required by law) Hours of Service worked for a predecessor employer prior to the Designation Date shall be ignored.

II. Definition of Past Service Credit. If Employees who were previously employed by a predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor listed below are granted past service credit (as noted below), such Employees who are employed by an Employer on the Designation Date shall receive Credited Service and Years of Eligibility Service under this Plan beginning with the employment commencement date with the predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor, but subject to all of the rules concerning crediting of service and Breaks in Service set forth in this Plan.

                                                                       Extent of Credit for Service
                Name                           Designation Date          with Predecessor Company
                ----                           ----------------        ----------------------------
1.      Odell Hardware Company                      7/1/88              Past Service Credit Granted
        ("Odell")

2.      Clark Siviter                               7/1/88              Past Service Credit Granted

3.      Brooks-Noble Parts                          7/1/88              Past Service Credit Granted
        & Machine Co., Inc.

4.      General Automotive Parts                    7/1/88              Past Service Credit Granted
        Company and its subsidiaries
        ("General Automotive")

5.      Standard Units Parts                        7/1/88              Past Service Credit Granted
        Corporation including
        its subsidiary Manco,
        Inc. ("Standard Units
        Parts")

6.      NAPA Des Moines                             7/1/88              Past Service Credit Granted
        Warehouse ("Des Moines")

-84-

III. (a) Acquisitions Prior to January 1, 1994.

Participants employed by the following predecessor employers that were acquired prior to January 1, 1994, shall not receive Past Service Credit as of the date the predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company. However, after an employee of such predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of Section 3.01, such Participant shall receive Credited Service for all employment with such predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor effective as of the Employment Date indicated below provided such individuals were employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.

(b) Acquisitions On or After January 1, 1994.

Participants employed by the following predecessor employers or Affiliated Sponsors that were acquired on or after January 1, 1994 shall receive Credited Service and credit for participation purposes under Article III for all employment with such predecessor employer or Affiliated Sponsor effective as of the Employment Date indicated below provided such individuals were employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.

(c) Important Restrictions.

Credited Service granted under (a) or (b) above may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with the definition of Credited Service set forth in Article II. Furthermore, no Credited Service shall be granted for employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Credited Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.

Davis & Wilmar, Inc.                                 May 1, 1993
Pittsburg, PA                                        (Acquired 7/1/92)

M&B, Inc. (Lesker Office Supplies, Inc.)             November 1, 1993
Charlotte, NC

The Parts, Inc.                                      January 1, 1995
Anchorage, AK                                        (Acquired 1/1/94)

Dade City Jobbing Group                              January 1, 1994
Dade City, FL                                        (Acquired 1/2/92)

Atlantic Tracy Inc.                                  November 1, 1995
Summerville, MA

Midcap Bearing Corporation                           June 1, 1995

                             -85-

San Antonio, TX

Motion Equipment, Inc.                               June 1, 1995
Houston, TX

Power Drives & Bearings, Inc.                        October 1,1995
Omaha, NE

Friend's Motor Supply, Inc.                          June 30, 1997
Hastings, NE

Utah Bearing and Fabrication, Inc.                   October 3,1997
Salt Lake City, UT

Colorado Bearing and Supply, Inc.                    October 3, 1997
Denver, CO

Quality Auto Supply of Alaska, Inc.                  April 1, 1998
Palmer, AK

Berry Bearing Company /Tom Steel Div.                January 1, 1998
Lyons, IL                                            (Acquired 2/93)

Cascade Bearings                                     April 1, 1998
Yakima, WA

Horizon U.S.A. Data Supplies, Inc.                   August 1, 1998
Reno, NV                                             (Acquired on
                                                     4/1/95)

Berry Bearing Company (all divisions                 October 1, 1998
other than Tom Steel Division)                       (Acquired 2/93)
Lyons, IL

Hub Tool & Supply, Inc.                              January 1, 1999
Wichita, KS

Bush-Miller, Inc.                                    April 1, 1999
York, PA

                             -86-

EIS, Inc.                                            December 1, 1999
(including the following current and
former subsidiaries of EIS, Inc.:
Com-Kyl, Inc.; Scottsdale Tool &
Supply, Inc.; Electronic Tool Co.,
Inc.; Summit Insulation Supply
Company, Inc.; and H.A. Holden,
Inc.)
Atlanta, GA                                          (Acquired 5/98)

Brittain Brothers, Inc.                              April 1, 2000
Oklahoma City, OK                                    (Merged 6/30/00)

Coach & Motor Company                                May 1, 2001

Johnson Industries                                   January 1, 2001
(including the following current and
former subsidiaries of Johnson
Industries; C.P. Hunt Company;
Dealer Parts Service, Inc.; Uptown
Auto; L&D Enterprises, Inc.)

Effective Date. This Schedule B was amended from time to time as additional acquisitions occurred. Schedule B was amended effective January 1, 1998 (Amendment #4 to the 1994 Plan); effective January 1, 1999 (Amendment #8 to the 1994 Plan); effective April 1, 1999 (Amendment #9 to the 1994 Plan); effective November 30, 1999 (Amendment #10 to the 1994 Plan); effective April 1, 2000 (Amendment #11 to the 1994 Plan) and as part of this Amendment and Restatement.

-87-

SCHEDULE C

Prior Employer Accounts

Any defined term used in this Schedule C shall have the same meaning as ascribed to it in the Plan, unless otherwise defined in this Schedule C.

I. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Genuine Parts 401(k) Plan for the Dade City Jobbing Group

A. Background. As of December 31, 1993, the Genuine Parts 401(k) Plan for the Dade City Jobbing Group effective as of January 1, 1993 (the "Dade City Plan") was frozen. The Dade City Plan was subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Dade City Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Dade City Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of merger into the Plan, former participants in the Dade City Plan ("Dade City Participants") who became Participants in this Plan may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under the Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) upon reaching the Dade City Plan's early retirement date, which can be the first day of any month within 10 years of a Dade City Participant's Normal Retirement Date;

(ii) a qualified joint and 100% survivor annuity;

(iii) a life annuity;

(iv) a life annuity with a guarantee of 120 monthly payments;

(v) a contingent 50% or 100% annuitant option; or

(vi) a monthly annuity, if a Dade City Participant terminates employment with the Company before he would have been eligible to retire under the Dade City Plan.

II. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Davis & Wilmar, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

A. Background. The Davis & Wilmar, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan effective as of May 1, 1993 (the "Davis & Wilmar Plan") was frozen. The Davis & Wilmar Plan was merged into the Plan effective December 31, 1994, as part of Genuine Parts Company's

-88-

acquisition of Davis & Wilmar, Inc. Accounts established under the Davis & Wilmar Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Davis & Wilmar Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of December 31, 1994, former participants in the Davis & Wilmar Plan who became Participants in this Plan, or their surviving spouse (as applicable), may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under the Plan, a distribution from such participants' Prior Plan Accounts as follows:

(i) an annuity, or

(ii) a qualified pre-retirement 100% survivor annuity.

III. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Parts, Inc. 401(k) Plan

A. Background. As of January 1, 1995, the Parts, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective as of January 1, 1989 (the "Parts, Inc. Plan") was frozen. The Parts, Inc. Plan was merged into the Plan as part of Genuine Parts Company's acquisition of Parts, Inc. Accounts established under the Parts, Inc. Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Parts, Inc. Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective January 1, 1995, former participants in the Parts, Inc. Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Parts, Inc. Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) on or after attaining the Parts, Inc. Plan's normal retirement age which is age 60; or

(ii) in quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments extending over a period certain not to exceed the Parts Inc. Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary.

IV. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the I.M.S./Horizon 401(k) Plan

A. Background. Genuine Parts Company's acquired International Media & Supplies, Inc. and Horizon U.S.A. Data Supplies, Inc. ("Horizon") on April 28, 1995. The I.M.S. Horizon Plan was continued to be maintained by Horizon although the plan was amended to only permit participation by non-highly compensated employees. The I.M.S./Horizon Plan was merged into the Plan effective August 1, 1998. Accounts established under the I.M.S./Horizon Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

-89-

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the I.M.S./Horizon Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective August 1, 1998, former participants in the I.M.S./Horizon Plan who became Participants in the Plan ("I.M.S./Horizon Participants"), or their surviving spouses (as applicable), may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under the Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) upon termination of employment for reasons other than death, disability or retirement, an I.M.S./Horizon Participant may receive a distribution of his Prior Plan Account on or after the last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following his termination of employment;

(ii) on or after the I.M.S./Horizon Plan's early retirement date, which is any date coincident with or next following attainment of age 60 and completion of seven years of service under the I.M.S./Horizon Plan;

(iii) a joint and 50% survivor annuity;

(iv) a joint and 75% survivor annuity;

(v) a joint and 100% survivor annuity;

(vi) a life annuity;

(vii) in quarterly, semi-annual or annual cash installments extending over a period certain not to exceed the I.M.S./Horizon Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary (a designated beneficiary shall have the right to reduce the period over which installment payments shall be made);

(viii) an annuity extending over a period certain not to exceed the I.M.S./Horizon Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary; or

(ix) a qualified pre-retirement survivor annuity.

Furthermore, any security interest held by the I.M.S./Horizon Plan by reason of an outstanding loan to an I.M.S./Horizon Participant shall be taken into account in determining the amount of any pre-retirement survivor annuity.

V. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Motion Equipment, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

-90-

A. Background. The Motion Equipment, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan ("Motion Plan") has been merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Motion Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Motion Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Motion Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Motion Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Motion Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) on or after attaining the Motion Plan's early retirement age, which is age 59-1/2;

(ii) on or after attaining the Motion Plan's normal retirement age, which is age 62;

(iii) in a lump-sum distribution in-kind, or part in cash and part in-kind; or

(iv) in installments payable in cash or in-kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Motion Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary.

VI. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Midcap Bearing Corporation Profit Sharing Plan

A. Background. The Midcap Bearing Profit Sharing Plan effective as of January 1, 1995 (the "Midcap Plan") has been merged into this Plan. Accounts established under the Midcap Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Midcap Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Midcap Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Midcap Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Midcap Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) on or after attaining the Midcap Plan's early retirement age, which is age 59-1/2;

(ii) on or after attaining the Midcap Plan's normal retirement age, which is age 62;

-91-

(iii) in a lump-sum distribution in-kind, or part in cash and part in-kind; or

(iv) in installments payable in cash or in-kind, over a period certain not to exceed the Midcap Participant's life expectancy or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of such participant and his designated beneficiary.

VII. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Hub Tool & Supply, Inc. 401(k) Plan

A. Background. As of December 31, 1998, the Hub Tool & Supply, Inc.
401(k) Plan (the "Hub Plan") was frozen. The Hub Plan was subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Hub Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Hub Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Hub Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Hub Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Hub Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;

(ii) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant and, if the Participant dies before the end of a period of five, ten, or fifteen years as selected by the Participant, with monthly income payable to the Participant's beneficiary until the end of such period;

(iii) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant and, if the Participant dies before the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account, with monthly income payable to the Participant's beneficiary until the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account;

(iv) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50%, 66 2/3%, or 100% (as elected by the Participant) of the Participant's monthly income payable for the life of the Participant's survivor; and, if both the Participant and the Participant's survivor die before the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account, payments continue to the Participant's beneficiary until the total amount paid equals the Participant's Prior Employer Account;

-92-

(v) in installment payments made monthly for a fixed period of time equal to or greater than 60 months; or

(vi) in a series of flexible income payments for an amount each year equal to that elected by the Participant which, in the year the Participant attains age 70 1/2, must be equal to or greater than a minimum amount.

VIII. Vesting Schedule and Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Summit Insulation Supply Co., Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

A. Background. As of November 30, 1999, the Summit Insulation Supply Co., Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (the "Summit Plan") was frozen. The Summit Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Summit Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Vesting Schedule for Prior Employer Account. Notwithstanding the vesting provisions of the Plan, any Participant who has two Years of Credited Service shall be 20% vested in the regular matching contribution/employer contribution subaccount of his Prior Employer Account that is attributable to regular matching contributions/employer contributions made to his account under the Summit Plan.

C. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Summit Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Summit Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Summit Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Summit Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;

(ii) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50% of the Participant's monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse;

(iii) in a preretirement survivor annuity purchasable with 100% of the Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit with monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, in the event that the Participant is married and dies prior to his annuity starting date; or

(iv) in installment payments made monthly, quarterly, or annually over a fixed reasonable period of time, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary.

-93-

IX. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the H.A.


Holden, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan

A. Background. As of November 30, 1999, the H.A. Holden, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (the "Holden Plan") was frozen. The Holden Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Holden Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Holden Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Holden Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Holden Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Holden Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;

(ii) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50% of the Participant's monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse;

(iii) in a preretirement survivor annuity purchasable with 50% of the Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit with monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, in the event that the Participant is married and dies prior to his annuity starting date; or

(iv) in installment payments made monthly, quarterly, or annually over a fixed reasonable period of time, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary.

X. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc. 401(k) Plan

A. Background. As of December 31, 1998, the Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Scottsdale Plan") was frozen. The Scottsdale Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the Scottsdale Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Scottsdale Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Scottsdale Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Scottsdale Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Scottsdale

-94-

Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from that potion of their Prior Employer Accounts that accrued under the Scottsdale Plan on or before December 31, 1996, in installment payments made monthly, quarterly, or annually over a period of years certain selected by the Participant that is less than the life of the Participant.

XI. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in the EIS, Inc. 401(k) Plan

A. Background. As of November 30, 1999, the EIS, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "EIS Plan"), formerly known as the EIS, Inc. Savings and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, was frozen. The EIS Plan was or will be subsequently merged into the Plan. Accounts established under the EIS Plan shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the EIS Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the EIS Plan into this Plan, former participants in the EIS Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("EIS Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts as follows:

(i) in a life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant;

(ii) in a joint and survivor life annuity with monthly income payable for the life of the Participant; with 50% of the Participant's monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse;

(iii) in a preretirement survivor annuity purchasable with the Participant's nonforfeitable accrued benefit with monthly income payable to the Participant's surviving spouse for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, in the event that the Participant is married and dies prior to his annuity starting date; or

(iv) in installment payments made monthly or annually over a period of five to twenty years, not exceeding the life expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant and his beneficiary.

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.05 of the Plan, an EIS Participant may elect to receive distributions of his Prior Employer Account under Code Section 401(a)(9) in any of the forms listed above. However, if an EIS Participant fails to elect a form of benefit by his required beginning date, any distribution of his Prior Employer Account made pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) shall be in a lump sum.

-95-

C. Death Benefits for Prior Employer Account. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan, in the event that an EIS Participant has not elected a single life annuity, a joint and survivor annuity, or a preretirement survivor annuity described above, in the event of the EIS Participant's death, his Prior Employer Account shall be distribute to his Beneficiary (the "EIS Beneficiary") as follows:

(i) If distributions to the EIS Participant have not commenced, the EIS Participant's Prior Employer Account will be distributed to the EIS Beneficiary in either a lump sum payment or installment payments, as described above, as elected by the EIS Beneficiary. However, if the EIS Beneficiary fails to elect a distribution option within ninety days of the EIS Participant's death, the EIS Participant's Prior Employer Account will be distributed to the EIS Beneficiary in a lump sum.

(ii) If distributions to the EIS Participant have commenced, the EIS Participant's Prior Employer Account will continue to be distributed to the Beneficiary over the same period certain elected by the EIS Participant. However, within ninety days of the EIS Participant's death, the EIS Beneficiary may elect to receive the remaining unpaid Prior Employer Account in a lump sum.

D. Additional Method of Distribution. Notwithstanding Section 8.02 of the Plan, an EIS Participant will receive a distribution of any Qualifying Employer Securities held in his Prior Employer Account in whole shares of the common stock of the Company.

E. Vesting Schedule for Prior Employer Account. Notwithstanding the vesting provisions of the Plan, all EIS Participants shall be 100% vested in their Prior Employer Accounts.

F. Additional In-Service Withdrawal Option. An EIS Participant may invest the non-Qualifying Employer Securities portion of his "after-tax contribution account" subaccount of his Prior Employer Account not more frequently than once during each Plan Year.

G. Additional Investment Option. On or before December 31, 2001, an EIS Participant may direct to have the Company Stock held in his Prior Employer Account liquidated, the proceeds of which shall be invested in accordance with the Participant's investment elections made pursuant to Section 6.06 of the Plan. However, an EIS Participant may not direct that any portion of his Prior Employer Account be invested in Company Stock.

XII. Additional Forms of Benefits for Former Participants in The Johnson Industries Employee Savings & Profit Sharing Plan

-96-

A. Background. As of December 31, 2000, The Johnson Industries Employees Savings & Profit Sharing Plan (the "Johnson Industries Plan") was frozen. The Johnson Industries Plan was subsequently merged into the Plan in the first half of 2001. Certain participants in the Johnson Industries Plan had subaccounts that contained funds from the Layfield Company, Inc. Amended and Restated Money Purchase Pension Plan, a plan sponsored by their prior employer (the "Layfield Subaccounts"). The Layfield Subaccounts shall constitute Prior Employer Accounts.

B. Eligibility of Former Participants in the Johnson Industries Plan to Receive Additional Forms of Benefits. Effective as of the merger of the Johnson Industries Plan into this Plan, former participants in the Johnson Industries Plan who became Participants in this Plan ("Johnson Industries Participants") may elect to receive, in addition to the benefits offered under this Plan, a distribution from their Prior Employer Accounts in the form of a qualified joint and survivor annuity or a qualified pre-retirement annuity.

Effective Date. This Schedule C was amended from time to time as acquired plans were merged into this Plan, including Amendment #6 to the 1994 Plan (effective January 1, 1994); Amendment #10 to the 1994 Plan (effective November 30, 1999); Amendment #11 to the 1994 Plan (effective April 1, 2000); Amendment #12 to the 1994 Plan (effective December 29, 2000); and as part of this Amendment and Restatement.

XIII. Elimination of Optional Form of Benefit.

Effective ninety (90) days after the date notice is provided to affected Participants, the provisions in Schedule C immediately prior to the issuance of such notice shall be deleted in their entirety. The purpose of this provision is to delete all optional forms of benefit other than those set forth in Section 8.02. Accordingly, the optional distribution forms set forth in Schedule C immediately prior to the issuance of the notice shall no longer be available ninety (90) days after notice is given to affected participants in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(d)-6. Such notice shall inform the affected participants that all optional forms of benefit in this Schedule C are being deleted from the Plan.

-97-

SCHEDULE D

(The definition of "Trust" or "Trust Agreement" references a Schedule D--which did not exist. This new Schedule D is thus created and left blank until information needs to be placed herein.)

-98-

EXHIBIT 10.54

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

PENSION PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN)


GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

PENSION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I - INTRODUCTION                                                                                 1

1.01 HISTORY OF THE PLAN                                                                                 1
1.02 NEW PLAN                                                                                            1
1.03 EFFECTIVE DATE                                                                                      1
1.04 ACCRUED BENEFITS UNDER THIS PLAN AND UNDER PRIOR PLAN                                               1
1.05 PURPOSE                                                                                             1

ARTICLE II - DEFINITIONS                                                                                 2

2.01 ACCRUED BENEFIT                                                                                     2
2.02 ACT OR ERISA                                                                                        3
2.03 ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT                                                                                3
2.04 ACTUARY                                                                                             4
2.05 AFFILIATE                                                                                           4
2.06 ANNUITY STARTING DATE                                                                               4
2.07 ANTICIPATED SOCIAL SECURITY BENEFIT                                                                 5
2.08 AUTHORIZED ABSENCE                                                                                  6
2.09 AVERAGE EARNINGS                                                                                    6
2.10 BENEFICIARY                                                                                         6
2.11 BOARD                                                                                               7
2.12 BREAK IN SERVICE                                                                                    7
2.13 CODE                                                                                                7
2.14 COMPANY                                                                                             7
2.15 CONTRIBUTIONS                                                                                       7
2.16 CREDITED SERVICE                                                                                    7
2.17 DELAYED RETIREMENT DATE                                                                             9
2.18 EARNINGS                                                                                            9
2.19 EARLIEST RETIREMENT AGE                                                                             9
2.20 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE                                                                               9
2.21 EFFECTIVE DATE                                                                                      9
2.22 ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE                                                                                   9
2.23 EMPLOYEE                                                                                           10
2.24 EMPLOYER                                                                                           10
2.25 EMPLOYMENT                                                                                         10
2.26 FIDUCIARY                                                                                          10
2.27 FUND                                                                                               11
2.28 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE                                                                        11
2.29 HOURS OF SERVICE                                                                                   11

-i-

2.30 INSURER                                                                                            12
2.31 NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE                                                                              12
2.32 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE                                                                             12
2.33 PARTICIPANT                                                                                        12
2.34 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER                                                                             12
2.35 PENSION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE OR COMMITTEE                                                        12
2.36 PERMANENT DISABILITY                                                                               13
2.37 PLAN                                                                                               13
2.38 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR OR ADMINISTRATOR                                                                13
2.39 PLAN YEAR                                                                                          13
2.40 PREDECESSOR PLANS                                                                                  13
2.41 PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY                                                                    14
2.42 PRIOR PLAN                                                                                         14
2.43 RETIREMENT                                                                                         14
2.44 RETIREMENT INCOME                                                                                  14
2.45 SPOUSE                                                                                             14
2.46 TERMINATION DATE                                                                                   14
2.47 TREASURY REGULATIONS                                                                               15
2.48 TRUST OR TRUST AGREEMENT OR TRUST FUND OR FUND                                                     15
2.49 TRUSTEE                                                                                            15
2.50 VESTING SERVICE                                                                                    15
2.51 DEFINED TERMS                                                                                      16

ARTICLE III - PARTICIPATION                                                                             17

ARTICLE IV - RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS                                                              19

4.01 NORMAL RETIREMENT                                                                                  19
4.02 EARLY RETIREMENT                                                                                   20
4.03 PERMANENT DISABILITY                                                                               21
4.04 DELAYED RETIREMENT                                                                                 22
4.05 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT                                                                          23
4.06 SUSPENSION OF BENEFITS                                                                             25
4.07 REDUCTION OF BENEFIT IN CERTAIN CASES                                                              26
4.08 INCREASE IN BENEFITS FOR RETIRED PARTICIPANTS                                                      27
4.09 MINIMUM BENEFIT OF PRIOR PLANS                                                                     28
4.10 CHANGE IN CONTROL                                                                                  28

ARTICLE V - DEATH BENEFITS                                                                              31

5.01 PRE-RETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY                                                                    31
5.02 GPC DEATH BENEFIT PLAN                                                                             32
5.03 DEATH AFTER NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE BUT PRIOR TO DELAYED RETIREMENT DATE                            32
5.04 DEATH ON OR AFTER THE ANNUITY STARTING DATE                                                        33
5.05 PURCHASE OF INSURANCE POLICIES                                                                     33

-ii-

5.06 LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTION TO BENEFICIARY                                                               34
ARTICLE VI - OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME                                                        35

6.01 AUTOMATIC FORMS OF PAYMENT                                                                         35
6.02 OPTIONAL FORMS OF PAYMENT                                                                          35
6.03 SPECIAL DISTRIBUTION RULES                                                                         38
6.04 SMALL PAYMENTS                                                                                     39
6.05 APPLICATION FOR COMMENCEMENT OF BENEFITS                                                           40
6.06 MISCELLANEOUS                                                                                      40
6.07 DIRECT ROLLOVER                                                                                    40
6.08 DISTRIBUTIONS PURSUANT TO QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS                                      42

ARTICLE VII - METHOD OF FINANCING                                                                       43

7.01 ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST FUND                                                                        43
7.02 EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS                                                                             43
7.03 PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS                                                                          43
7.04 MISCELLANEOUS                                                                                      43

ARTICLE VIII - ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN                                                               45

8.01 NAMED FIDUCIARIES                                                                                  45
8.02 BOARD OF DIRECTORS                                                                                 45
8.03 TRUSTEE(S)                                                                                         46
8.04 INSURER                                                                                            46
8.05 PENSION AND BENEFITS COMMITTEE                                                                     46
8.06 STANDARD OF FIDUCIARY DUTY                                                                         49
8.07 INDEMNIFICATION OF COMMITTEE                                                                       49
8.08 CLAIMS PROCEDURE                                                                                   49
8.09 APPOINTMENT OF INVESTMENT MANAGER                                                                  51

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                                                                  52

9.01 AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN                                                                              52
9.02 TERMINATION OF THE PLAN                                                                            52
9.03 RESTRICTION ON CERTAIN BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS                                                  54
9.04 ADOPTION OF THE PLAN BY A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER                                                   56

ARTICLE X - MISCELLANEOUS                                                                               59

10.01 HEADINGS                                                                                          59
10.02 GOVERNING LAW                                                                                     59
10.03 SPENDTHRIFT CLAUSE                                                                                59
10.04 LEGALLY INCOMPETENT, MINORS                                                                       59
10.05 DISCRIMINATION                                                                                    60

-iii-

10.06 CLAIMS                                                                                            60
10.07 COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE LAWS                                                                   60
10.08 MERGER                                                                                            60
10.09 FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS WHERE RECIPIENT CANNOT BE LOCATED                                          60
10.10 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE                                                                        61
10.11 USE OF ELECTRONIC MEDIA                                                                           61

ARTICLE XI - RESERVED                                                                                   62

ARTICLE XII - TOP HEAVY RULES                                                                           63

12.01 GENERAL RULE                                                                                      63
12.02 DEFINITIONS                                                                                       63
12.03 MINIMUM ACCRUED BENEFIT                                                                           64
12.04 FORM OF BENEFIT                                                                                   65
12.05 NONFORFEITABILITY OF EMPLOYER TOP-HEAVY CONTRIBUTION                                              65
12.06 MINIMUM VESTING                                                                                   65
12.07 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATION FOR TOP HEAVY YEARS REPEALED                                             66

ARTICLE XIII - MAXIMUM BENEFITS                                                                         67

13.01 GENERAL RULE                                                                                      67
13.02 COMBINED PLAN LIMITATIONS                                                                         67
13.03 DEFINITIONS                                                                                       67

ARTICLE XIV - HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES                                                              69

14.01 IN GENERAL                                                                                        69
14.02 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES                                                                      69
14.03 FORMER HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE                                                                69
14.04 DEFINITIONS                                                                                       69
14.05 OTHER METHODS PERMISSIBLE                                                                         70

ARTICLE XV - EGTRRA AMENDMENTS                                                                          72

15.01 BACKGROUND                                                                                        72
15.02 LIMITATIONS ON BENEFITS                                                                           72
15.03 INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT                                                                    74
15.04 MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES                                                                   74
15.05 DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS                                                            76
SCHEDULE A                                                                                              78
SCHEDULE B                                                                                              81
SCHEDULE C                                                                                              92
SCHEDULE D                                                                                              93

-iv-

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
PENSION PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001)

ARTICLE I

INTRODUCTION

1.01     History of the Plan. Prior to January 1, 1984, the Company maintained
         the Predecessor Plans covering different groups of its employees.
         Effective January 1, 1984, the Predecessor Plans were merged together
         in accordance with Code Section 414(l) to form the Genuine Parts
         Company Pension Plan (the "1984 Restatement"). The 1984 Restatement was
         subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 1989 (the "Prior
         Plan").

1.02     New Plan. Effective January 1, 2001, the Prior Plan is continued in an
         amended and restated form as set forth in its entirety in this document
         for the purpose of complying with the provisions of the Employee
         Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as amended and maintaining
         qualification under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of
         1986, as amended.

1.03     Effective Date. The Plan shall be effective January 1, 2001 except as
         otherwise provided herein.

1.04     Accrued Benefits Under This Plan and Under Prior Plan. Only
         Participants who earn an Hour of Service after the Effective Date shall
         have their Accrued Benefit determined under the provisions of this
         Plan. All other Participants shall have their Accrued Benefit
         determined in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Prior
         Plan. However, all Participants who have an Accrued Benefit under the
         Plan or Prior Plan shall receive a distribution of their Accrued
         Benefit in accordance with this Plan.

1.05     Purpose. The purpose of this Plan (and the Trust Agreement) is to
         reward the loyal and efficient services of the Employees and to
         stimulate in them an interest in the successful operation of the
         Company's business by providing the benefits of a qualified retirement
         plan. This Plan shall be maintained for the exclusive benefit of the
         Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be administered and
         interpreted in accordance with such purpose.


ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.01 Accrued Benefit.

(a) In General. For purposes of this Plan, the term "Accrued Benefit" shall mean the Participant's Projected Retirement Income multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's actual months of Credited Service. The denominator of the fraction is the Participant's months of Projected Credited Service. Projected Credited Service is the sum of the Participant's actual months of Credited Service plus Credited Service for future years and months assuming the Participant had continued in Employment until his or her Normal Retirement Date. The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant with fifteen or more years of Projected Credited Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as determined in Section 4.01(b) based on the Participant's Projected Credited Service (as defined above) and based on the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date the Participant's Accrued Benefit is determined. The Projected Retirement Income of a Participant with less than fifteen years of Projected Credited Service is the Participant's Retirement Income as determined in Section 4.01(c), based on the Participant's Projected Credited Service (as defined above) and based on the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date the Participant's Accrued Benefit is determined.

This Section 2.01(a) shall be effective on January 1, 1989; provided, however, that the Participant's Accrued Benefit under this Plan as of January 1, 2001 shall be no less than the Participant's Accrued Benefit under the terms of the Prior Plan.

(b) $200,000 Earnings Limit. Effective January 1, 1989, the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year (including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1989) to $200,000, adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17). Notwithstanding the $200,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1988 (determined without regard to the new $200,000 limit).

(c) $150,000 Earnings Limit. Effective January 1, 1994, the Plan must limit Earnings during a Plan Year (including Plan Years before and after January 1, 1994) to $150,000, adjusted annually as provided in Code Section 401(a)(17). Notwithstanding the $150,000 limit, a Participant's Accrued Benefit shall not be less than the greater of:

-2-

                  (1)      the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31,
                           1993, (determined without regard to the new $150,000
                           limit but after application of the $200,000 limit of
                           paragraph (b)) plus the Participant's Accrued Benefit
                           earned after December 31, 1993 (determined with the
                           $150,000 limit); or,

                  (2)      the Participant's Accrued Benefit for all years of
                           Credited Service both before and after December 31,
                           1993 (determined with the $150,000 limit).

2.02     Act or ERISA shall mean Public Law No. 93-406, the Employee Retirement
         Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to
         time.

2.03     Actuarial Equivalent shall mean a benefit of equivalent value computed
         in accordance with the actuarial assumptions described below.

(a) The UP 1984 Mortality Table without any adjustments.

(b) An effective annual interest rate of 8%, except that for purposes of calculating single sum values, the rate shall be determined under 2.03(c) below.

(c) Lump Sum Distributions Before April 1, 1995. For purposes of computing single sum values, the interest rate shall be the interest rate which would be applied by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation for purposes of determining the present value of the Participant's benefits under the Plan if the Plan had terminated on January 1 of the applicable Plan Year with insufficient assets to provide benefits guaranteed by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation on that date.

Lump Sum Distributions After April 1, 1995. Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, for lump sum distributions made on or after April 1, 1995, a lump sum distribution will be determined based on the Applicable Mortality Table and the Applicable Interest Rate as defined immediately below:

(1) Applicable Mortality Table. The term "Applicable Mortality Table" means the table prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury based on the prevailing Commissioner's Standard Table (described in Section 807(d)(6)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code) used to determine reserves or group annuity contracts issued on the date as of which present value is being determined (without regard to any other subparagraph of Section 807(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code).

-3-

                  (2)      Applicable Interest Rate.

                           (i)      For lump sum distributions made on or after
                                    April 1, 1995, the term "Applicable Interest
                                    Rate" means the annual rate of interest on
                                    30-year Treasury securities for the month of
                                    December that precedes the beginning of the
                                    Plan Year in which such distribution occurs.
                                    (Note that the December rates are published
                                    in January).

                           (ii)     For lump sum distributions made on or after
                                    January 1, 2000, the term "Applicable
                                    Interest Rate" means the annual rate of
                                    interest on the 30-year Treasury securities
                                    for the month of October that precedes the
                                    beginning of the Plan Year in which such
                                    distribution occurs. (Note that the October
                                    rates are published in November.)

                           (iii)    Special Rule for Annuity Starting Dates
                                    During Calendar Year 2000. For any
                                    Participant whose Annuity Starting Date
                                    occurs on or after January 1, 2000 but prior
                                    to January 1, 2001, the term "Applicable
                                    Interest Rate" will be either (a) or (b)
                                    which follow, whichever results in the
                                    larger distribution: (a) the rate in
                                    2.03(c)(2)(ii) above; or (b) the annual rate
                                    of interest on the 30-year Treasury
                                    securities for the month of December that
                                    precedes the beginning of the Plan Year in
                                    which such distribution occurs. (Note that
                                    the December rates are published in
                                    January.)

         (d)      Attained Age. For purposes of determining actuarial
                  equivalence, age shall be determined using attained age, not
                  the nearest age or age in years and months.

2.04     Actuary shall mean an Actuary selected by the Company (or a firm of
         Actuaries) who is enrolled under Subtitle C of Title III of the Act.

2.05     Affiliate shall mean the Company and any corporation which is a member
         of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section
         414(b)) which includes the Company; any trade or business which is
         under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)) with the
         Company; any organization which is a member of an affiliated service
         group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)) which includes the Company;
         and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Company
         pursuant to regulations under Code Section 414(o).

2.06 Annuity Starting Date shall mean the earliest of the following dates:

-4-

(i) For Participants who terminate their Employment and commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.01, the Participants' Normal Retirement Date;

(ii) For Participants who terminate their Employment and commence to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.02, the Participants' Early Retirement Date;

(iii) For Participants who terminate their Employment and commence

                  to receive Retirement Income under Section 4.04, the
                  Participants' Delayed Retirement Date; and

         (iv)     For Participants who terminate their Employment with less than
                  15 years of Credited Service and are therefore entitled to a
                  Retirement Income under Section 4.05, the Participants' Normal
                  Retirement Date.

2.07     Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall mean the estimated monthly
         primary insurance amount which is or will become payable to a
         Participant at the Participant's Social Security Retirement Age (as
         defined in Code Section 415(b)(8)), based on the Social Security Act in
         effect on the date of determination of the benefit, without taking into
         account any undetermined future automatic adjustments in (i) benefits
         and (ii) the contribution and benefit base, and on uniform rules
         adopted by the Committee, assuming:

         (a)      that his Earnings at date of determination of his benefit
                  under the Plan remains in effect thereafter to his Social
                  Security Retirement Age; and

         (b)      the earnings test for purposes of determining eligibility for
                  the Social Security benefit shall not apply.

         The Anticipated Social Security Benefit shall become fixed as of the
         Participant's Retirement, or, if earlier, the date on which his
         Employment terminates (most recent date of termination for a reemployed
         employee).

         In determining a Participant's Anticipated Social Security Benefit, the
         Committee shall estimate the Participant's compensation for all years
         prior to the Participant's Termination Date. The Participant's
         estimated compensation shall be determined by applying a salary scale
         (six percent (6%) per annum), projected backwards, to the Participant's
         Earnings at the time of the Participant's Termination Date.

         Each Participant shall have the right to have his Anticipated Social
         Security Benefit computed on the basis of the Participant's actual
         salary history instead of using the Participant's estimated
         compensation. If the Participant supplies his actual salary history
         within a reasonable period of time following the Participant's
         Termination Date or, if later, following the date the Participant
         receives notice of

                                      -5-

         his right to supply actual salary history, the Participant's Retirement
         Income will be adjusted based on the Participant's actual salary
         history.

         After the Participant's Termination Date, the Plan Administrator shall
         notify the Participant of his right to supply actual salary history and
         the financial consequences of failing to provide such salary history.
         Such notice shall state that actual salary history can be obtained from
         the Social Security Administration. In addition, the Plan Administrator
         shall provide written notice to each Participant of the right to supply
         actual salary history at the time a summary plan description is
         provided to the Participant.

2.08     Authorized Absence shall mean any temporary layoff or any absence
         authorized by the Employer under the Employer's standard personnel
         practices provided that all persons under similar circumstances must be
         treated alike in the granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence and
         provided further that the Participant returns within the period of
         authorized absence. An absence due to service in the Armed Forces of
         the United States shall be considered an Authorized Absence to the
         extent required by federal law. Employees on Authorized Absence will be
         deemed to be in active Employment for purposes of Vesting Service (but
         not for other purposes).

2.09     Average Earnings shall mean the average of the Participant's monthly
         Earnings for the highest five (5) calendar years of Employment out of
         the last complete ten (10) calendar years of Employment (or during
         total Employment if less) immediately preceding the Participant's
         Termination Date. Average Earnings shall be determined by dividing the
         total Earnings received by the Participant during the appropriate five
         (5) year calendar year period by the Participant's number of months of
         Credited Service during such five (5) year calendar period. If the
         Participant's Earnings in the calendar year in which the Participant
         terminates Employment will increase the Participant's Average Earnings,
         such Earnings shall be counted as part of the Participant's ten (10)
         complete calendar years of Employment. Although a partial calendar year
         of Earnings may be used as described in the proceeding sentence, if a
         Participant has 60 or more months of Credited Service in the Plan,
         Average Earnings shall be computed by dividing by 60 months.

2.10     Beneficiary shall have the following meaning:

         (a)      Unmarried Participants, may designate any individual(s),
                  trust(s), estate(s), partnership(s), corporation(s) or other
                  entity or entities as Beneficiaries in accordance with
                  procedures established by the Committee to receive any
                  distribution to which the Participant is entitled under the
                  Plan in the event of the Participant's death. The Committee
                  may require certification by a Participant in any form it
                  deems appropriate of the Participant's marital status prior to
                  accepting or honoring any Beneficiary designation. Any

                                      -6-

                  Beneficiary designation by an unmarried Participant shall be
                  void if the Participant revokes the designation or marries.
                  Any Beneficiary designation by an unmarried Participant shall
                  also be void to the extent that it conflicts with the terms of
                  a qualified domestic relations order.

                  If an unmarried Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary
                  or if the designated Beneficiary fails to survive the
                  Participant and the Participant has not designated a
                  contingent Beneficiary, the Beneficiary shall be the surviving
                  descendants of the Participant (who shall take per stirpes)
                  and if there are no surviving descendants, the Beneficiary
                  shall be the Participant's estate. For the purposes of the
                  foregoing sentence, the term "descendants" shall include any
                  persons adopted by a Participant or by any of his descendants.

         (b)      A married Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse unless
                  the terms of a qualified domestic relations order require
                  payment to a non-Spouse Beneficiary. However, see Sections
                  5.03 and 6.02 for limited circumstances where a Participant
                  can (with spousal consent) designate a non-spouse Beneficiary.

                  For purposes of this Section, revocation of prior Beneficiary
                  designations will occur when a Participant; (i) files a valid
                  designation with the Committee, or (ii) files a signed
                  statement with the Committee evidencing his intent to revoke
                  any prior designations.

2.11     Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.12     Break in Service shall occur if the Employee ceases to be employed
         by the Employer and does not resume employment for seven or more
         consecutive years.

2.13     Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. A
         reference to a specific provision of the Code shall include such
         provision and any applicable Treasury Regulation pertaining thereto.

2.14     Company shall mean Genuine Parts Company and its successors or assigns
         who adopt this Plan.

2.15     Contributions shall mean the Employer contributions to the Fund made in
         accordance with Article VII.

2.16     Credited Service shall mean the number of years of service as an
         Employee of Employer (with proportionate allowance for fractional
         years) both before and after the Effective Date which shall be measured

in accordance with the following rules:

-7-

(a) Except as provided below, an Eligible Employee shall receive Credited Service for the elapsed time of his Employment from the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer to his Termination Date. If an Eligible Employee has a Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Eligible Employee shall again receive Credited Service (subject to the Break in Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the Eligible Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment and ending on his subsequent Termination Date.

(b) Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of the Break in Service, the Eligible Employee is not entitled to a nonforfeitable Retirement Income under Section 4.05.

(c) Credited Service shall not include any period of service as an Eligible Employee of Employer during which an Employee is a member of a collective bargaining unit whose Eligible Employees are covered by a retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributes (other than this Plan) except to the extent provided in 4.07.

(d) Credited Service shall not include any period of Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a Participating Employer or any period of employment with a predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer except to the extent provided in Schedules A and B. Also, see
Section 4.07 for an offset that may apply when Credited Service is granted for prior employment.

(e) Credited Service shall not include any period of service in the military; except to the extent such service is required to be credited under applicable federal law.

(f) Credited Service shall not be reduced or discontinued merely because the Participant attains his Normal Retirement Age.

(g) An Eligible Employee who has a Permanent Disability before January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Credited Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the date he attains Normal Retirement Age. An Employee who becomes Permanently Disabled on or after January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Credited Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the last day of the month following the second anniversary of the date his Permanent Disability began.

-8-

2.17     Delayed Retirement Date shall mean for a Participant who continues his
         Employment beyond his Normal Retirement Date, the first day of the
         month coincident with or immediately following such Participant's
         termination of Employment.

2.18     Earnings shall be determined in accordance with the following rules:

         (a)      Except as provided below, Earnings means the Participant's
                  total compensation including wages, salaries, certain welfare
                  benefits (vacation, bereavement, short term disability, and
                  workers compensation make up), back pay awarded pursuant to an
                  EEOC dispute (but not other types of EEOC disputes), and other
                  amounts received for personal services actually rendered in
                  the course of Employment (including commissions, overtime and
                  bonuses). However, Earnings shall NOT include reimbursements
                  or other expense allowances, fringe benefits (cash and non
                  cash), moving expenses, awards, prizes, referral bonuses,
                  deferred compensation (including any amounts deferred or paid
                  under the Tax Deferred Savings Plan) and all welfare benefits
                  other than those listed in the previous sentence. Earnings
                  SHALL include any compensation which is not includible in the
                  Participant's gross income by reason of Code Section 402(a)(8)
                  (Employee pre-tax contributions to the Genuine Partnership
                  Plan), Code Section 125 (Employee salary deferrals under the
                  Genuine Parts Company Section 125 Plan), and Code Sections
                  402(h), 457(b) and 414(h)(2).

         (b)      During a Plan Year, Earnings may not exceed the dollar
                  limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17) as adjusted from time to
                  time ($170,000 in 2001, $200,000 in 2002).

2.19     Earliest Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's Normal Retirement
         Date. However, if the Participant has 15 or more years of Credited
         Service, the Participant's Earliest Retirement Age shall be the first
         day of the month coincident with or immediately following the date the
         Participant attains (or would have attained) his Early Retirement Date.

2.20     Early Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month coincident
         with or immediately following the day on which the Participant (i)
         completes fifteen (15) years of Credited Service and has attained age
         fifty-five (55) and (ii) actually terminates his Employment.

2.21     Effective Date shall mean January 1, 2001.

2.22     Eligible Employee shall mean, except for those Employees identified in
         the following sentence, all Employees employed by the Employer. The

following Employees shall not be considered Eligible Employees:

-9-

(i) any Employee included in a collective bargaining unit for which a labor organization is recognized as collective bargaining agent unless such Employee has been designated by the Committee as an "Eligible Employee" for the purposes of this Plan,

(ii) any Employee who is a nonresident alien and who does not receive earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States,

(iii) any person classified by the Employer as an independent

                  contractor for purposes of withholding and payment of
                  employment taxes, even if such person is later determined,
                  whether by the Employer or otherwise, to be a common law
                  Employee of the Employer;

         (iv)     any "leased employee" with respect to the Employer ("Leased
                  employee" shall mean any person, other than an Employee of the
                  Employer, who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer
                  and any other person ("leasing organization") has performed
                  services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related
                  persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6))
                  on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least
                  one year, and such services are performed under the primary
                  direction or control of the Employer).

2.23     Employee shall mean any person employed by or on Authorized Absence
         from the Employer, and any person who is a "leased employee" (as
         defined in the definition of "Eligible Employee") with respect to the
         Employer. However, if such "leased employees" constitute less than 20
         percent of the Employer's combined non-highly compensated work force,
         within the meaning of Code Section 414(n)(1)(C)(ii), the term
         "Employee" shall not include "leased employees" covered by a plan
         described in Code Section 414(n)(5).

2.24     Employer shall mean the Company and any Participating Employer. All
         Participating Employers are listed on Schedule A or Schedule B.

2.25     Employment shall mean the active service of an Employee with the
         Employer. Employment with a Participating Employer prior to its
         designation as a Participating Employer and employment with a
         predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer shall be
         counted as employment with the Employer only to the extent provided
         Schedules A or B.

2.26     Fiduciary shall mean a party named as a Fiduciary in Section 8.01. Any
         party shall be considered a fiduciary of the Plan only to the extent of
         the powers and duties specifically allocated to such party under the
         Plan.

                                      -10-

2.27     Fund shall mean the money and other properties held and administered by
         the Trustee in accordance with the Plan and Trust Agreement. It is
         expressly intended that multiple trust funds may be established under
         this Plan, which together shall comprise the Fund hereunder. See
         definition of "Trust" and Schedule C.

2.28     Highly Compensated Employee. See Article XIV.

2.29     Hours of Service shall mean:

         (a)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, for performance of duties for an Employer or
                  Employers.

         (b)      Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
                  payment, by an Employer or Employers, on account of a period
                  of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of
                  whether the employment relationship is terminated) due to
                  vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability),
                  layoff, jury duty, military duty, or an Authorized Absence;
                  provided that in no event, shall an Employee receive credit
                  for more than 501 Hours of Service for any single continuous
                  period of non-working time. However, no Hours of Service shall
                  be granted for any direct or indirect payment or for any
                  entitlement to payment if (i) such payment is made or due
                  under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying
                  with applicable worker's compensation laws, unemployment laws
                  or disability insurance laws or (ii) such payment is intended
                  to reimburse an employee for his or her medical or medically
                  related expenses.

         (c)      Each hour for which an Employee is on an Authorized Absence by
                  reason of: (i) the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) birth of a
                  child of the Employee, (iii) placement of a child with the
                  Employee in connection with the adoption of the child by the
                  Employee, or (iv) caring for a child referred to in paragraphs
                  (i) through (iii) immediately following birth or placement.
                  Hours credited under this paragraph shall be credited at the
                  rate of 10 hours per day, 45 hours per week but shall not, in
                  the aggregate, exceed the number of hours required to prevent
                  the Employee from incurring a Break in Service under Code
                  Section 410(a)(5) (a maximum of 501 hours) during the first
                  computation period in which a Break in Service would otherwise
                  occur.

         (d)      Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of
                  damages, is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or
                  Employers.

         (e)      In lieu of the foregoing, an Employee who is not compensated
                  on an hourly basis (such as salary, commission or piecework
                  Employees) shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each
                  week (or ten Hours of Service for each day) in which such
                  Employee would be credited with

                                      -11-

                  Hours of Service if hourly paid. However, this method of
                  computing Hours of Service may not be used for any Employee
                  whose Hours of Service is required to be counted and recorded
                  by any Federal Law, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act. Any
                  such method must yield an equivalency of at least 1,000 hours
                  per computation period.

         The following rules shall apply in determination of whether an Employee
         completes an "Hour of Service":

         1.       The same hours shall not be credited under subparagraphs (a),
                  (b) or (c) above, as the case may be, and subparagraph (d)
                  above; nor shall the same hours credited under subparagraphs
                  (a) through (d) above be credited under subparagraph (e)
                  above;

         2.       The rules relating to determining Hours of Service for reasons
                  other than the performance of duties and for crediting Hours
                  of Service to particular periods of employment shall be those
                  rules stated in Department of Labor Regulations Title 29,
                  Chapter XXV, Subchapter C, part 2530, Sections 200b2(b) and
                  200b2(c), respectively.

2.30     Insurer shall mean a legal reserve life insurance company which issues
         a policy of life insurance or a group annuity contract under the Plan.

2.31     Normal Retirement Age shall mean the Participant's 65th birthday or, if
         later, the fifth anniversary of the date the Participant commenced
         participation in the Plan.

2.32     Normal Retirement Date shall mean the first day of the month coincident
         with or next following the Participant's Normal Retirement Age.

2.33     Participant shall mean an Employee who becomes eligible to participate
         in the Plan as provided in Article III.

2.34     Participating Employer shall mean any corporation and any other entity
         that is designated by the Committee as a Participating Employer under
         the Plan. See Section 9.04 for provisions relating to a Participating
         Employer's adoption of this Plan. All Participating Employers, groups
         of employees designated as participating in the Plan by such
         Participating Employers (if not all employees), and the effective date
         of each Company's designation as a Participating Employer shall be
         specified in Schedule A or Schedule B. All Participating Employers in
         the Prior Plan as of this Plan's amendment and restatement shall
         automatically become a Participating Employer under this Plan.

2.35     Pension and Benefits Committee or Committee shall mean the Pension and
         Benefits Committee of the Company which is appointed by the Board or
         its designee to administer the Plan in accordance with the terms of
         Article VIII. The

                                      -12-

         terms Pension Committee, Committee or Pension and Benefits Committee
         may be used interchangeably. This Section 2.37 shall be effective July
         1, 2001.

2.36     Permanent Disability shall mean a physical or mental condition of a
         Participant resulting from bodily injury, disease, or mental disorder
         which results in the Participant receiving long term disability
         benefits under The Genuine Parts Company Long Term Disability Plan. A
         Participant's Permanent Disability will end on the date the Participant
         is no longer receiving disability benefits under The Genuine Parts
         Company Long Term Disability Plan.

2.37     Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan as set forth in
         this document together with any subsequent amendments hereto.

2.38     Plan Administrator or Administrator shall mean the committee of persons
         appointed by the Board pursuant to Article VIII to administer the Plan.
         The committee of such persons shall also be known as the Pension and
         Benefits Committee and all references in the Plan to the Plan
         Administrator shall be deemed to apply to the Pension and Benefits
         Committee and vice versa. The committee of such persons is hereby
         designated as the "Administrator" of the Plan within the meaning of
         Section 3(16) of the Act and as the agent for the service of legal
         process for the purposes of Section 102(b) of the Act.

2.39     Plan Year shall be the calendar year.

2.40     Predecessor Plans shall mean the following qualified defined benefit
         plans established prior to January 1, 1984 for employees of the

Company:

          Name of Plan                                   Effective Date
          ------------                                   --------------
Genuine Parts Company Pension Plan                          01/01/74

S. P. Richards Company Pension Plan                         01/01/56

General Automotive Parts Pension Plan                       01/01/64
         (which does not include union
         employees covered under the plan
         of Union Automotive Association of
         St. Louis, Inc. or any successor
         thereto)

Pension Plan for the Employees of                           01/01/65
         Standard Unit Parts Corporation
         (including Manco, Inc., an
         associate employer)

-13-

Retirement Plan for Employees of                            01/01/63
         Balkamp, Inc. (which includes
         NAPA Headquarters employees)

Restated NAPA Des Moines Warehouse                          08/13/74

2.41     Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall have that meaning as defined
         in Section 5.01.

2.42     Prior Plan shall mean the Genuine Parts Company Plan as in effect on
         the day preceding the Effective Date.

2.43     Retirement shall mean the date the Participant actually ceases
         Employment for Early Retirement, Normal Retirement or Delayed
         Retirement, whichever is applicable.

2.44     Retirement Income shall mean any amount payable to or on behalf of a
         Participant, Beneficiary or Spouse in accordance with the provisions of
         the Plan.

2.45     Spouse shall mean, as of any applicable date, a person who:

         (a)      was married to a Participant in a religious or civil ceremony
                  recognized under the laws of the state where the marriage was
                  contracted;

         (b)      was married to the Participant on the Participant's Annuity
                  Starting Date; and

         (c)      for purposes of Article V (Death Benefits) was married to the
                  Participant throughout the one-year period ending on the
                  Participant's death.

         A Participant shall not be considered married to another person as a
         result of any common law marriage whether or not such common law
         marriage is recognized by applicable state law. The Participant's
         Spouse as of the Participant's Annuity Starting Date shall continue to
         be the Participant's Spouse for purposes of this Plan (unless otherwise
         provided in a qualified domestic relations order) notwithstanding the
         subsequent death or divorce of such Spouse and the remarriage of the
         Participant.

2.46 Termination Date shall mean the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Voluntary resignation from service of the Employer; or

(b) Discharge from the service of the Employer by the Employer; or

(c) Retirement; or

-14-

         (d)      Death; or

         (e)      Two weeks after the end of an Authorized Absence; or

         (f)      One year after an absence from work due to workers
                  compensation injury/accident; or

         (g)      Two years after an absence from work due to a Permanent
                  Disability; or

         (h)      The first anniversary of the date the Employee ceases
                  Employment for any reason not described above (e.g., vacation,
                  holiday, sickness, disability (but not Permanent Disability),
                  or layoff).

                  This definition shall be effective January 1, 2000.

2.47     Treasury Regulations shall mean regulations pertaining to certain
         Sections of the Code as issued by the Secretary of the Treasury.

2.48     Trust or Trust Agreement or Trust Fund or Fund shall refer to the Fund
         established pursuant to one or more agreements of trust entered into
         between the Employer and one or more trustees (sometimes referred to as
         sub-trusts), which governs the creation and maintenance of the Fund,
         and all amendments thereto which may hereafter be made. It is expressly
         intended that multiple sub-trusts may be established under this Plan,
         which together shall comprise the Trust Fund hereunder and that all of
         the sub-trusts shall be considered to be a single trust fund for
         purposes of Section 1.414(1)- 1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. The
         term Trust Fund shall also be deemed to include any fund existing
         pursuant to any deposit administration or group annuity contract
         between the Company and/or the Trustee and an Insurer. Each trust
         agreement or contract with an Insurer established pursuant to this Plan
         shall be listed on Schedule C.

2.49     Trustee shall mean any institution or individual(s) who shall accept
         the appointment of the Committee to serve as Trustee pursuant to the
         Plan.

2.50     Vesting Service shall mean the number of whole years of service as an
         Employee of Employer (determined after aggregating partial years of
         service) both before and after the Effective Date which shall be
         measured in accordance with the following rules:

         (a)      Except as provided below, an Employee shall receive Vesting
                  Service for the elapsed time of his Employment from the date
                  on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for
                  the Employer to his Termination Date. If an Employee has a
                  Termination Date and is subsequently rehired, such Employee
                  shall again receive Vesting Service (subject to the Break in

                                      -15-

                  Service rules set forth below) beginning on the date of the
                  Employee's first Hour of Service on or after his reemployment
                  and ending on his subsequent Termination Date.

         (b)      Vesting Service shall not include any period of Employment
                  which precedes a Break in Service if as of the first day of
                  the Break in Service, the Employee is not entitled to a
                  nonforfeitable Retirement Income under Section 4.05.

         (c)      Vesting Service shall not include any period of Employment
                  with a Participating Employer prior to its designation as a
                  Participating Employer or any period of employment with a
                  predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer
                  except to the extent provided in Schedules A and B.

         (d)      An Employee's service with an Affiliate shall be considered
                  Employment with the Employer.

         (e)      Vesting Service shall not include any period of service in the
                  military; except to the extent such service is required to be
                  credited under applicable federal law.

         (f)      An Employee who has a Permanent Disability before January 1,
                  2000 will continue to earn Vesting Service following such
                  Permanent Disability until the earlier of (1) the date his
                  Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the date he attains Normal
                  Retirement Age. An Employee who becomes Permanently Disabled
                  on or after January 1, 2000 will continue to earn Vesting
                  Service following such Permanent Disability until the earlier
                  of (1) the date his Permanent Disability ends; or (2) the last
                  day of the month following the second anniversary of the date
                  his Permanent Disability began.

2.51     Defined Terms. A defined term, such as "Retirement," will normally
         govern the definitions of derivatives therefrom, such as "Retire," even
         though such derivatives are not specifically defined and even if they
         are or are not initially capitalized. The masculine gender, where
         appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender,
         unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. Singular and
         plural nouns and pronouns shall be interchangeable as the factual
         context may allow or require. The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder"

and other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan and not to any particular provision or Section.

-16-

ARTICLE III

PARTICIPATION

3.01     Each Employee who was a Participant under the Prior Plan on the day
         prior to the Effective Date and who is employed by an Employer on the
         Effective Date shall participate in this Plan on the Effective Date.

3.02     After the Effective Date each Employee shall participate in the Plan on
         the first day (assuming the Participant is still an Employee on such
         date) to occur after such Employee attains age 21 and completes an
         eligibility computation period in which such Employee has 1,000 Hours
         of Service.

         An Employee's first eligibility computation period shall be the 12
         consecutive months following the commencement of his Employment. If the
         Employee fails to complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his first
         eligibility computation period, then his second eligibility computation
         period shall be the Plan Year which commences on the January 1
         following his initial date of hire. If an Employee shall fail to
         complete 1,000 Hours of Service during his second eligibility
         computation period, then each successive Plan Year shall be the
         eligibility computation period.

3.03     A Participant shall participate in the Plan for so long as the
         Participant remains an Employee. If a Participant ceases to be an
         Employee and is later rehired, he shall resume participation in the
         Plan as of the date of rehire.

3.04     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no Employee shall
         participate in the Plan during any period in which such Employee is a
         member of a collective bargaining unit whose Employees are covered by a
         retirement or pension plan to which Employer contributes (other than
         this Plan). If any Employee shall cease to be a member of such a
         collective bargaining unit and shall remain in the employ of Employer,
         then such Employee shall become a Participant in this Plan as of the
         first day of the month coinciding with or next following the earliest
         date on which such Employee has attained the age of 21 and completed a
         twelve month period of Employment during which such Employee has not
         less than 1,000 Hours of Service, and for such purpose all actual
         Employment of Employee shall be counted including employment during the
         period in which such Employee was a member of such bargaining unit. See
         Section 4.07 concerning reduction in benefits in certain cases in which
         Employment is counted as provided in the preceding sentence.

3.05     Participation in the Plan shall not give any Employee the right to be
         retained in the Employer's employ, nor shall any Employee, upon
         dismissal from or voluntary

                                      -17-

         termination of his Employment, have any right or interest in the Fund,
         except as herein provided.

-18-

ARTICLE IV

RETIREMENT DATES AND BENEFITS

4.01 Normal Retirement.

(a) A Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date is entitled to receive an annual Retirement Income beginning on his Normal Retirement Date payable in monthly installments in the form described in Article VI. A Participant who has attained Normal Retirement Age shall become 100% vested in his Accrued Benefit.

(b) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date with 15 or more years of Credited Service and who elects to receive his benefit in the form of a Life Annuity Option shall be the greater of (A) and (B) where:

(A) is 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings; and

(B) is the applicable percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings on his Normal Retirement Date less 50% of the Participant's monthly Anticipated Social Security Benefit. The applicable percentage of the Participant's Average Earnings shall be determined by the following table:

-19-

Participant's Years
of Credited Service
   as of Normal                  Percentage of
  Retirement Date              Average Earnings
-------------------            ----------------
15................                  40.0%
16................                  40.5%
17................                  41.0%
18................                  41.5%
19................                  42.0%
20................                  42.5%
21................                  43.0%
22................                  43.5%
23................                  44.0%
24................                  44.5%
25................                  45.0%
26................                  45.5%
27................                  46.0%
28................                  46.5%
29................                  47.0%
30................                  47.5%
31................                  48.0%
32................                  48.5%
33................                  49.0%
34................                  49.5%
35................                  50.0%
36................                  50.5%
37................                  51.0%
38................                  51.5%
39................                  52.0%
40................                  52.5%
41................                  53.0%
42................                  53.5%
43................                  54.0%
44................                  54.5%
45 or more........                  55.0%

(c) Any Participant who retires on his Normal Retirement Date with less than 15 years of Credited Service and who elects the Life Annuity Option shall be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income equal to 30% of the Participant's Average Earnings multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the Participant's months of Credited Service as of his Normal Retirement Date, but not in excess of 180. The denominator of the fraction is 180.

4.02 Early Retirement.

(a) Each Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least 15 years of Credited Service may elect early retirement. A Participant who takes early retirement shall receive a monthly Retirement Income in the form described in Article VI beginning on his Early Retirement Date.

(b) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who elects to begin receiving his Retirement Income prior to his Normal Retirement Date shall be determined in the same manner as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under
Section 4.01, except that his Average Earnings and Credited Service shall be calculated as of his Early Retirement Date. Furthermore the Retirement Income computed above shall be reduced by one-half of one percent (.005) for each complete

-20-

month that the Participant's Early Retirement Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

(c) The Committee may from time to time provide in its sole discretion that Participants who meet specified age and service requirements (or other applicable requirements established by the Committee) will be permitted to retire during specified periods and will receive a retirement benefit based on additional years of Credited Service and Vesting Service, without the reduction described in paragraph (b) above or based on other factors and adjustments as determined by the Committee. The Committee's decision will be described in Schedule E to this Plan. All such special retirements will be communicated to the affected Participants but shall have no effect to the extent such adjustments or other factors result in a retirement benefit that adversely affects the qualified status of the Plan under Code Section 401(a)(4).

4.03 Permanent Disability.

(a) This Section 4.03 shall apply to any Participant who is in active Employment on or after January 1, 1993. Any Participant who is not in active Employment with an Employer on or after January 1, 1993, (including any Participant who is not in active Employment on such date but who has a Termination Date before, on, or after January 1, 1993) and who becomes Permanently Disabled is governed by the provisions of the Prior Plan and not this Plan.

(b) A Participant who prior to his cessation of active Employment:
(i) completes one year of Credited Service and (ii) becomes Permanently Disabled shall be entitled to the provisions of this Section 4.03. If a Participant has not completed one year of Credited Service prior to his cessation of active Employment, the Participant shall not be entitled to a Retirement Income under this Plan. If the Participant becomes Permanently Disabled after his cessation of active Employment, the Participant's Retirement Income, if any, shall be determined in accordance with Sections 4.01, 4.02 or 4.05.

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant who is Permanently Disabled shall be determined in the same manner as his monthly Retirement Income would be determined under
Section 4.01 assuming the Participant continued to earn Credited Service (subject to the rules of Section 2.16(g)) and Vesting Service (subject to the rules of Section 2.50(g)) and assuming the Participant's Average Earnings as of the date of his Permanent Disability remained unchanged.

-21-

(d) If a Participant has earned at least 15 years of Credited Service and the Participant has attained age 55, the Participant may elect to receive Disability Retirement benefits prior to his Normal Retirement Date. If the Participant receives benefits prior to his Normal Retirement Date, his Retirement Income shall be computed as provided in
Section 4.05(d) including a reduction of the Participant's Retirement Income for each complete month that the Participant's Annuity Starting Date precedes his Normal Retirement Date.

(e) If the Participant ceases to be Permanently Disabled prior to the commencement of benefits under this Plan, the Participant shall nevertheless receive Credited Service and Vesting Service until the earlier of (i) the date the Participant ceased to be Permanently Disabled or (ii) the date described in Section 2.16(g) (definition of Credited Service) or Section
2.50(g) (definition of Vesting Service).

(f) If a Participant described in paragraph (b) dies prior to the commencement of benefits under this Plan and while he is Permanently Disabled, the Participant's Spouse shall be entitled to a Spouse's benefit pursuant to Article V based upon the Participant's Credited Service and Vesting Service prior to his death and based on the Participant's Average Earnings in effect prior to his Permanently Disability.

4.04 Delayed Retirement.

(a) After the Effective Date, any Participant who attains his Normal Retirement Age may remain in the active employ of the Employer beyond his Normal Retirement Age, provided, however, that an Employee may not remain in the active employ of the Employer if the Employer can, under the terms of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, require the Employee to retire at his Normal Retirement Age and the Employer wishes the Employee to do so.

(b) A Participant who retires on his Delayed Retirement Date is entitled to receive a Retirement Income beginning on his Delayed Retirement Date payable in monthly installments.

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable at a Participant's Delayed Retirement Date will be paid in the form described in Article VI. Such Retirement Income shall be the greater of the following amounts:

(i) The Retirement Income payable to the Participant determined in the same manner as his Normal Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.01, but using the Participant's Average

-22-

Earnings and Credited Service as of his Delayed Retirement Date, or

(ii) The Retirement Income the Participant would have received assuming the Participant had retired on his Normal Retirement Date actuarially increased from the Participant's Normal Retirement Date to the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date. For this purpose, the Participant's Delayed Retirement Date shall be deemed to be such Participant's birthday which is coincident with or immediately preceding the Participant's actual Delayed Retirement Date.

(d) The Retirement Income computed under Section 4.04(c) shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement Income previously paid to the Participant under Section 6.03 (mandatory distributions after age 70-1/2) to the extent permitted by Code Section 411(b)(1)(H)(iii)).

4.05 Termination of Employment.

(a) A Participant who terminates Employment with the Employer prior to his Retirement and prior to the completion of three years of Vesting Service shall not be entitled to receive any Retirement Income under the Plan.

(b) A Participant with at least three years of Vesting Service who terminates his Employment for any reason other than his Retirement or death shall be entitled to the monthly Retirement Income described below payable in accordance with Article VI commencing on his Normal Retirement Date (provided he is then alive).

(c) The monthly Retirement Income payable to a Participant described in Section 4.05(b) or to any Participant who makes the election described in Section 4.05(d) shall equal the product of (1) and (2), where:

(1) is such Participant's Accrued Benefit as of his Termination Date; and

(2) is the applicable percentage based on completed years of Vesting Service in accordance with the following table:

-23-

  Complete Years
of Vesting Service                 Percent of Monthly
at Termination Date                 Benefit Payable
-------------------                ------------------
   Less than 3                             0%
       3                                  20%
       4                                  40%
       5                                  60%
       6                                  80%
   7 or more                             100%

(d) Upon attaining age 55, a Participant who has completed at least 15 years of Credited Service as of his Termination Date may elect to receive a monthly Retirement Income commencing on his Early Retirement Date or on the first day of any month after his Early Retirement Date but in no event later than his Normal Retirement Date, whichever the Participant elects. Such Retirement Income shall be computed in the same manner his Retirement Income would be determined under Section 4.05(c) (but by taking into account the reduction for each complete month that the commencement of such benefits precedes the Participant's Normal Retirement Date as set forth in Section 4.02). An election to receive benefits under this paragraph shall be in writing on such form as the Committee may prescribe and shall be delivered to the Committee not later than 60 days prior to the date such Participant desires payments to commence in accordance with this paragraph.

(e) If a Participant terminates his Employment on account of death, any benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be determined in accordance with Article V.

(f) A Participant who has a Termination Date prior to completing 3 years of Vesting Service shall, upon such Termination Date, be deemed to have received an immediate lump sum payout of his or her entire Accrued Benefit and the Participant's non-vested Accrued Benefit shall be immediately forfeited. However, if such Participant is rehired before incurring a Break in Service, the Participant shall again be credited with the Accrued Benefit previously forfeited.

-24-

4.06 Suspension of Benefits.

(a) This Section 4.06 shall apply to any Participant who has a Termination Date under the provisions of this Plan, (ii) was receiving or was entitled to receive Retirement Income hereunder and returns to Employment with Employer, and (iii) is anticipated to receive Credited Service hereunder after his reemployment. Such Participant shall be subject to the following provisions:

(1) The Participant shall not be entitled to receive (if payments were being made) during such period of reemployment any Retirement Income to which the Participant might otherwise be entitled to receive under this Plan; provided, however, that Retirement Income will not be suspended if it is anticipated that the Participant will not normally accrue 1000 Hours of Service during a Plan Year after reemployment;

(2) The Participant shall be treated like any other Participant who terminated Employment and was rehired (ignoring the fact that he may have retired and was receiving Retirement Income) and for all purposes under the Plan shall be given credit for Credited Service and Vesting Service earned after reemployment and prior to his subsequent Termination Date. The period during which he was retired or was not employed by the Employer shall not be included as Credited Service or Vesting Service.

(3) If the Participant dies during the time of his reemployment and such Employee had previously received Retirement Income, then any death benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary shall be determined under the form of payment previously elected by the Participant pursuant to Article VI, after recomputing the Participant's Retirement Income as described in subparagraph (4) below. If the Participant had not previously received Retirement Income, then any death benefit shall be determined under Article V of the Plan (after recomputing the Participant's Credited Service, Vesting Service and Earnings before and after his reemployment). The death benefits so determined shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent value of any Retirement Income previously received by the Participant.

(4) The Retirement Income payable on the Participant's subsequent termination of Employment shall be made under the form of payment in effect (if any) prior to his reemployment and shall equal the greater of (i) or (ii) below. However, a Participant's Accrued Benefit earned after his Normal Retirement Age shall not be offset

-25-

by more than the amounts permissible under Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(b)-2(b)(4) or any successor regulation thereto.

(i) The Retirement Income payable to the Participant determined in accordance with Article IV based upon his Average Earnings before his prior termination of Employment and after his rehire (to the extent permitted under the definition of Average Earnings) and by aggregating his Credited Service and Vesting Service before his prior termination of Employment with his Credited Service and Vesting Service after his rehire. The Retirement Income so determined shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of any Retirement Income previously paid to the Participant.

(ii) The monthly Retirement Income the Participant was receiving or was entitled to receive prior to his termination of Employment. However, if the Participant's Retirement Income was suspended during his period of reemployment and the Participant does not receive written notification of the suspension of benefits as required by regulations described in paragraph (b) below AND such reemployment included Hours of Service after the Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be actuarially increased for the period of time beginning on the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Date or the date the Participant's Retirement Income was suspended and ending on the date his Retirement Income resumes.

(b) Conflict with Suspension of Benefit Regulations. In no event shall the determination under this Section 4.06 as to when a reemployed Participant's Retirement Income may be suspended be less favorable to the Participant than the rules set forth in Department of Labor Regulation Section 2530.203-3. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 4.06 and said Regulation, the provisions of said Regulation shall prevail.

4.07 Reduction of Benefit in Certain Cases.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, any Participant who reaches his Termination Date as an Eligible Employee and who was during any period of his Employment a member of a collective bargaining unit whose employees were, during such period, covered by a retirement, pension plan or group contract to which Employer contributed or is responsible (other than this Plan) which is qualified or intended to qualify

-26-

                  under Section 401(a) of the Code shall be entitled to a
                  Retirement Income computed in accordance with the following
                  rules:

                  (1)      Such Participant shall receive Credited Service and
                           Vesting Service for all actual service in the employ
                           of the Employer in accordance with the rules of
                           Section 2.16 (definition of Credited Service) and
                           Section 2.50 (definition of Vesting Service) and for
                           purposes of Section 2.16(c) there shall be included
                           as Credited Service any service during any period in
                           which such Participant was a member of a collective
                           bargaining unit whose employees were, during such
                           period, covered by a retirement or pension plan to
                           which Employer contributed (other than this Plan).

                  (2)      The amount of the benefit to which such Participant
                           is entitled shall be computed in accordance with
                           4.01, 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05 or Article V (whichever
                           is applicable), but shall be reduced on an Actuarial
                           Equivalent basis by 100% of the value of any
                           retirement, termination, disability, or death
                           benefits payable to such Participant from such other
                           retirement or pension plan which are attributable to
                           the contributions of Employer. The Committee shall be
                           empowered to adopt rules which shall be applied on a
                           uniform basis to all Employees similarly situated for
                           the determination of benefits under this Section
                           4.07.

         (b)      Any Participant who is granted Credited Service for benefit
                  accrual purposes for any period of employment with any
                  predecessor business prior to its acquisition by Employer or
                  during any period of employment with a Participating Employer
                  prior to its designation as a Participating Employer shall be
                  entitled to a benefit the amount of which shall be computed in
                  accordance with 4.0l, 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4,05 or Article V
                  (whichever is applicable) but shall be reduced on an Actuarial
                  Equivalent basis by 100% of the value of any retirement,
                  termination, disability, or death benefits received or payable
                  from the pension or retirement plan of such predecessor
                  business or of such Participating Employer.

4.08     Increase in Benefits for Retired Participants. The Committee may from
         time to time declare an increase in the monthly Retirement Income
         payable to retired Participants, Spouses, or Beneficiaries by reason of
         a former Participant's taking Early, Normal, or Delayed Retirement
         during any given calendar year designated by the Company. The class of
         former Participants to whom such increase applies; the amount of such
         increase; the time when such increase becomes effective; and any other
         relevant information shall from time to time be set forth on the
         records of the Committee.

                                      -27-

4.09     Minimum Benefit of Prior Plans. Notwithstanding any contrary provision
         of this Plan, in no event shall any Participant's Retirement Income
         under this Plan be less than the Participant's benefit that he had
         accrued under the terms of any Predecessor Plan prior to January 1,
         1984

4.10     Change in Control

         (a)      Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, any
                  Participant who (i) has a Termination Date during the
                  five-year period beginning on the date on which a Change in
                  Control occurs and (ii) at the time of such Termination Date
                  had attained age 55 with 15 years of Credited Service may
                  elect to receive a lump sum distribution of his Accrued
                  Benefit.

         (b)      Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the
                  value of a lump sum distribution under this Section will be
                  determined based on the Applicable Mortality Table and the
                  Applicable Interest Rate, which shall mean the following:

                  (1)      Applicable Mortality Table shall have that meaning
                           as defined in Section 2.03 ("Actuarial Equivalent").

(2) Applicable Interest Rate shall mean the lesser of

(i) The "Applicable Interest Rate" as defined in
Section 2.03 ("Actuarial Equivalent") or

(ii) The annual rate of interest on 10-year Treasury notes for the month of October that precedes the beginning of the Plan Year in which such distribution occurs.

(c) Change in Control shall mean,

(1) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Genuine Parts entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (1), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition by a Person who is on the date hereof the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, (ii) any acquisition directly from Genuine Parts, (iii) any acquisition by Genuine Parts, (iv) any acquisition by any employee

-28-

benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Genuine Parts or any corporation controlled by Genuine Parts, or (v) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.11(c)(3); or

(2) Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by Genuine Parts' shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(3) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Genuine Parts (a "Business Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination,
(i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns Genuine Parts or all or substantially all of Genuine Parts' assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, and (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of Genuine Parts or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of

-29-

the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(4) Approval by the shareholders of Genuine Parts of a complete liquidation or dissolution of Genuine Parts.

(d) This Section 4.10 shall be effective July 1, 2001.

-30-

ARTICLE V

DEATH BENEFITS

5.01 Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(a) Except as provided in Section 5.02, if a married Participant with three (3) or more years of Vesting Service dies prior to his Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly Retirement Income known as a "Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity." The amount of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined under
Section 5.01(b) or (c), whichever is applicable. The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall commence as of the date determined under Section 5.01(e).

(b) If the Participant dies after his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant would have received assuming the Participant had retired on the day before his death and elected to receive his Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.

(c) If the Participant dies on or before his Earliest Retirement Age, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal 50% of the monthly Retirement Income that the Participant would have received assuming the Participant (i) had separated from service on his Termination Date; (ii) had survived until his Earliest Retirement Age; (iii) had retired on his Earliest Retirement Age and elected to receive his Retirement Income under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity; and (iv) had died on the next day.

(d) Notwithstanding (b) and (c) above, if during the 90 day period preceding the Participant's Annuity Starting Date the Participant had elected (with spousal consent) to receive a Joint and Last Survivor Option (as described in Section 6.02) with his Spouse as his Beneficiary, the Spouse's Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be determined assuming the Participant had retired under the Joint and Last Survivor Option instead of the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity.

(e) The Spouse may elect to receive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commencing as of the date of the Participant's deemed Retirement or as of the first day of any succeeding month. In no event will the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence later than the date the Participant would have attained his Normal Retirement Date or the first day of the month following the Participant's death, if later. The monthly Retirement Income of a delayed Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall equal the Actuarial Equivalent of a Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commencing as of the

-31-

                  date of the Participant's deemed Retirement. If the Spouse
                  dies prior to the commencement of the Pre-Retirement Survivor
                  Annuity, no monthly Retirement Income payments shall be made
                  under this Section 5.01.

         (f)      If the Participant does not have three years of Vesting
                  Service at the time of his death, if the Participant dies
                  without a Spouse, or if the Participant dies after his Annuity
                  Starting Date, neither the Participant's Spouse nor the
                  Participant's Beneficiary shall be entitled to Retirement
                  Income under this Section 5.01.

5.02     GPC Death Benefit Plan.

         The Company established a self-funded death benefit (the "GPC Death
         Benefit"). If a surviving Spouse is otherwise entitled to the
         Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, the surviving Spouse may waive the
         Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity and in lieu thereof elect the GPC Death
         Benefit (if otherwise available under the terms of the GPC Death
         Benefit). It is the purpose of this Section 5.02 that if an individual
         receives the GPC Death Benefit, no Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity
         shall be payable under this Plan.

5.03     Death After Normal Retirement Date but Prior to Delayed Retirement
         Date.

         (a)      Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
                  contrary, any Participant who remains in Employment after his
                  Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to elect an optional
                  death benefit in lieu of the death benefits provided under
                  Sections 5.01 or 5.02. The Participant shall elect such
                  optional death benefit by selecting one of the following
                  options on a form provided by the Plan Administrator for such
                  purpose.

                  (i)      A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that
                           would have been paid to the Participant's Beneficiary
                           assuming the Participant had retired on the first day
                           of the month preceding his death and had elected to
                           receive Retirement Income under the Ten Years Certain
                           and Life Option (See Section 6.02(a)(i)). Such death
                           benefit shall be paid to the Participant's
                           Beneficiary for a period of ten years commencing on
                           the first day of the month following the
                           Participant's death.

                  (ii)     A death benefit equal to the monthly amount that
                           would have been paid to the Participant's Beneficiary
                           assuming the Participant had retired on the first day
                           of the month preceding his death and had elected to
                           receive Retirement Income under the Joint and Last
                           Survivor Option (See Section 6.02(a)(ii)) with the
                           Participant's Beneficiary receiving 50%, 75%, or 100%
                           (as designated by the Participant) of the monthly
                           Retirement Income payable to the

                                      -32-

                           Participant during the Participant's lifetime. Such
                           death benefit will be paid to the Participant's
                           Beneficiary for the Beneficiary's lifetime beginning
                           on the first day of the month following the
                           Participant's death.

         (b)      A married Participant's election of the optional death benefit
                  provided by this Section 5.03 shall be void unless the
                  Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the explanation of the
                  Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity) consents in writing on a form
                  provided by the Plan Administrator in the presence of a Notary
                  Public or Plan representative to the Participant's election of
                  such optional death benefit. The Spouse's consent must
                  acknowledge the effect of such consent and must specifically
                  state the non-Spouse beneficiary, if any, selected by the
                  Participant. However, if the Participant establishes to the
                  satisfaction of the Plan Administrator that his Spouse's
                  consent cannot be obtained because he has no Spouse, because
                  his Spouse cannot be located, or because of other
                  circumstances as determined by applicable Treasury
                  Regulations, the Committee may treat the Participant's
                  election as an election for which spousal consent was
                  obtained. A Spouse's consent pursuant to this paragraph shall
                  be irrevocable.

         (c)      A married Participant may revoke his election of the optional
                  death benefit provided by this Section 5.03 at any time prior
                  to his Delayed Retirement Date. Furthermore, the Participant's
                  election to receive such optional death benefit shall cease to
                  be valid upon the remarriage of the Participant following the
                  death or divorce of the Spouse giving the consent to such
                  optional death benefit. If the Participant revokes his
                  election or if such election otherwise ceases to be valid, any
                  death benefit payable to the Participant's Spouse shall be
                  determined pursuant to Section 5.01.

5.04     Death On or After the Annuity Starting Date.

         Neither the Participant's Spouse nor the Participant's Beneficiary
         shall be entitled to a Retirement Income under this Article V if the
         Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date. Instead, any
         benefit payable to the Participant's Spouse or Beneficiary will be
         determined pursuant to Article VI.

5.05     Purchase of Insurance Policies.

         The Committee may in its discretion direct the Trustee to purchase life
         insurance policies on the lives of Participants in amounts not
         exceeding the death benefits herein provided. Any policy so purchased
         shall name the Trustee as the beneficiary and owner thereof. The
         Committee shall select the Insurer or Insurers providing any such
         policies, establish the terms and conditions thereof, and the premiums
         payable therefor. The Committee shall furnish the Trustee with properly
         completed application forms for its signature. The Committee shall

                                      -33-

         instruct the Trustee in all matters pertaining to any policy issued
         hereunder, including inter alia, the application of any dividends
         payable on any policy. If the Committee shall so direct, the Trustee
         shall enter into agreements in such form as the Committee shall direct
         with an Insurer whereby the Insurer retains custody of any insurance
         policies issued hereunder.

5.06     Lump Sum Distribution to Beneficiary.

         The Plan Administrator shall pay a Spouse or Beneficiary his or her
         Retirement Income under this Article V in a single lump sum in lieu of
         the Spouse's or Beneficiary's monthly Retirement Income, provided the
         Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Spouse's or Beneficiary's
         monthly Retirement Income payments is $5,000 or less. Notwithstanding
         anything to the contrary in this Plan, payment of any such lump sum
         shall act as a complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to provide
         any benefit to the Spouse or any Beneficiary. This provision is
         effective January 1, 2002 and applies to any Spouse and Beneficiary
         whose Annuity Starting Date has not commenced as of January 1, 2002.

-34-

ARTICLE VI

OPTIONAL FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME

6.01     Automatic Forms of Payment.

         If a Participant does not have a Spouse on his Annuity Starting Date,
         the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable under the Life
         Annuity Option described below unless the Participant otherwise elects
         under Section 6.02. If a Participant has a Spouse on his Annuity
         Starting Date, the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable
         under the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity described below unless the
         Participant (with spousal consent) otherwise elects under Section 6.02.

         (a)      Life Annuity Option is a monthly Retirement Income payable
                  during the Participant's lifetime, with payments ceasing upon
                  the Participant's death.

         (b)      Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity is a monthly Retirement Income
                  equal to the reduced Actuarial Equivalent of the Life Annuity
                  Option. The Retirement Income shall be payable to the
                  Participant for his life, and upon the Participant's death,
                  50% of such Retirement Income shall be payable to the
                  Participant's Spouse for the Spouse's life. Such Retirement
                  Income shall cease on the later of the death of the
                  Participant or the death of the Participant's Spouse.

6.02     Optional Forms of Payment.

         (a)      Within 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting
                  Date, the Participant may elect to receive any of the
                  following optional forms of payment in lieu of the automatic
                  form of payment described in Section 6.01. In addition, a
                  married Participant may designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary to
                  receive the Retirement Income, if any, that is payable upon
                  such Participant's death.

                  (i)      Ten Years Certain and Life Option is a monthly
                           Retirement Income equal to the reduced Actuarial
                           Equivalent of the Life Annuity Option. The Retirement
                           Income shall be payable to the Participant during his
                           lifetime and, in the event of the Participant's death
                           within a period of ten years after the commencement
                           of benefits, the same monthly amount shall be payable
                           to the Participant's Beneficiary for the remainder of
                           such ten-year period.

                  (ii)     Joint and Last Survivor Option is a monthly
                           Retirement Income equal to the reduced Actuarial
                           Equivalent of the Life Annuity

                                      -35-

                           Option. The Retirement Income shall be payable to the
                           Participant for his life, and upon the Participant's
                           death, a designated percentage (100%, 75%, or 50%) of
                           the Participant's Retirement Income shall be payable
                           to the Participant's Beneficiary for the
                           Beneficiary's life. Such Retirement Income shall
                           cease on the later of the death of the Participant or
                           the death of the Participant's Beneficiary.

         (b)      A married Participant's election to receive an optional form
                  of payment or to designate a non-Spouse Beneficiary shall be
                  valid only if the Participant's Spouse (after receipt of the
                  written explanation described in Section 6.02(d)) consents in
                  writing on a form provided by the Committee in the presence of
                  a Notary Public or Plan representative to the Participant's
                  election. The Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of
                  such consent and must specifically state the non-Spouse
                  beneficiary, if any, selected by the Participant. However, if
                  the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the
                  Committee that his Spouse's consent cannot be obtained because
                  he has no Spouse, because his Spouse cannot be located, or
                  because of other circumstances as determined by applicable
                  Treasury Regulations, the Committee may treat the
                  Participant's election as an election for which spousal
                  consent was obtained. A Spouse's consent pursuant to this
                  paragraph shall be irrevocable.

         (c)      A Participant may revoke his election of an optional form of
                  payment or make a new election (provided any required spousal
                  consent is obtained) at any time prior to his Annuity Starting
                  Date. Furthermore, the Participant's election shall cease to
                  be valid upon the marriage of the Participant or upon the
                  remarriage of the Participant following the death or divorce
                  of the Spouse giving the consent to the Participant's
                  election. If the Participant revokes his election or if such
                  election otherwise ceases to be valid, the Participant's
                  Retirement Income shall be payable under the applicable
                  automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.

         (d)      Prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Plan
                  Administrator shall provide an election form on which the
                  Participant may elect an optional form of benefit. In addition
                  to the election form, the Plan Administrator shall provide
                  each Participant a written explanation of the applicable
                  automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01 and the
                  optional forms of payment described in Section 6.02(a). Such
                  explanation should describe the circumstances under which
                  Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity will be provided, and an
                  explanation of the financial effect of electing not to have
                  such form. Furthermore, the written explanation shall provide
                  a general description of the eligibility conditions (if any)
                  and other material features of the optional forms of payment
                  including sufficient information regarding the relative values
                  of the optional forms of payment

                                      -36-

                  and the automatic form of payment. If payment is scheduled to
                  commence prior to the Participant's Normal Retirement Date,
                  the written explanation must also inform the Participant of
                  his right to defer receipt of the distribution until his
                  Normal Retirement Date. If a Participant makes a request for
                  additional information that is received 90 days prior to the
                  Annuity Starting Date, such information must be furnished
                  within 30 days. The Participant will then be entitled to a
                  90-day period in which to make or change an election, even if
                  such 90-day period extends beyond the Participant's Annuity
                  Starting Date and, in such case, the Participant's first
                  payment shall be made after such election form has been
                  received, on a retroactive basis, if necessary.

         (e)      If the Participant elects the Joint and Last Survivor Option
                  and the Participant's Beneficiary dies prior to the
                  Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's
                  election shall be null and void and, unless the Participant
                  makes another election or selects another Beneficiary (with
                  spousal consent if required), the Participant's Retirement
                  Income shall be payable in accordance with the applicable
                  automatic form of payment described in Section 6.01.

         (f)      If the Participant elects the Ten Year Certain and Life Option
                  and the Participant's Beneficiary fails to survive the
                  Participant, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's
                  Spouse, if living, otherwise to the Participant's descendants
                  who shall take per stirpes. If there are no surviving
                  descendants, the Beneficiary shall be the Participant's
                  estate.

         (g)      An "alternate payee" may, pursuant to a "qualified domestic
                  relations order" (as such terms are defined in Code Section
                  414(p)), receive a distribution in the form of a Life Annuity
                  Option or in the form of any optional form of benefit
                  described in this Section 6.02(a). However, neither an
                  alternate payee nor the alternate payee's spouse may receive a
                  distribution in the form of a Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity
                  or in any other form prohibited by applicable law.

         (h)      Notwithstanding the notice and election periods described in
                  this Section 6.02, the written explanation described in
                  Section 6.02(d) (and Section 417(a)(3)(A) of the Code) may be
                  provided after the Annuity Starting Date. The 90-day
                  applicable election period to waive the Joint and 50% Survivor
                  Annuity shall not end before the 30th day after the date on
                  which such explanation is provided. This provision shall be
                  interpreted in accordance with the provisions of Code Section
                  417(a)(7)(A) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

                  A Participant may elect (with any applicable spousal consent)
                  to waive any requirement that the written explanation be
                  provided at least 30 days

                                      -37-

                  before the Annuity Starting Date (or waive the 30-day
                  requirement under the preceding paragraph) if the distribution
                  commences more than 7 days after such explanation is provided,
                  as long as: (1) the Participant has been provided with
                  information that clearly indicates that the Participant has at
                  least 30 days to consider whether to waive the Joint and 50%
                  Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent) a form of
                  distribution other than the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity
                  and; (2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any
                  affirmative distribution election at least until the Annuity
                  Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the
                  expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the
                  explanation of the Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity is provided
                  to the Participant.

                  This paragraph (h) shall be effective January 1, 2002.

6.03     Special Distribution Rules.

         (a)      In no event may the payment of Retirement Income commence
                  later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the

Plan Year in which:

(i) the Participant attains age 65;

(ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in this Plan; or

(iii) the Participant's termination of Employment.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution to the Participant shall commence not later than April 1 following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. However, if a Participant is not a 5% owner of an Employer (as defined in Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder), such Participant's Retirement Income shall commence no later than April 1 following the calendar year in which he terminates his Employment. (The applicable commencement date described above, is referred to as the "required beginning date"). However, a Participant who is in active Employment, who is not a 5% owner and who attained age 70-1/2 after December 31, 1996 and prior to January 1, 1999, may elect to receive a distribution under this Section 6.03 prior to his or her Termination Date. This Section 6.03 shall be effective January 1, 1997.

(b) The entire interest of each Participant in this Plan will be distributed, beginning not later than the required beginning date described in paragraph (a) above, over the life of such Participant or over the lives of such Participant and his beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the

-38-

life expectancy of such Participant or the life expectancy of such Participant and his beneficiary).

(c) If distribution of a Participant's interest has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and if the Participant dies before his entire interest has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of such interest will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under paragraph (b) as of the date of the Participant's death.

(d) If a Participant dies before distribution of the Participant's interest has begun in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the entire interest of the Participant must be distributed within five years after the death of the Participant unless

(i) any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to or for the benefit of his beneficiary;

(ii) such portion will be distributed over the life of the beneficiary (or over a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the beneficiary); and

(iii) such distributions begin not later than one year after the date of the Participant's death or such later date as may be prescribed in Treasury regulations.

If the conditions stated in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) are met, then the portion referred to in clause (i) shall be treated as distributed on the date on which distributions begin. If the Beneficiary referred to in clause (i) above is the surviving spouse of the Participant, then the date on which the distributions are required to begin under clause
(iii) above shall not be earlier than the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, and if the surviving spouse dies before distributions to such spouse begin, this paragraph shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

The Participant's Beneficiary may elect whether the Participant's entire interest will be distributed within five years of the Participant's death or pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (i) - (iii) above. Such election must be made within the time limits described in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, C-4. If no election is made, the Plan Administrator shall distribute the Participant's entire interest pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (i) - (iii) above.

6.04 Small Payments.

-39-

         Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Plan
         Administrator shall pay a Participant's, Spouse's or Beneficiary's
         Retirement Income in a single lump sum if, as of the payment date, the
         Actuarial Equivalent present value of the Participants' vested
         Retirement Income is $5,000 or less and monthly Retirement Income
         payments to the Participant have not commenced. Notwithstanding
         anything to the contrary in this Plan, the payment of any such lump sum
         shall act as a complete discharge of the Plan's obligation to provide
         any benefit to the Participant, his Spouse, or any Beneficiary of such
         Participant or Spouse. In the event of the subsequent employment of a
         Participant who has received a single sum cash payment pursuant to this
         paragraph, such Participant shall continue to accrue a benefit under
         this Plan based on service before and after his date of reemployment
         subject to all the provisions of this Plan; provided, however, that any
         Retirement Income subsequently payable to the Participant and his
         Beneficiaries shall be reduced on an actuarial equivalent basis by the
         value of the single sum payment received under this paragraph. This
         Section 6.04 shall be effective January 1, 1998.

6.05     Application For Commencement of Benefits.

         A Participant must apply to have Retirement Income commence. The
         application must be on the form prescribed by the Committee, and must
         be filed with the Committee not more than 90 days prior to the
         Participant's Annuity Starting Date. Also see 6.02(h) for delayed
         elections.

6.06     Miscellaneous.

         Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, if the amount of any
         Retirement Income computed under the Plan is other than an even dollar
         amount, then the amount of the Retirement Income payable shall be
         increased to the next larger even dollar amount.

6.07     Direct Rollover.

         (a)      This section applies to distributions made on or after January
                  1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
                  contrary that would otherwise limit a Distributee's election
                  under this section, a Distributee may elect, at the time and
                  in the manner prescribed by the Committee, to have any portion
                  of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an
                  Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee in a
                  direct rollover.

-40-

(b) Definitions.

(i) Eligible Rollover Distribution. An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of the Distributee, except that an Eligible Rollover Distribution does not include (i) any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the Distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Distributee and the Distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (ii) any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code; (iii) the portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); and (iv) effective as of January 1, 2000, hardship withdrawals as defined in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV).

(ii) Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in
Section 408(a) of the Code, an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code, that accepts the Distributee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the surviving spouse, an Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

(iii) Distributee. A Distributee includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code, are Distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

(iv) Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Distributee.

(c) If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under
Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:

-41-

                  (i)      the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
                           Participant that the Participant has a right to a
                           period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice
                           to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a
                           distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
                           distribution option), and

                  (ii)     the Participant, after receiving the notice,
                           affirmatively elects a distribution.

         (d)      Application to Plan. Life Annuity payments, Joint and 50%
                  Survivor Annuity payments, Ten Year Certain and Life Annuities
                  and Joint and Last Survivor Annuities are not Eligible
                  Rollovers and are not subject to the requirements of this
                  Section 6.07. However, lump sum payments of small benefits and
                  certain death benefits (if paid over a period of time less
                  than 10 years) are subject to this Section 6.07 and may be
                  directly rolled over to another Eligible Retirement Plan

6.08     Distributions Pursuant to Qualified Domestic Relations Orders.

         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, a "qualified
         domestic relations order", as defined in Code Section 414(p), may
         provide that any amount to be distributed to an alternate payee may be
         distributed immediately in a single lump sum or single life annuity
         even though the Participant is not yet entitled to a distribution under
         the Plan. The intent of this Section is to provide for the distribution
         of benefits to an alternate payee as permitted by Treasury Regulation
         1.401(a)-13(g)(3). This Section 6.08 shall be effective January 1,
         2000.

-42-

ARTICLE VII

METHOD OF FINANCING

7.01     Establishment of Trust Fund. The Board shall designate a Trustee or
         Trustee(s) to serve as herein provided and Trust Agreement(s) shall be
         executed between the Employer and such Trustee(s). The Trust
         Agreement(s), the terms of which are incorporated by reference, shall
         govern the establishment of the Fund or Fund(s) from which the benefits
         provided by the Plan shall be paid.

7.02     Employer Contributions. The Employer shall contribute to the Fund from
         time to time such amounts as the Board or its designee shall determine,
         based upon the recommendations of an Actuary, in order to fund the
         benefits provided hereunder on an actuarially sound basis. All Employer
         contributions when made to the Fund and all property and funds of the
         Trust Fund, including income from investments and from all other
         sources, shall be retained for the exclusive benefits of Participants
         and Beneficiaries and shall be used to pay Retirement Income provided
         hereunder or to pay expenses of administration of the Plan and the
         Trust Fund provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent the
         Trustee from entering into agreement with an Insurer whereby the
         Insurer maintains custody of insurance policies in accordance with
         5.04.

         Upon an Employer's request and to the extent permitted by the Code and
         other applicable laws and regulations thereunder, a contribution which
         was made by a mistake in fact, or conditioned upon the initial
         qualification of the Plan under Code Section 401(a) or upon the
         deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code shall
         be returned to the Employer within one year after the payment of the
         contribution, the denial of the Plan's initial qualification, or the
         disallowance of the deduction (to the extent disallowed) whichever is
         applicable. All contributions to the Plan are expressly made upon the
         assumption such contributions are fully deductible for federal income
         tax purposes.

7.03     Participant Contributions. No contributions shall be required of or
         permitted by any Participant under this Plan.

7.04     Miscellaneous.

         (a)      Any actuarial gains arising from actuarial experience under
                  the Plan shall be used to reduce the Employer contributions
                  and will not be used to increase any benefits payable under
                  this Plan. No forfeiture arising from severance of employment,
                  death or for any other reason, shall be applied to increase
                  the benefits any Participant would otherwise receive under the
                  Plan at any time prior to the termination of the Plan or the
                  complete discontinuance of Employer contributions hereunder,
                  but all amounts so

                                      -43-

                  forfeited shall be used as soon as possible to reduce the
                  Employer contributions under the Plan.

         (b)      No person shall have any interest in or right to the Fund or
                  any part thereof, except as expressly provided in the Plan.

-44-

ARTICLE VIII

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

8.01 Named Fiduciaries.

(a) The following parties are named as Fiduciaries of the Plan and shall have the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan:

(1) The Board;

(2) The Trustee(s);

(3) The Committee; and

(4) The Insurer.

(b) The Fiduciaries named above shall have only the powers and duties hereinafter expressly enumerated and shall have no other powers and duties under the Plan. In discharging their powers and duties hereunder, the Fiduciaries shall act in accordance with the Standard of Fiduciary Duty set forth in 8.07.

8.02 Board of Directors.

(a) The Board shall have the following powers and duties with respect to the Plan:

(1) to formulate and to implement a funding policy designed to produce sufficient funds to discharge when due all obligations of the Plan with respect to the benefits provided hereunder;

(2) to cause the Employer to make contributions to the Plan pursuant to the funding policy and based on the recommendations of the Actuary in such amounts as are necessary to fund the Plan on a basis permitted under
Section 302 of the Act;

(3) to appoint and remove the members of the Committee as provided herein; and

(4) to terminate the Plan in whole or in part pursuant to the procedures provided hereunder.

-45-

         (b)      The Executive Committee of the Board or its designee shall
                  have the power to amend any or all of the provisions of the
                  Plan. (However, see 8.06(c) for certain amendment powers
                  granted to the Committee).

         (c)      The Board shall have no other responsibilities with respect
                  to the Plan.

8.03     Trustee(s).

         The Trustee(s) shall exercise all of the powers and duties assigned to
         the Trustee(s) as set forth in the Trust Agreement(s). The Trustee(s)
         shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan. (See
         Section 2.52 and Schedule C.)

8.04     Insurer.

         An Insurer which issues an insurance policy under 5.04 shall perform
         its obligations under any such policy in accordance with the terms
         thereof. An Insurer which agrees to maintain custody of such policies
         in accordance with 5.04 shall hold and safeguard such policies subject
         to the provisions of the written agreement with the Trustee. The
         Insurer shall have no other responsibilities with respect to the Plan.

8.05     Pension and Benefits Committee.

         (a)      The Committee shall consist of not less than three individuals
                  who shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the
                  Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. Any
                  Participant, officer, former officer or director of any
                  Employer shall be eligible to be appointed a member of the
                  Committee and all members shall serve as such without
                  compensation. Upon termination of his employment with such
                  Employer or upon termination of his position as a director, if
                  not a Participant or former officer, he shall cease to be a
                  member of the Committee. The Board or the Compensation and
                  Stock Option Committee shall have the right to remove any
                  member of the Committee at any time. A member may resign at
                  any time by written notice to the Committee and the Board or
                  the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. If a vacancy in
                  the Committee should occur, a successor shall be appointed by
                  the Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee. The
                  Committee shall by written notice keep the Trustee notified of
                  current membership of the Committee, its officers and agents.
                  The Committee shall furnish the Trustee a certified signature
                  card for each member of the Committee and for all purposes
                  hereunder the Trustee shall be conclusively entitled to rely
                  upon such certified signatures.

         (b)      The Board or the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall
                  appoint a Chairman and a Secretary from among the members of
                  the

                                      -46-

                  Committee. All resolutions, determinations and other actions
                  shall be by a majority vote of all members of the Committee.
                  The Committee may appoint such agents, who need not be members
                  of the Committee, as it deems necessary for the effective
                  performance of its duties, and may delegate to such agents
                  such powers and duties, whether ministerial or discretionary,
                  as the Committee deems expedient or appropriate. The
                  compensation of such agents shall be fixed by the Committee;
                  provided, however, that in no event shall compensation be paid
                  if such payment violates the provisions of Section 406 of the
                  Act and is not exempted from such prohibitions by Section 408
                  of the Act.

         (c)      The Committee shall have complete control of the
                  administration of the Plan with all powers necessary to enable
                  it to properly carry out the provisions of the Plan. In
                  addition to all implied powers and responsibilities necessary
                  to carry out the objectives of the Plan and to comply with the
                  requirements of the Act, the Committee shall have the
                  following specific powers and responsibilities:

                  (1)      to construe the Plan and Trust Agreement and to
                           determine all questions arising in the
                           administration, interpretation and operation of the
                           Plan;

                  (2)      to decide all questions relating to the eligibility
                           of Employees to participate in and to receive
                           benefits under the Plan and Trust Agreement;

                  (3)      to determine the benefits of the Plan to which any
                           Participant or Beneficiary may be entitled;

                  (4)      to adopt procedures for providing adequate notice in
                           writing to any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim
                           for benefits under the Plan is denied, which notice
                           shall set forth the specific reasons for such denial
                           (written in a manner calculated to be understood by
                           the Participant or Beneficiary); and to provide a
                           procedure for affording a reasonable opportunity to
                           any Participant or Beneficiary whose claim for
                           benefits has been denied, a full and fair review by
                           the Committee of the decision denying the claim;

                  (5)      to keep records of all acts and determinations of the
                           Committee, and to keep all such records, books of
                           accounts, data and other documents as may be
                           necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;

                  (6)      to prepare and distribute to all Plan Participants
                           and Beneficiaries information concerning the Plan and
                           their rights under the Plan,

                                      -47-

                           including, but not limited to, all information which
                           is required to be distributed by the Act, the
                           regulations thereunder, or by any other applicable
                           law;

                  (7)      to file with the Secretary of Labor such reports and
                           additional documents as may be required by the Act
                           and regulations issued thereunder, including, but not
                           limited to, a plan description, summary plan
                           description, modifications and changes, annual
                           reports, terminal reports and supplementary reports;

                  (8)      to file with the Secretary of the Treasury and the
                           Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation all reports and
                           information required to be filed by the Internal
                           Revenue Code, the Act and regulations issued under
                           each;

                  (9)      to do all things necessary to operate and administer
                           the Plan in accordance with its provisions and in
                           compliance with applicable provisions of federal law;

                  (10)     to amend certain portions of this Plan as
                           specifically delegated to the Committee in this Plan
                           (e.g., any Schedule authorizing Affiliated Sponsors
                           to participate in the Plan, etc.), to amend the Plan
                           to comply with changes in law recommended by legal
                           counsel that are necessary to maintain the tax
                           qualified status of the Plan and to make other
                           amendments to the Plan that do not materially
                           increase the costs associated with the plan.; and

(11) to appoint and remove the Trustee(s).

(d) Miscellaneous. To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information of all matters relating to the compensation and length of service of all Participants, their retirement, death or other cause of termination of employment, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The Committee shall advise the Trustee of such facts and issue to the Trustee such instructions as may be required by the Trustee in the administration of the Plan. The Committee and the Employer shall be entitled to rely upon all certificates and reports made by a Certified Public Accountant selected or approved by the Company. The Committee, the Employer and its officers and the Trustee, shall be fully protected in respect of any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in reliance upon the advice or opinion of any actuary, accountant or attorney, and all action so taken or suffered shall be conclusive upon each of them and upon all other persons interested in the Plan.

-48-

8.06     Standard of Fiduciary Duty.

         Any Fiduciary, or any person designated by a Fiduciary to carry out
         fiduciary responsibilities with respect to the Plan, shall discharge
         his duties solely in the interests of the Participants end
         Beneficiaries for the exclusive purpose of providing them with benefits
         and defraying the reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Any
         Fiduciary shall discharge his duties with the care, skill, prudence and
         diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man
         acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in
         the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.
         Any Fiduciary shall discharge his duties in accordance with the
         documents and instruments governing the Plan insofar as such documents
         and instruments are consistent with the provisions of the Act.
         Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no Fiduciary shall be
         authorized to engage in any transaction which is prohibited by Sections
         406 and 2003(a) of the Act or Section 4975 of the Code in the
         performance of its duties hereunder.

8.07     Indemnification of Committee.

         To the extent permitted under the Act, the Plan shall indemnify the
         Board, the Compensation and Stock Option Committee and the Committee
         against any cost or liability which they may incur in the course of
         administering the Plan and executing the duties assigned pursuant to
         the Plan. The Employer shall indemnify the Committee, the Compensation
         and Stock Option Committee and the members of the Board against any
         personal liability or cost not provided for in the preceding sentence
         which they may incur as a result of any act or omission in relation to
         the Plan or its Participants. The Employer may purchase fiduciary
         liability insurance to insure its obligation under this Section.

8.08     Claims Procedure.

         Any Participant, Former Participant, Beneficiary, Spouse or legal
         representative thereof (hereinafter referred to as "Claimant"), may
         file a claim for benefits under the Plan by submitting to the Committee
         a written statement describing the nature of the claim and requesting a
         determination of its validity under the terms of the Plan. All
         applications for benefits must be submitted within the "applicable
         limitations period." The "applicable limitations period" shall be two
         years, beginning on (i) the date on which the payment was made, or (ii)
         for all other claims, the date on which the action complained or
         grieved of occurred. Within sixty (60) days after the date such claim
         is received by the Committee, it shall issue a ruling with respect to
         the claim.

         If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing,
         the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension
         prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however,
         shall the extension of time

                                      -49-

         delay the Committee's decision on such appeal beyond one hundred twenty
         (120) days following receipt of the actual request. If the claim is
         wholly or partially denied, written notice shall be furnished to the
         claimant, which notice shall set forth in a manner calculated to be

understood by the Claimant:

(a) the specific reason or reasons for denial;

(b) specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(d) an explanation of the claims review procedures.

Any Claimant whose claim for benefits has been denied, may appeal such denial by submitting to the Committee a written statement requesting a further review of the decision within sixty (60) days of the date the Claimant receives a notice of such denial. Such statement shall set forth the reasons supporting the claim, the reason such claim should not have been denied, and any other issues or comments which the Claimant deems appropriate with respect to the claim.

If the Claimant shall request in writing, the Committee shall make copies of the Plan documents pertinent to his claim available for examination by the Claimant.

Within sixty (60) days after the request for further review is received, the Committee shall review its determination of benefits and the reasons therefor and notify the claimant of its final decision.

If special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, the Committee shall send the Claimant written notice of the extension prior to the termination of the 60-day period. In no case, however, shall the extension of time delay the Committee's decision on such appeal request beyond one hundred twenty (120) days following receipt of the actual request.

Such written notice shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The decision of the Committee on any claim for benefits shall be final and conclusive upon all persons, and a Participant, or his Beneficiary or legal representative, shall not be permitted to bring suit at law or equity on an application without first exhausting the remedies available hereunder.

-50-

         No action at law or in equity to recover under this Plan shall be
         commenced later than one year from the date of the decision on review
         (or if no decision is furnished within 120 days of receipt of the
         request for review, one year after the 120th day after receipt of the
         request for review).

         This Section 8.08 shall be effective January 1, 2002. Prior to such
         date, the claims procedure of the Prior Plan apply.

8.09     Appointment of Investment Manager.

         The Company, acting through its Chief Executive Officer or the
         Committee, may from time to time appoint (and remove) one or more
         investment fund managers (the "Investment Manager") who shall have the
         authority to direct investments to be made by the Trustee with respect
         to all or any part of the assets of the Trust Fund. Any such Investment
         Managers must either be registered as an investment advisor under the
         Investment Advisors Act of 1940 or be a bank, as defined in such Act.
         Any Investment Managers appointed under this Section shall acknowledge,
         in writing, its acceptance of such appointment and that it is a
         fiduciary with respect to the assets of the Trust Fund subject to its
         investment direction. Upon receipt of written notice of the appointment
         of an Investment Manager, the Trustee shall perform such custodial and
         disbursing functions and ministerial acts relating to investments
         directed by the Investment Manager as may be required to carry out the
         administration of the Trust Fund but shall be relieved of all
         responsibility for investment or failure to invest that portion of the
         Trust Fund subject to investment direction by the Investment Manager
         during the period of appointment of such Investment Manager.

-51-

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

9.01     Amendment of the Plan.

         The Compensation and Stock Option Committee or its designee (or the
         Committee to the extent permitted by Section 8.06(c)) shall have the
         right, at any time, to amend any or all of the provisions of the Plan;
         provided, however, that no such amendment shall authorize or permit any
         part of the Fund held by the Trustee to be diverted to purposes other
         than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries;
         and further provided that no amendment shall have the effect of
         revesting in the Employer any portion of the Fund except such amounts
         as may, due to erroneous actuarial computation, remain in the Fund
         after termination of the Plan and after all liabilities under the Plan
         have been satisfied.

9.02     Termination of the Plan.

         (a)      The Employer expects this Plan to be continued indefinitely
                  but, of necessity, the right to terminate the Plan and its
                  Contributions hereunder at any time with respect to its
                  Employees is reserved by the Company. In the event that it
                  becomes necessary to terminate or partially terminate the
                  Plan, or there is a complete discontinuance of Employer
                  contribution, then the Accrued Benefit of each Participant, to
                  the extent funded, shall become fully vested and
                  non-forfeitable as of the date of such termination or partial
                  termination in the manner hereinafter provided in this Section
                  9.02.

         (b)      If the Company shall elect to terminate the Plan, the Board or
                  the Compensation and Stock Option Committee shall give written
                  notice of such fact to the Committee, thereafter the Committee
                  shall wind up the affairs of the Plan and file all requests
                  for determinations, notices of intent to terminate and
                  terminal reports as may be required by the Internal Revenue
                  Code, the Act and regulations issued thereunder.

         (c)      In the event that the Plan shall be terminated or partially
                  terminated, the Committee shall then allocate the assets of
                  the Plan among the Employers and, with respect to each
                  terminating Employer separately, shall arrange for the assets
                  of the Plan (available to provide benefits) to be allocated
                  among the Participants and Beneficiaries in accordance with
                  Section 4044 of the Act and regulations issued thereunder, in

the following order:

(1) FIRST, in the case of benefits payable as an annuity

(A) To benefits which were being paid as of three years prior to the date of termination of the Plan, with the amount to be

-52-

allocated to each such benefit, based on the provisions of the Plan in effect during the 5-year period preceding the date of termination under which such benefit would be the least,

(B) To benefits which would have been paid as of three years prior to the date of termination
(i) if the Participant had retired prior to the three-year period and (ii) if his benefits had commenced (in the normal form of annuity under the Plan) as of the beginning of such three-year period, with the amount to be allocated to each such benefit determined under the provisions of the Plan in effect during the five-year period preceding the date of termination under which the benefit would be the least.

(2) SECOND, to all other benefits guaranteed by the termination insurance provisions of Title IV of the Act (with the amount to be allocated to each such benefit determined without regard to the limitation contained in Section 4022(b)(5) of the Act on the amount of guaranteed non-forfeitable basic benefits), including those benefits which would have been guaranteed except for the limitation on coverage of a "substantial owner" under Section 4022(b)(6) of the Act.

(3) THIRD, to all other uninsured, non-forfeitable benefits under the Plan.

(4) FOURTH, to all other benefits under the Plan.

(d) If the assets available for allocation of any class specified above are insufficient to satisfy in full the benefits of all individuals within that class, the assets shall be allocated pro rata among such individuals on the basis of present value (as of the termination date) of their respective benefits.

(e) The Committee shall then arrange for the Trustee to liquidate the assets held in the Fund which are applicable to each terminating Employer and shall secure from the Trustee a statement of the liquidated value of such assets. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Trustee to purchase from an insurance company an annuity contract or contracts which provides the benefits to which each Participant or Beneficiary is entitled. The Trustee shall distribute the assets in accordance with the directions of the Committee.

-53-

(f) Any residual assets of the Plan remaining after distribution in accordance with the preceding paragraphs shall be distributed to the Employer, provided:

(1) all liabilities of the Plan to Participants and Beneficiaries have been satisfied, and

(2) the distribution does not contravene any provision of law.

9.03 Restriction On Certain Benefits and Distributions.

(a) In the event the Plan is terminated, the benefits provided to any Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee shall be limited to a benefit that is nondiscriminatory within the meaning of Code
Section 401(a)(4).

(b) The annual distribution to a Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee cannot exceed the annual payment under a Life Annuity (as defined in Section 6.01(a)) based on the Actuarial Equivalence of the Participant's Accrued Benefit and other benefits under the Plan.

(c) The restriction in Section 9.03(b) shall not apply under the following circumstances:

(i) After payment of the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee's Retirement Income, the value of the Plan's assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the value of the Plan's Current Liabilities.

(ii) The value of the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee's Retirement Income is less than one percent of the value of the Plan's Current Liabilities (determined before the distribution to the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee).

(iii) The value of benefits payable to the Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee does not exceed the dollar amount of Code Section 411(a)(ii)(A) (currently $5,000).

(d) The restrictions of this Section 9.03 (including paragraphs
(a) and (b)) shall not apply if the Commissioner of Internal Revenue or his/her delegate determines that such restrictions are not necessary to prevent prohibited discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees in the event of an early termination of the Plan.

(e) An Employee's otherwise restricted benefit may be distributed in full to the affected Employee if, prior to receipt of the Restricted Amount, the Employee enters into a written agreement with the Plan Administrator to

-54-

secure repayment to the Plan of the Restricted Amount. The Employee may secure repayment of the Restricted Amount upon distribution by:

(i) entering into an agreement for promptly depositing in escrow with an acceptable depository property having a fair market value equal to at least 125 percent of the Restricted Amount;

(ii) providing an acceptable bank letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 100 percent of the Restricted Amount;

(iii) posting an acceptable bond equal to at least 100 percent of the Restricted Amount. If the Employee elects to post bond, the bond will be furnished by an insurance company, bonding company or other surety for federal bonds; or

(iv) any combination of Options (i), (ii), or (iii); however, any combination that includes Option (i) shall be in an aggregate amount not less than 125 percent of the Restricted Amount.

The escrow arrangement under Option (i) may provide that an Employee may withdraw amounts in excess of 125 percent of the Restricted Amount. The escrow arrangement must provide that if the market value of the property in an escrow account falls below 110 percent of the remaining Restricted Amount, the Employee will deposit additional property to bring the value of the property held by the depository up to 125 percent of the Restricted Amount. The escrow arrangement may provide that Employee may have the right to receive any income from the property placed in escrow, subject to the Employee's obligation to deposit additional property, as set forth in the preceding sentence.

Where Option (i) is combined with Option (ii) and/or Option
(iii) to secure repayment, if the fair market value of the property in the escrow account falls and causes the aggregate value of the security to fall below 110 percent of the Restricted Amount, then the Employee is obligated to deposit additional property in the escrow account and/or increase the value(s) of the letter of credit or bond so that the aggregate value of the security equals at least 125 percent of the Restricted Amount.

Where the participant elects to secure repayment of the Restricted Amount by a combination of Options (ii) and (iii), the aggregate value of the security shall equal at least 100 percent of the Restricted Amount. A surety or bank may release any liability on a bond or letter of credit in excess of 100 percent of the Restricted Amount.

-55-

If the Plan Administrator certifies to the depository, surety or bank that the Employee (or the Employee's estate) is no longer obligated to repay any Restricted Amount, a depository may redeliver to the Employee any property held under an escrow agreement, and a surety or bank may release any liability on an employee's bond or letter of credit.

(f) For the purposes of this Section 9.03, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) "Top-25 Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean any member of the top 25 Highly Compensated Employees and highly compensated former employees (as defined in Code Section 414(q)(9)) with the greatest Compensation (as defined in Article XIV), in the current or any prior Plan Year (i.e., no more than twenty-five individuals shall be in this group).

(ii) "Current Liabilities" shall have that meaning contained in Code Section 412(l)(7).

(iii) "Restricted Amount" shall mean the excess of the amounts distributed to the employee (accumulated with reasonable interest) over the amounts that could have been distributed to the employee under the straight life annuity described in Section 6.01 (accumulated with reasonable interests).

(iv) "Retirement Income" shall have that meaning contained in Plan Article II and, in addition, loans in excess of the amount set forth in Code Section 72(p)(2)(A), any periodic income, any withdrawal values payable to a living employee, and any death benefits not provided for by insurance on the employee's life.

(g) This Section 9.03 is intended to comply with the provisions of Proposed Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-5(b) or any successor regulation thereto, and the provisions of this Section 9.03 shall be so interpreted.

9.04 Adoption of the Plan by a Participating Employer.

(a) The Committee shall determine which employers shall become Participating Employers within the terms of the Plan. In order for the Committee to designate an Employer as a Participating Employer, the Committee must approve the addition of the Participating Employer's identity to Schedule A (which approval may be retroactive to an earlier effective date). The Committee may also specify such terms and conditions pertaining to the adoption of the Plan by the Participating Employer as the Board deems appropriate. With the Committee's consent,

-56-

a Participating Employer may limit participation in the Plan to certain of its Employees.

The Committee shall maintain a schedule, Schedule A and Schedule B, attached to the plan document, listing Participating Employers, groups of Employees designated as participating in the Plan by those Participating Employers, and the effective date of designation (the "Designation Date") as a Participating Employer. Such Schedule shall specify the extent, if any, to which service with the Participating Employer prior to the Designation Date shall qualify as Credited Service or Vesting Service hereunder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no Employee whose termination of employment precedes the Designation Date shall be entitled to any benefits hereunder.

(b) The plan of the Participating Employer and of the Company shall be considered a single plan for purposes of Section 1.414(1)-1(b)(1) of the Treasury Regulations. All assets contributed to the Plan by the Participating Employer shall be held in a single fund together with the assets contributed by the Company (and with the assets of any other Participating Employers); and so long as the Participating Employer continues to be designated as such, all assets held in such fund shall be available to pay benefits to all eligible employees and beneficiaries covered by the Plan irrespective of whether such Employees are employed by the Company or by the Participating Employer. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the separate accounting for assets contributed by the Company and the Participating Employers for purposes of cost allocation if directed by the Committee or the holding of plan assets in more than one Trust Fund with more than one Trustee.

(c) So long as the Participating Employer's designation as such remains in effect, the Participating Employer shall be bound by, and subject to all provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement. The exclusive authority to amend the Plan and the Trust Agreement shall be vested in the Committee and no Participating Employer shall have any right to amend the Plan or the Trust Agreement. Any amendment to the Plan or the Trust Agreement adopted by the Committee, Compensation or Stock Option Committee or Board shall be binding upon every Participating Employer without further action by such Participating Employer.

(d) So long as each Participating Employer shall be designated as such pursuant to Section 9.04(a), such Participating Employer shall be liable for its pro rata share of the contribution deemed necessary by the Actuary to fund the Plan on an acceptable basis in accordance with Title I, Section 302 and Title II, Section 1013 of the Act. The total contribution required each year to fund the Plan shall be apportioned among the Company and

-57-

the Participating Employers based upon the advice of the Actuary and subject to such Treasury or Labor regulations as may be from time to time applicable.

(e) No Participating Employer other than the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan. However, any Participating Employer may withdraw from the Plan by action of its Board of Directors provided such action is communicated in writing to the Committee. The withdrawal of a Participating Employer shall be effective as of the December 31st following receipt of the notice of withdrawal (unless the Committee consents to a different effective date). In addition, the Committee may terminate the designation of a Participating Employer to be effective on such date as the Committee specifies. Any such Participating Employer which ceases to be a Participating Employer shall be liable for all cost accrued through the effective date of its withdrawal or termination. In the event of the withdrawal or termination of a Participating Employer as provided in this paragraph, such Employer shall have no right to direct that assets of the Plan be transferred to a successor plan for its Employees unless such a transfer is approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

-58-

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.01    Headings.

         The headings and subheadings in this Plan have been inserted for
         convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction
         of the provisions hereof.

10.02    Governing Law.

         The Plan shall be construed and enforced and all provisions thereof
         administered in accordance with the Act and to the extent not governed
         by the Act in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

10.03    Spendthrift Clause.

         Except as provided (1) in the terms of a "qualified domestic relations
         order" as defined in Code Section 414(p), (2) by the terms of a
         judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement described in Code
         Section 401(a)(13)(C) entered into on or after January 1, 2002, or (3)
         to the extent otherwise required or permitted by law, none of the
         benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this Plan shall be
         subject to the claim of any creditor of the Former Employee,
         Participant or Beneficiary hereunder, or to any legal process by any
         creditor of such Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary, and none
         of them shall have any right to alienate, commute, anticipate or assign
         any of the benefits, payments, proceeds or distributions under this
         Plan except to the extent expressly provided herein to the contrary. If
         any Participant shall attempt to dispose of the benefits provided for
         him hereunder, or to dispose of the right to receive such benefits, or
         in the event there should be an effort to seize such benefits or the
         right to receive such benefits by attachment, execution or other legal
         or equitable process, such right may pass and be transferred, at the
         discretion of the Committee, to such one or more as may be appointed by
         the Committee from among the Beneficiaries, if any, theretofore
         designated by the Participant, or from the spouse, children or other
         dependents of the Participant, in such shares as the Committee may
         appoint. Any appointment so made by the Committee may be revoked by it
         at any time and further appointment made by it which may include the
         Participant.

10.04    Legally Incompetent; Minors.

         If any Former Employee, Participant or Beneficiary is a minor, or, in
         the judgment of the Committee, is otherwise legally incapable of
         personally receiving and giving a valid receipt for any payment due him
         hereunder, the Committee may, unless and until claim shall have been
         made by a duly appointed guardian or

                                      -59-

         committee of such person, direct that such payment or any part thereof
         be made to such person's spouse, child, parent, brother or sister, or
         other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for or
         assumed responsibility for the expenses of such person.

10.05    Discrimination.

         The Employer, through the Committee, shall administer the Plan in a
         uniform and consistent manner with respect to all Participants and
         shall not permit discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated
         Employees.

10.06    Claims.

         Any payment to a Participant or Beneficiary, or to their legal
         representatives, in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, shall
         to the extent thereof be in full satisfaction of all claims hereunder
         against the Trustee, Committee and the Employer, any of whom may
         require such Participant, Beneficiary or legal representative, as a
         condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release
         therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Trustee, the
         Committee or the Employer, as the case may be.

10.07    Compliance With Applicable Laws.

         The Employer, through the Committee, shall interpret and administer the
         Plan in such manner that the Plan and Trust shall remain in compliance
         with the Code, with the Act, and all other applicable laws, regulations
         and revenue rulings.

10.08    Merger.

         In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other
         plan, or the transfer of assets or liabilities by the Plan to another
         plan, each Participant must receive (assuming that the Plan then
         terminated) a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation, or
         transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit such Participant
         would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
         consolidation, or transfer (assuming that the Plan had then
         terminated), provided such merger, consolidation, or transfer took
         place after the date of enactment of the Act.

10.09    Forfeiture of Benefits Where Recipient Cannot be Located.

         (a) Except as provided in Section 10.09(b) below, if the Plan may
         distribute a Participant's Accrued Benefit and the Employer has been
         unable to locate said Participant or his Beneficiary after taking such
         actions as are prudent under the circumstances to locate the
         Participant or Beneficiary, the Committee shall declare the Accrued
         Benefit to be a forfeiture.

                                      -60-

         (b) Should a Participant or Beneficiary whose benefit has been
         forfeited under the provisions of Section 10.09(a) later be located,
         the Committee shall immediately direct the Trustee to commence payment
         of benefits to said Participant or his Beneficiary, according to the
         terms of the Plan. The Employer shall make up any resultant deficiency
         in the Trust Fund as soon as possible thereafter.

10.10    Qualified Military Service.

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary,
         contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified
         military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section
         414(u). It is the intent of this Section 10.10 to adopt the IRS model
         amendment set forth in Rev. Proc. 96-49 for the purposes set forth in
         such revenue procedure.

10.11    Use of Electronic Media.

         Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan may
         fulfill any notice, election, consent, disclosure, or other requirement
         using electronic media, to the extent permitted by relevant guidance
         from the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor.
         Electronic media includes, but is not limited to, e-mail, Internet,
         intranet systems, voice response, telephone, or other paperless
         systems. Accordingly, any requirement in the Plan or applicable law or
         regulations that a particular action be done in writing may be
         fulfilled electronically, to the extent permitted by the Internal
         Revenue Service or the Department of Labor.

         This Section 10.11 shall be effective January 1, 2002.

-61-

ARTICLE XI

RESERVED

-62-

ARTICLE XII

TOP-HEAVY RULES

12.01    General Rule.

         If the Plan is or becomes Top-Heavy, the provisions of this Article
         will supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan.

12.02    Definitions.

         (a)      Top-Heavy: The Plan shall be Top-Heavy for the Plan Year if,
                  as of the Determination Date, the present value of the Accrued
                  Benefits attributable to Key Employees exceeds 60% of the
                  present value of all Accrued Benefits under the Plan. If the
                  Employer maintains more than one plan, all plans in which any
                  Key Employee participates and all plans which enable this Plan
                  to satisfy the antidiscrimination requirements of Section
                  401(a)(4) and 410 must be combined with this Plan ("required
                  aggregation group") for the purposes of applying the 60% test
                  described in the preceding sentence. Plans maintained by the
                  Employer which are not in the required aggregation group may
                  be combined at the Employer's discretion with this Plan for
                  the purposes of determining Top-Heavy status if the combined
                  plan satisfies the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4). If
                  the Employer maintains a defined contribution plan which is
                  aggregated with this Plan, the account balances of
                  participants under the defined contribution plan shall be
                  determined in accordance with the provisions of that plan and
                  combined with Accrued Benefits under this Plan for the purpose
                  of applying the 60% test described in the first sentence of
                  this paragraph.

                  In determining the present value of Participant Accrued
                  Benefits, all distributions made during the five year period
                  ending on the Determination Date shall be included. The
                  Accrued Benefit of (i) any employee who at one time was a Key
                  Employee but who is not a Key Employee for the Plan Year
                  ending on the Determination Date; and (ii) any employee who
                  has received no Compensation from the Employer or a related
                  employer maintaining a plan in the aggregation group for the
                  five years immediately preceding the Determination Date shall
                  be disregarded in determining Top-Heavy status.

                  For the purposes of this subsection, a Participant rollover
                  shall be included in the present value of Participant Accrued
                  Benefits except to the extent that the rollover was received
                  in a transaction consummated after December 31, 1983 which was
                  initiated by the Participant and the amount

                                      -63-

                  received is attributable to a distribution or transfer from
                  the plan of an employer which is unrelated to the Employer.

                  Solely for the purpose of determining if the Plan, or any
                  other plan included in the required aggregation group, is
                  Top-Heavy, the Accrued Benefit of an Employee other than a Key
                  Employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any,
                  that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans
                  maintained by the Affiliates, or (ii) if there is no such
                  method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the
                  slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional accrual
                  rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). This paragraph shall be
                  effective January 1, 1987.

         (b)      Key Employee. Shall mean any Employee or former Employee (and
                  the Beneficiaries of such Employee) who at any time during the
                  Plan Year which ends on the Determination Date or the
                  preceding 4 Plan Years (1) was an officer of the Employer
                  having annual Compensation from the Employer greater than 50%
                  of the amount in effect under Code Section 415(b)(1)(A) for
                  such Plan Year; (ii) an owner (or considered an owner under
                  Section 318 of the Code) of one of the ten largest interests
                  in the Employer if such individual's Compensation equals or
                  exceeds the dollar limitation under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of
                  the Code; (iii) a 5-percent owner of the Employer; or (iv) a
                  1-percent owner of the Employer who has an annual Compensation
                  of more than $150,000.

         (c)      Determination Date: For any Plan Year, the last day of the
                  preceding Plan Year.

         (d)      Non-key Employee. Any Participant who is not a Key-Employee.

         (e)      Present Value: The present value of Accrued Benefits for the
                  purpose of determining Top-Heavy status, shall be calculated
                  in accordance with the actuarial assumptions specified in
                  Section 2.03 of the Plan.

12.03    Minimum Accrued Benefit.

         (a)      Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan except (b)
                  below, for any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, each
                  Participant who is not a Key Employee and has completed 1,000
                  Hours of Service will accrue a benefit (to be provided solely
                  by Employer contributions and expressed as a single life
                  annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age) of not less than
                  two percent (2%) of his or her highest average Compensation
                  for the five consecutive years for which the Participant had
                  the highest Compensation. The minimum accrual applies even
                  though under other Plan provisions the Participant would not
                  otherwise be entitled to receive an accrual, or would have
                  received a lesser accrual for the year because

                                      -64-

                  (i) the Participant fails to make mandatory contributions to
                  the Plan, (ii) the Participant's Compensation is less than a
                  stated amount, (iii) the Participant is not employed on the
                  last day of the accrual computation period, or (iv) the Plan
                  is integrated with Social Security.

         (b)      No additional benefit accruals shall be provided pursuant to
                  (a) above to the extent that the total accrual on behalf of
                  the Participant attributable to Employer contributions will
                  provide a benefit expressed as a single life annuity
                  commencing at Normal Retirement Age that equals or exceeds 20
                  percent of the Participant's highest average compensation for
                  the five consecutive years for which the Participant had the
                  highest compensation. Also, the benefit accrual requirement of
                  this section shall not apply if the Employer maintains a
                  defined contribution plan and contributes thereto an amount
                  sufficient to render the benefit accrual requirements of this
                  section inapplicable under regulations prescribed by the
                  Secretary of the Treasury.

12.04    Form of Benefit.

         If the form of benefit is other than a single life annuity, the
         Participant must receive an amount that is the actuarial equivalent of
         the minimum single life annuity benefit. If the benefit commences at a
         date other than at Normal Retirement Age, the Participant must receive
         at least an amount that is the actuarial equivalent of the minimum
         single life annuity benefit commencing at Normal Retirement Age.

12.05    Nonforfeitability of Employer Top-Heavy Contribution.

         The Employer Top-Heavy Accrued Benefit (to the extent required to be
         nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not be forfeited under
         Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

12.06    Minimum Vesting.

         If the Plan becomes Top Heavy, the following vesting schedule shall be

applied notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary:

  Vesting Service     Percent of Accrued
at Termination Date     Benefit Vested
-------------------   ------------------
      2 years                20%
      3 years                40%
      4 years                60%
      5 years                80%
      6 years               100%

-65-

         The vesting schedule described above shall not apply to any Participant
         unless the Participant has accumulated at least one Hour of Service
         after the Plan becomes Top Heavy. If the Plan becomes Top Heavy and
         subsequently ceases to be such, the vesting schedule described above
         shall continue to apply in determining the vested Accrued Benefit of
         any Participant who has at least three years of Vesting Service on the
         last day of the Top Heavy Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
         change in the vesting schedule shall reduce the then vested percentage
         of any Participant's Accrued Benefit.

12.07    Combined Plan Limitation For Top-Heavy Years Repealed.

         Effective January 1, 2000, adjustments to the combined plan limitation
         of Code Section 415 for top heavy plans are repealed and no longer
         applicable.

-66-

ARTICLE XIII

MAXIMUM BENEFITS

13.01    General Rule.

         The annual benefit payable to a Participant at any time shall not
         exceed the maximum permissible amount. "Maximum permissible amount"
         shall mean the lesser of (i) $90,000 (such limitation to be adjusted
         automatically as determined by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue for
         each calendar year, and the new limitation to apply to limitation years
         ending within the calendar year of the date of the adjustment); or (ii)
         100 percent of the Participant's highest average compensation. If the
         annual benefit commences before or after the Participant's Social
         Security Retirement Age, the maximum permissible amount shall be
         determined under Section 415 of the Code and Regulations and rulings
         thereunder. If the annual benefit commences when the Participant has
         less than ten years of Vesting Service with the Company or less than
         ten years of participation in this Plan or any predecessor plan to this
         Plan, the maximum permissible amount otherwise defined above shall be
         reduced by one-tenth for each year less than ten in accordance with
         applicable regulations.

13.02    Combined Plan Limitations.

         Effective January 1, 2000, the provisions of the Plan dealing with the
         combined plan limitations of Code Section 415(c) are deleted.

13.03    Definitions. For purposes of Article XIII, the following definitions
         shall apply:

         (a)      "Annual benefit" means Retirement Income under the Plan which
                  is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity.
                  The interest rate assumption used to determine actuarial
                  equivalence for this purpose shall be the greater of the
                  interest rate specified in this plan or 5 percent. No
                  actuarial adjustment to the benefit is required for (i) the
                  value of a qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the
                  value of benefits that are not directly related to retirement
                  benefits (such as a qualified disability benefit,
                  pre-retirement death benefits, and post-retirement medical
                  benefits); or (iii) the value of post-retirement
                  cost-of-living increases made in accordance with federal
                  income tax regulations.

         (b)      "Compensation" means a Participant's wages as defined in Code
                  Section 3401(a) (wages subject to income tax withholding at
                  the source) but without regard to exceptions contained in Code
                  Section 3401(a) for wages based on the nature or location of
                  the employment or the services performed. The intent of this
                  definition is to comply with the alternative

                                      -67-

                  definition of compensation described in Treasury Regulation
                  Section 1.415-2(d)(11)(ii).

(c) "Employer" means an Affiliate.

(d) "Highest average compensation" means the average compensation for the three consecutive years of Credited Service with the Employer that produces the highest average.

(e) "Limitation year" means the Plan Year.

(f) "Annual additions" means the sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's account for the limitation year:

(i) Employer contributions;

(ii) Forfeitures;

(iii) nondeductible employee contributions; provided, however, that the annual addition for any limitation year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be recomputed to treat nondeductible employee contributions as an annual addition; and

(iv) Amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).

(g) "Social Security Retirement Age" shall mean the age used as the retirement age for the Participant under Section 216(l) of the Social Security Act, except that such section shall be applied without regard to the age increase factor, and as if the early retirement age under Section 216(l) of such Act were 62.

-68-

ARTICLE XIV

HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEES

14.01    In General.

         For the purposes of this Plan, the term "Highly Compensated Employee"
         is any active Employee described in Section 14.02 below and any Former
         Employee described in Section 14.03 below. Various definitions used in
         this Section are contained in Section 14.04. A Non-highly Compensated
         Employee is an Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

14.02    Highly Compensated Employees.

         (a)      Look-Back Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee
                  if during a Look Back Year the Employee:

                  (1) is a 5 Percent Owner; or

                  (2) receives Compensation in excess of $85,000.

                  The dollar amount described above shall be increased annually
                  as provided in Code Section 414(q)(1).

         (b)      Current Year. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if
                  during a Current Year the Employee is a 5 Percent Owner.

14.03    Former Highly Compensated Employee.

         A Former Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee if (applying the
         rules of Section 14.02(a) or (b)) the Former Employee was a Highly
         Compensated Employee during a Separation Year or during any Current
         Year ending on or after the Former Employee's 55th birthday.

14.04    Definitions.

         The following special definitions shall apply to this Article 14:

         Compensation shall have that meaning as elected by the Committee
         provided the definition satisfies Code Section 415(c)(3).

Current Year shall mean the current Plan Year.

-69-

         Employer for purposes of this Article 14 shall mean the Employer and
         its Affiliates.

         5 Percent Owner shall mean any Employee who owns or is deemed to own
         (within the meaning of Code Section 318), more than five percent of the
         value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more
         than five percent of the total combined voting power of the Employer.

         Former Employee shall mean an Employee (i) who has incurred a Severance
         from Service Date or (ii) who remains employed by the Employer but who
         has not performed services for the Employer during the Current Year
         (e.g., an Employee on Authorized Leave of Absence).

         Look Back Year shall mean the Plan Year preceding the Current Year, or
         if the Employer elects (and such election is available to the
         Employer), the calendar year ending with or within the Current Year.

         Separation Year shall mean any of the following years:

         (1)      An Employee who incurs a Separation from Service Date shall
                  have a Separation Year in the Current Year in which such
                  Separation from Service Date occurs;

         (2)      An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but who
                  temporarily ceases to perform services for the Employer (e.g.,
                  an Employee on Leave of Absence) shall have a Separation Year
                  in the calendar year in which he last performs services for
                  the Employer;

         (3)      An Employee who remains employed by the Employer but whose
                  Compensation for a calendar year is less than 50% of the
                  Employee's average annual Compensation for the immediately
                  preceding three calendar years (or the Employee's total years
                  of employment, if less) shall have a Separation Year in such
                  calendar year. However, such Separation Year shall be ignored
                  if the Employee remains employed by the Employer and the
                  Employee's Compensation returns to a level comparable to the
                  Employee's Compensation immediately prior to such Separation
                  Year.

14.05    Other Methods Permissible.

         To the extent permitted by the Code, judicial decisions, Treasury
         Regulations and IRS pronouncements, the Committee may (without further
         amendment to this Plan) take such other steps and actions or adopt such
         other methods or procedures (in addition to those methods and
         procedures described in this Article 14) to determine and identify
         Highly Compensated Employees (including

                                      -70-

         adopting alternative definitions of Compensation which satisfy Code
         Section 414(q)(7) and are uniformly applied).

-71-

ARTICLE XV

EGTRRA AMENDMENTS

15.01 Background.

(a) Adoption and effective date of amendment. This Article 15 is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided, this Article 15 shall be effective as of the first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31, 2001.

(b) Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This Article 15 shall supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Article 15.

15.02 Limitations on Benefits.

(a) Effective date. This section shall be effective for limitation years ending after December 31, 2001.

(b) Effect on participants. Benefit increases resulting from the increase in the limitations of section 415(b) of the Code shall be provided to all employees participating in the plan who have one hour of service on or after the first day of the first limitation year ending after December 31, 2001.

(c) Definitions.

(i) Defined benefit dollar limitation. The "defined benefit dollar limitation" is $160,000, as adjusted, effective January 1 of each year, under section 415(d) of the Code in such manner as the Secretary shall prescribe, and payable in the form of a straight life annuity. A limitation as adjusted under section 415(d) will apply to limitation years ending with or within the calendar year for which the adjustment applies.

(ii) Maximum permissible benefit: The "maximum permissible benefit" is the lesser of the defined benefit dollar limitation or the defined benefit compensation limitation (both adjusted where required, as provided in (A) and, if applicable, in (B) or (C) below).

-72-

(A) If the participant has fewer than 10 years of participation in the plan, the defined benefit dollar limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (I) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of participation in the plan and
(II) the denominator of which is 10. In the case of a participant who has fewer than 10 years of service with the employer, the defined benefit compensation limitation shall be multiplied by a fraction, (I) the numerator of which is the number of years (or part thereof) of service with the employer and (II) the denominator of which is 10.

(B) If the benefit of a participant begins prior to age 62, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at such earlier age is an annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the earlier age that is the actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at age 62 (adjusted under (A) above, if required). The defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age prior to age 62 is determined as the lesser of (I) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Article II of the Plan and (ii) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using a 5 percent interest rate and the applicable mortality table as defined in Article II of the Plan. Any decrease in the defined benefit dollar limitation determined in accordance with this paragraph (b) shall not reflect a mortality decrement if benefits are not forfeited upon the death of the participant. If any benefits are forfeited upon death, the full mortality decrement is taken into account.

(C) If the benefit of a participant begins after the participant attains age 65, the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at the later age is the annual benefit payable in the form of a straight life annuity beginning at the later age that is actuarially equivalent to the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable to the participant at age 65 (adjusted under (A) above, if required). The actuarial equivalent of the defined benefit dollar limitation applicable at an age after age 65 is determined as (I) the lesser of the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed using the interest rate and mortality table (or other tabular factor) specified in Article II of the Plan and (II) the actuarial equivalent (at such age) of the defined benefit dollar limitation computed

-73-

using a 5 percent interest rate assumption and the applicable mortality table as defined in Article II of the Plan. For these purposes, mortality between age 65 and the age at which benefits commence shall be ignored.

15.03 Increase In Compensation Limit.

(a) Increase in limit. The annual compensation of each participant taken into account in determining benefit accruals in any plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not exceed $200,000. Annual compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the plan (the determination period).

In determining benefit accruals in plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, the annual compensation limit in this paragraph (a), for determination periods beginning before January 1, 2002, shall be $200,000.

(b) Cost-of-living adjustment. The $200,000 limit on annual compensation in paragraph (a) shall be adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such calendar year.

15.04 Modification Of Top-Heavy Rules.

(a) Effective date. This section shall apply for purposes of determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This section amends Article XII of the Plan.

(b) Determination of top-heavy status.

(I) Key employee. Key employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of

-74-

the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

(II) Determination of present values and amounts. This section 15.04(b)(II) shall apply for purposes of determining the present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of employees as of the determination date.

(A) Distributions during year ending on the determination date. The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for "1-year period."

(B) Employees not performing services during year ending on the determination date. The accrued benefits and accounts of any individual who has not performed services for the employer during the 1-year period ending on the determination date shall not be taken into account.

(c) Minimum benefits. For purposes of satisfying the minimum benefit requirements of section 416(c)(1) of the Code and the plan, in determining years of service with the employer, any service with the employer shall be disregarded to the extent that such service occurs during a plan year when the plan benefits (within the meaning of section 410(b) of the Code) no key employee or former key employee.

-75-

15.05 Direct Rollovers Of Plan Distributions.

(a) Effective date. This section shall apply to distributions made after December 31, 2001.

(b) Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Section 6.07 of the Plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relation order, as defined in section 414(p) of the Code.

-76-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Plan to be duly executed and its seal to be hereunto affixed on the date indicated below, but effective as of January 1, 2001.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

                                           By: /s/ Frank M. Howard
                                              --------------------------------

                                           Title: Vice President and Treasurer
                                                  ----------------------------

                                           Date: February 27, 2002
                                                 -----------------------------
Attest: /s/ Janet Kirby
       --------------------------

-77-

SCHEDULE A

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS DESIGNATED UNDER SECTION 9.04

                                             Extent of Credit for
      Name and                                 Service with a
      Designation                           Participating Employer
         Date                              Prior to Designation Date
      -----------                          -------------------------
1.  S.P. Richards                   Participants in the Plan who were employed
    Company                         by S. P. Richards Company shall receive
    January 1, 1984                 Credited Service for all purposes of this
                                    Plan beginning with their employment
                                    commencement date with S. P. Richards
                                    Company but subject to all of the rules
                                    concerning crediting of service set forth in
                                    this Plan.

2.  Balkamp, Inc.                   Participants in the Plan who were employed
    and National                    by Balkamp, Inc. or affiliates NAPA shall
    Automotive Parts                receive Credited Service and Vesting Service
    Association (NAPA)              for all purposes of this Plan beginning with
    January 1, 1984                 their employment commencement date with
                                    Balkamp, Inc. or NAPA, Inc. but subject to
                                    all of the rules concerning crediting of
                                    service set forth in this plan.

3.  Motion                          Eligibility:
    Industries,                     Employees of Motion whose initial date of
    Inc. ("Motion")                 hire is on or after January 1, 1984, shall
    January 1, 1984                 automatically become Participants of this
                                    Plan on the date such Employee satisfies the
                                    age and service requirements of Section 3.02
                                    (and for such purpose all employment with
                                    Motion shall be counted as though it was
                                    employment with the Company).

                                    Employees of Motion whose initial date of
                                    hire is prior to January 1, 1984, and who
                                    have made an election in the manner
                                    authorized by the committee not to
                                    participate in the Motion Industries, Inc.
                                    Profit Sharing Plan (the "Profit Sharing
                                    Plan") shall commence participation in this
                                    Plan, effective as follows:

                                      -78-

                                    1) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984,
                                    who were Participants in the Profit Sharing
                                    Plan as of December 31, 1983, shall
                                    participate in this Plan effective as of
                                    January 1, 1984, and

                                    2) Employees hired prior to January 1, 1984,
                                    who were not Participants in the Profit
                                    Sharing Plan shall become Participants in
                                    this Plan on the date that they would have
                                    been eligible to participate in the Profit
                                    Sharing Plan if the Profit Sharing Plan as
                                    in effect on December 31, 1983 had continued
                                    unchanged.

                                    Participants in this Plan employed by Motion
                                    who were not participants in the Motion
                                    Profit Sharing Plan as of December 31, 1983,
                                    shall receive Credited Service and Vesting
                                    Service for all purposes of this Plan
                                    beginning with their employment commencement
                                    date with Motion but subject to all of the
                                    rules concerning crediting of service set
                                    forth in this Plan.

                                    Participants employed by Motion who were
                                    participants in the Motion Profit Sharing
                                    Plan as of December 31, 1983 and who elected
                                    to commence participation in this Plan
                                    effective January 1, 1984, shall receive
                                    Vesting Service for purposes of determining
                                    an Employee's vested percentage under
                                    Section 4.05; but service with Motion prior
                                    to January 1, 1984 shall not be credited for
                                    purposes of determining the amount of such
                                    Employee's Retirement Income.

                                    Effective January 1, 1990, the Profit
                                    Sharing Plan was terminated. Employees of
                                    Motion who participated in the Profit
                                    Sharing Plan on December 31, 1989, and who
                                    are employed by Motion on January 1, 1990,
                                    shall commence participation in this Plan
                                    effective as of January 1, 1990. Such
                                    Participants shall receive Vesting Service
                                    under this Plan beginning with their
                                    employment commencement date with Motion but
                                    only for the purpose described in the
                                    following sentence and subject to all of the
                                    rules concerning crediting of service set
                                    forth in this Plan. The Participants

                                      -79-

                                    discussed in this paragraph shall receive
                                    Vesting Service for purposes of determining
                                    an Employee's vested percentage under
                                    Section 4.05. In no event, shall such
                                    Participants receive Credited Service prior
                                    to January 1, 1990 for purposes of
                                    determining the amount of such Employee's
                                    Retirement Income.

-80-

SCHEDULE B

CREDIT FOR SERVICE WITH PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS

OVERVIEW

Prior to January 1, 2000, the Company maintained Sections I, II and III of this Schedule B. Effective January 1, 2000, however, no additional changes, other than historic changes, will be made to Sections I, II or III. Beginning January 1, 2000 rules regarding past service credit will be governed by Section IV.

I. This Section I shall apply to acquisitions occurring prior to January 1, 2000.

Participants employed by a predecessor employer not listed in Sections II or III below shall be deemed to have as their date of Employment for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company.

II. Participants employed by the following predecessor employers shall receive Credited Service and Vesting Service for all purposes of this Plan beginning with their employment commencement date with that predecessor employer but subject to all the rules concerning crediting of service set forth in this Plan.

1. Clark Siviter Co.


St. Petersburg, FL

2. Standard Parts Company Columbia, SC

3. Standard Unit Parts Company Normal, IL

Except that the benefits provided to Mark R. Larson under this Plan shall be reduced by one hundred percent (100%) of the benefits provided under that certain Salary Continuation Agreement dated January 10, 1977 in the event of his retirement, death, disability or other termination of service.

4. General Automotive Parts Company and its subsidiaries

5. NAPA Des Moines Warehouse

III. (a) Acquisitions Prior to January 1, 1994.

Participants employed by those predecessor employers listed below that were acquired prior to January 1, 1994 shall be deemed to have as their date of

-81-

Employment for all purposes of this Plan, the date the predecessor employer was acquired by or merged into Genuine Parts Company or its subsidiaries. However, after an employee of such predecessor employer becomes a Participant in the Plan by satisfying the requirements of
Section 3.02, such Participant shall receive credit for all employment with such predecessor employer for purposes of determining the Participant's vested percentage under Section 4.05(c). However, to receive such credit, the Employee must be actively employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.

(b) Acquisitions On or After January 1, 1994.

Participants employed by those predecessor employers listed below that were acquired on or after January 1, 1994 shall receive credit under this Plan for all employment with such predecessor employer for purposes of (1) determining the Participant's vested percentage under
Section 4.05(c). However, to receive such credit, the employee must be actively employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date.

Employees of the following predecessor employers that were acquired on or after January 1, 1994 and who are actively employed by an Employer (as determined by the Committee) on the Employment Date will receive credit for their employment with the predecessor employer for determining whether such Employees have satisfied the participation requirements of Article III.

(c) Important Restrictions.

Vesting Service granted under (a) or (b) above may be forfeited or disregarded in accordance with Article II or other provisions of the Plan. Furthermore, no Vesting Service shall be granted for employment with a predecessor employer if the granting of such Vesting Service will adversely impact the tax qualified status of the Plan.

        Name                                         Employment Date
-------------------------------------                ---------------
Odell Hardware Company                               January 1, 1980
Greensboro, NC

Brooks-Noble Parts & Machine Co., Inc.               August 1, 1981
Jackson, MS

One Stop Auto Parts Inc.                             March 10, 1982
Lathan, NY

One Stop Auto Parts Inc.                             March 16, 1983
Albany, NY

-82-

E. E. Long Inc.                                      September 1, 1984
Des Moines, IA

Motor Parts & Supply                                 April 1, 1986
Baton Rouge, LA

Chattanooga Service Auto Center                      May 1, 1986
Chattanooga, TN

Gerace Auto Parts                                    December 1, 1986
Port Allen, LA

Lawwill Auto Parts                                   September 1, 1987
Chattanooga, TN

Smith Automotive Corp.                               August 1, 1990
(2 stores) Martinez, GA & Belvedere, SC

Kings Parts Company, Inc.                            August 10, 1990
Lake Oswego, OR

W.K. NAPA on Kensington, Inc.                        August 10, 1990
Elk Grove Village, IL

Auto Parts, Inc. of Wilmington                       October 1, 1990
Wilmington, NC

Carolina Auto Parts of Thomasville, Inc.             October 1, 1990
Thomasville, NC

Stokes Auto Parts, Inc.                              October 1, 1990
Thomasville, NC

MGM Auto Parts, Inc.                                 November 1, 1990
Kenmore, NY

Wholesale Sationers Corp.                            December 1, 1990
Salt Lake City, UT (S.P. Richards)

Santa Monica Auto Parts                              November 1, 1990
Santa Monica, CA

Precise Industries, Inc.                             December 1, 1990
(2 Stores) Kingsport & Blountville, TN

-83-

Automotive Service & Supply, Inc.                    December 1, 1990
(3 Stores) Kingsport, TN, Bristol & Abingdon, VA

NAPA Auto Parts of Lombard, Inc.                     December 1, 1990
Lombard, IL

Middleburg Parts and Hardware, Inc.                  December 31, 1990
Middleburg, FL

Strap Industries, Inc.                               March 1, 1991
Tempe, AZ

Anderson's Parts                                     March 1, 1991
Blue Springs, MO

Evergreen Automotive Supply, Inc.                    May 1, 1991
Chicago, IL

Heath Motor Supply Co.                               July 1, 1991
Panama City, FL

Bryant Stooks - D.J.'s Auto Supply                   July 1, 1991
(2 Stores) Chandler and Mesa, AZ

NAPA Auto Parts Store of John Nall                   August 1, 1991
South Milwaukee, WI

Deer Park Automotive Parts, Inc.                     September 1, 1991
Mt. Carmel, OH

T & L Auto Parts Company, Inc.                       October 1, 1991
(4 Stores) Fayetteville, NC

B.W.P. Ltd.                                          October 1, 1991
(2 Stores) Fayetteville, Roseboro, NC

Auto Parts of Clinton                                October 1, 1991
Clinton, NC

Byrd-Wood Parts Group, Inc.                          October 1, 1991
Fayetteville, NC

Burien Auto Parts, Inc.                              October 1, 1991
(2 Stores) Seattle, WA

-84-

B.N. Auto Parts Co.                                  December 1, 1991
Marietta, GA

Capital Automotive Parts, Inc.                       December 1, 1991
Milwaukee, WI

Bill's Auto Supply, Inc.                             January 1, 1992
Milwaukee, WI

Bill's Auto Supply, Inc.                             January 1, 1992
Kansas City, MO

Bald Hill Auto Parts, Inc.                           February 1, 1992
Warwick, RI

Manton Auto Prats, Inc.                              February 1, 1992
Providence, RI

Hudson Auto Parts                                    February 1, 1992
Hudson, WI

B&B Genuine Auto Parts, Inc.                         February 16, 1992
Canton, OH

Jimmy's Auto Parts, Inc.                             March 1, 1992
Alpharetta, GA

West Town Auto Parts, Inc.                           June 1, 1992
Knoxville, TN

Lakeland Motor Parts, Inc.                           June 1, 1992
(2 Stores) Lakeland, FL

Haas Auto Parts & Machine Co., Inc.                  June 1, 1992
Jeffersonville, IN

Parts Dept. of Shakopee, Inc.                        June 1, 1992
Shakopee, MN

HMH Automotive Parts, Inc.                           June 1, 1992
(2 Stores) Galesburg, Monmouth, IL

Southern Parts & Electric, Inc.                      July 1, 1992
(4 Stores) Durham, NC

-85-

Service Supply Co. of Douglasville, Inc.             July 1, 1992
Douglasville, GA

Service Supply Company of Dallas, Inc.               July 1, 1992
Dallas, GA

NAPA of Lemon Grove, Inc.                            August 1, 1992
La Mesa, CA

Whitewater Auto Supply, Inc.                         September 1, 1992
Janesville, WI

Regalia Auto Parts, Inc.                             September 1, 1992
Seattle, WA

Drexel Auto Parts, Inc.                              October 1, 1992
Huntsville, AL

Warren Auto Supply, Inc.                             December 4, 1992
(2 Stores) Warren, OH

Cal's Service Parts, Inc.                            January 1, 1993
(6 Stores) Boise, ID

H & G Enterprises, Inc.                              January 1, 1993
Louisville, KY

Kernersville Auto Parts, Inc.                        February 1, 1993
Kernersville, NC

McCowen Enterprises, Inc.                            April 1, 1993
(2 Stores) Champaign & Urbana, IL

Breese Company, Inc.                                 May 1, 1993
(3 Stores, Iowa City, Muscatine & Coralville, IA)

Young's Auto Supply Warehouse, Inc.                  July 1, 1993
Norfolk, VA

Joliet Auto Supply, Inc.                             July 1, 1993
Joliet, IL

Bryan - Rogers, Inc.                                 August 1, 1993
(3 Stores) Tupelo, Baldwyn & Amory, MS

-86-

Hyllberg Enterprises, Inc.                           August 1, 1993
Virginia Beach, VA

Hager Auto & Industrial Parts, Inc.                  November 1, 1993
(2 Stores) Burlington & South Burlington, VT

M&B, Inc. (Lesker Office Supplies, Inc.)             November 1, 1993
Charlotte, NC

Ballard Auto Parts, Inc.                             January 1, 1994
Cornelius, NC

Service Parts of Hendersonville, Inc.                January 1, 1994
Hendersonville, NC

Power's Auto Parts, Inc.                             March 1, 1994
Williamsburg, VA

Big J Auto Parts, Inc.                               March 14, 1994
Johnson City, TN

Economy Auto Supply Co., Inc.                        April 1, 1994
Norfolk, VA

Paul's Automotive, Inc.                              April 1, 1994
Toledo, OH

Sulphur Springs Parts Co., Inc.                      June 1, 1994
Sulphur Springs, TX

The Parts Place                                      August 1, 1994
Gulfport, MS

A & J Automotive Co.                                 August 1, 1994
Dalton, GA

Clewiston Auto Parts, Inc.                           September 1, 1994
Clewiston, FL

Oregon City Auto Parts, Inc.                         October 1, 1994
Oregon City and Clackamas, OR

Kiema Car Part, Inc.                                 November 1, 1994
El Monte, CA

-87-

Shoreline Auto Parts                                 November 1, 1994
Seattle, WA

Lockport Automotive Supply, Inc.                     December 1, 1994
Lockport, NY

Mircon, Inc. Scardsdale Auto Parts                   December 1, 1994
Scarsdale, NY

Motor Parts Company                                  December 1, 1994
Booneville, MS

Davis & Wilmar, Inc.                                 May 1, 1993
Pittsburg, PA                                        (Acquired 7/1/92)

The Parts, Inc.                                      January 1, 1995
Anchorage, AK                                        (Acquired 1/1/94)

Dade City Jobbing Group                              January 1, 1994
Dade City, FL                                        (Acquired 1/2/92)

Colorado Parts Company                               December 1, 1994
(4 stores) Ft. Collins, Loveland,
Longmont, CO

Serene Plaza Auto Parts                              December 1, 1994
Seattle, WA

Atlantic Tracy Inc.                                  November 1, 1995
Summerville, MA

Midcap Bearing Corporation                           June 1, 1995
San Antonio, TX

Motion Equipment, Inc.                               June 1, 1995
Houston, TX

Power Drives & Bearings, Inc.                        October 1,1995
Omaha, NB

Auto Parts Companies of Topeka                       July 1, 1996
Kansas City, KS

Auto Parts of Bonner Springs, Inc.                   July 1, 1996

-88-

Bonner Springs, KS

Auto Parts of Holton, Inc.                           July 1, 1996
Holton, KS

Auto Parts of Junction City, Inc.                    July 1, 1996
Junction City, KS

Auto Parts of Leavenworth, Inc.                      July 1, 1996
Leavenworth, KS

Auto Parts of Salina, Inc.                           July 1, 1996
Salina, KS

Auto Parts of Sedalia, Inc.                          July 1, 1996
Sedalia, KS

Auto Parts West, Inc.                                July 1, 1996
Topeka, KS

Auto Supply North, Inc.                              July 1, 1996
Topeka, KS

Auto Parts of Eastboro, Inc.                         July 1, 1996
Topeka, KS

Auto Partsmith, Inc.                                 July 1, 1996
Topeka, KS

Auto Parts of Wichita #1, Inc.                       July 1, 1996
Wichita, KS

Auto Parts of Wichita #2, Inc.                       July 1, 1996
Wichita, KS

Auto Parts of Wichita #3, Inc.                       July 1, 1996
Wichita, KS

Auto Parts of St. Joe, Inc.                          July 1, 1996
St. Joseph, MO

Friend's Motor Supply, Inc.                          June 30, 1997
Hastings, NE

Standard Parts, Inc.                                 June 5, 1997

-89-

Monroe, LA

Utah Bearing and Fabrication, Inc.                   October 3,1997
Salt Lake City, UT

Colorado Bearing and Supply, Inc.                    October 3, 1997
Denver, CO

Quality Auto Supply of Alaska, Inc.                  April 1, 1998
Palmer, AK

Berry Bearing Company /Tom Steel Div.                January 1, 1998
Lyons, IL                                            (Acquired 2/93)

Cascade Bearings                                     April 1, 1998
Yakima, WA

Horizon U.S.A. Data Supplies, Inc.                   August 1, 1998
Reno, NV                                             (Acquired on 4/1/95)

Berry Bearing Company (all divisions                 October 1, 1998
other than Tom Steel Division)                       (Acquired 2/93)
Lyons, IL

EIS, Inc.                                            July 1, 2000
(including the following current and former
subsidiaries of EIS, Inc.: Com-Kyl, Inc.;
Scottsdale Tool & Supply, Inc.; Electronic
Tool Co., Inc.; Summit Insulation Supply Company,
Inc.; and H.A. Holden, Inc.)
Atlanta, GA                                          (Acquired 7/98)

Johnson Industries                                   January 1, 2001
(including the following current and former
subsidiaries of Johnson Industries; C.P. Hunt
Company; Dealer Parts Service, Inc.; Uptown
Auto; L&D Enterprises, Inc.)                         (Acquired 12/31/98)

IV. Acquisitions On or After January 1, 2000

A. Effective for acquisitions occurring on or after January 1, 2000, Participants employed by the predecessor employers listed in this subsection A, and who are

-90-

employed on the first anniversary of the Acquisition Date listed below, shall receive credit under this Plan for all employment with such predecessor employer solely for purposes of determining (1) the Participants' vested percentage under Section 4.05(c); and (2) the Participants' eligibility to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article 3.

Employees terminating employment prior to the first anniversary of the applicable Acquisition Date shall not participate in this Plan.

Name                                  Acquisition Date

B. Effective for acquisitions occurring on or after January 1, 2000, Participants employed by the predecessor employers listed in this subsection B, and who are employed on the Employment Date listed below (the date the predecessor employer's employees are authorized to participate in the Plan), shall receive credit under this Plan for all employment with such predecessor employer solely for purposes of determining (1) the Participants' vested percentage under Section 4.05(c); and (2) the Participants' eligibility to participate in the Plan pursuant to Article 3.

Name                                  Employment Date

91

SCHEDULE C

TRUST FUND ESTABLISHED PURSUANT TO PLAN

Under the Plan, the Employer may establish multiple trust funds ("sub-trusts") pursuant to one or more agreements of trust between the Employer and one or more trustees to provide the benefits of the Plan. The Plan also provides that the term Trust Fund includes any group annuity or deposit administration contract entered into between the Employer and an Insurer. All such sub-trusts in the aggregate shall comprise the Trust Fund as defined in Section 2.48 of the Plan. The Trust Fund (including all sub-trusts) shall be available to provide all benefits under the Plan to any Plan Participant irrespective of the division or unit which employs such Participant.

As of January 1, 1989, the following sub-trusts comprise the Trust Fund under the Plan:

1. Agreement of Trust Entered Into Between Genuine Parts Company and Trust Company Bank Effective as of January 1, 1975.

2. Group Annuity Contract Number GA1466 Issued by Aetna Life Insurance Company to Balkamp Inc.

-92-

SCHEDULE D

SPECIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO RETIREMENT WINDOWS
(SEE SECTION 4.02(c))

1. Retirement Window for Certain Employees of the Mid-South Data Processing and D.C. Accounting to Normal, Illinois. Employees who have attained age 55 and earned 15 or more years of Credited Service as of December 31, 1989 and who are employed on October 31, 1989 by (1) Mid-South Data Processing, (2) Mid-South Distribution Center Accounting, or (3) Memphis-area Locals may elect early retirement without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect early retirement between September 19, 1989 and October 31, 1989 (inclusive) and must actually retire from the Company between December 31, 1989 and February 1, 1990 (inclusive). The term "Memphis-area Locals" refers to Company-owned (NAPA) stores located in the Memphis area served by the Memphis Distribution Center. All eligible Employees will be notified of this special early retirement on or about September 19, 1989.

2. Retirement Window for Certain Employees Employed by Rayloc Atlanta. Employees who (1) were actively employed on October 21, 1994, by Rayloc and continuously employed thereafter by Rayloc through December 31, 1994, at its Atlanta facility; and, (2) have attained age 59-1/2 but are younger than age 65 (i.e., born after January 1, 1930 and before July 1, 1935); and, (3) have earned 15 or more years of Credited Service may elect early retirement without the early retirement reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such eligible Employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect early retirement between October 21, 1994, and December 9, 1994 (inclusive) and must actually terminate employment from Rayloc on December 31, 1994 (with early retirement effective January 1, 1995).

3. Retirement Window for Closure of the Customer Financial Management Services Office for the Eastern Division. The following non-highly compensated employees may elect early retirement without the early reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan. Such non-highly compensated employees must notify the Company of their desire to elect the early retirement window between August 5, 1998 and September 30, 1998. Only the following Participants are eligible for this early retirement window: Kathleen D. Rosa and Joan E. Garofalo.

4. Additional Retirement Windows for Closure of Accounts Receivable and Accounts Payable Departments. The Company made a decision in 1998 to begin closing certain accounts receivable departments and accounts payable departments at various distribution centers. Non-highly compensated employees (1) who were

-93-

age 55 with at least fifteen years of Credited Service on their Termination Date, (2) who were in active Employment on the date the Company notified the affected accounts receivable and accounts payable departments of their closure and remained in active employment until the close of the "early retirement window", unless the Company consented to an earlier Terminated Date, and (3) whose job was scheduled to be eliminated as a result of such closure could elect, within defined dates set forth by the Company ("early retirement window") to elect early retirement. Non-highly compensated employees who satisfied the requirements described above and who properly completed forms provided by the Company within the time period established by the Company, received his or her monthly Retirement Income without the early reduction factor described in Section 4.02(b) of the Plan (to the extent permitted by law).

-94-

EXHIBIT 10.55

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2001)

ARTICLE I
PURPOSE

1.1 GENERAL. The purpose of the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the success, and enhance the value, of Genuine Parts Company (the "Company"), by linking the personal interests of its employees, officers and directors to those of Company shareholders and by providing such persons with an incentive for outstanding performance. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of employees, officers and directors upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company's operation is largely dependent. Accordingly, the Plan permits the grant of incentive awards from time to time to selected employees, officers and directors.

ARTICLE 2
EFFECTIVE DATE

2.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. The Plan shall be effective as of the date upon which it shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company.

ARTICLE 3
DEFINITIONS

3.1 DEFINITIONS. When a word or phrase appears in this Plan with the initial letter capitalized, and the word or phrase does not commence a sentence, the word or phrase shall generally be given the meaning ascribed to it in this Section or in Section 1.1 unless a clearly different meaning is required by the context. The following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

(a) "Award" means any Option, Restricted Stock Award, Performance Unit Award, or Other Stock-Based Award, or any other right or interest relating to Stock or cash, granted to a Participant under the Plan.

(b) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

(c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) "Change in Control" means and includes each of the following:


(1) The acquisition by any individual, entity or group
(within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) of 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (1), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition by a Person who is on the Effective Date the beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities,
(ii) any acquisition directly from the Company, (iii) any acquisition by the Company, (iv) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (v) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) of subsection (3) of this definition; or

(2) Individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(3) Consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or share exchange or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a "Business Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination,
(i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such

-2-

Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, and (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(4) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

(f) "Committee" means the committee of the Board described in Article 4.

(g) "Company" means Genuine Parts Company, a Georgia corporation.

(h) "Covered Employee" means a covered employee as defined in Code
Section 162(m)(3).

(i) "Disability" shall mean any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Participant that renders the Participant incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which, in the judgment of the Committee, is permanent and continuous in nature. The Committee may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Participant's condition. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(j) "Effective Date" has the meaning assigned such term in Section 2.1.

(k) "Fair Market Value", on any date, means (i) if the Stock is listed on a securities exchange or is traded over the Nasdaq National Market, the closing sales price on such exchange or over such system on such date or, in the absence of reported sales on such date, the closing sales price on the immediately preceding date on which sales were reported, or (ii) if the Stock is not listed on a securities exchange or traded over the Nasdaq National

-3-

Market, the mean between the bid and offered prices as quoted by Nasdaq for such date, provided that if it is determined that the fair market value is not properly reflected by such Nasdaq quotations, Fair Market Value will be determined by such other method as the Committee determines in good faith to be reasonable.

(l) "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

(m) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) "Option" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 7 of the Plan to purchase Stock at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(o) "Other Stock-Based Award" means a right, granted to a Participant under Article 12, that relates to or is valued by reference to Stock or other Awards relating to Stock.

(p) "Parent" means a corporation which owns or beneficially owns a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power of the Company. For Incentive Stock Options, the term shall have the same meaning as set forth in Code Section 424(e).

(q) "Participant" means a person who, as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary, has been granted an Award under the Plan.

(r) "Performance Unit" means a right granted to a Participant under Article 9, to receive cash, Stock, or other Awards, the payment of which is contingent upon achieving certain performance goals established by the Committee.

(s) "Plan" means the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(t) "Restricted Stock Award" means Stock granted to a Participant under Article 10 that is subject to certain restrictions and to risk of forfeiture.

(u) "Retirement" in the case of an employee means termination of employment with the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary after attaining age 65.

(v) "Stock" means the $1.00 par value common stock of the Company and such other securities of the Company as may be substituted for Stock pursuant to Article 13.

-4-

(w) "Subsidiary" means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting stock or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company. For Incentive Stock Options, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Code
Section 424(f).

(x) "1933 Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

(y) "1934 Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

ARTICLE 4
ADMINISTRATION

4.1 COMMITTEE. The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation and Stock Option Committee of the Board or, at the discretion of the Board from time to time, by the Board. The Committee shall consist of two or more members of the Board. It is intended that the directors appointed to serve on the Committee shall be "non-employee directors" (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act) and "outside directors" (within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and the regulations thereunder) to the extent that Rule 16b-3 and, if necessary for relief from the limitation under Code Section 162(m) and such relief is sought by the Company, Code Section 162(m), respectively, are applicable. However, the mere fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify under either of the foregoing requirements shall not invalidate any Award made by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly made under the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by, and may be changed at any time and from time to time in the discretion of, the Board. During any time that the Board is acting as administrator of the Plan, it shall have all the powers of the Committee hereunder, and any reference herein to the Committee (other than in this Section 4.1) shall include the Board.

4.2 ACTION BY THE COMMITTEE. For purposes of administering the Plan, the following rules of procedure shall govern the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved unanimously in writing by the members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Company's independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

4.3 AUTHORITY OF COMMITTEE. The Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

-5-

(a) Designate Participants;

(b) Determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

(c) Determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Stock to which an Award will relate;

(d) Determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted under the Plan, including but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

(e) Accelerate the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any outstanding Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

(f) Determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(g) Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

(h) Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(i) Establish, adopt or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(j) Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required under the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

(k) Amend the Plan or any Award Agreement as provided herein.

4.4. DECISIONS BINDING. The Committee's interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted under the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

-6-

ARTICLE 5
SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

5.1. NUMBER OF SHARES. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.1, the aggregate number of shares of Stock reserved and available for Awards or which may be used to provide a basis of measurement for or to determine the value of an Award (such as with a Performance Unit Award) shall be 9,000,000, of which not more than 10% may be granted as Awards of Restricted Stock or unrestricted Stock Awards.

5.2. LAPSED AWARDS. To the extent that an Award is canceled, terminates, expires or lapses for any reason, any shares of Stock subject to the Award will again be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan and shares subject to Awards settled in cash will be available for the grant of an Award under the Plan.

5.3. STOCK DISTRIBUTED. Any Stock distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Stock, treasury Stock or Stock purchased on the open market.

5.4. LIMITATION ON AWARDS. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary (but subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12.1), the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to one or more Options that may be granted during any one calendar year under the Plan to any one Participant shall be 500,000. The maximum fair market value (measured as of the date of grant) of any Awards other than Options that may be received by any one Participant (less any consideration paid by the Participant for such Award) during any one calendar year under the Plan shall be $7,500,000.

ARTICLE 6
ELIGIBILITY

6.1. GENERAL. Awards may be granted only to individuals who are employees, officers or directors of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary.

ARTICLE 7
STOCK OPTIONS

7.1. GENERAL. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock under an Option shall be determined by the Committee, provided that the exercise price for any Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of the grant.

-7-

(b) TIME AND CONDITIONS OF EXERCISE. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part. The Committee also shall determine the performance or other conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised. The Committee may waive any exercise provisions at any time in whole or in part based upon factors as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion so that the Option becomes exerciseable at an earlier date.

(c) PAYMENT. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation, cash, shares of Stock, or other property (including "cashless exercise" arrangements), and the methods by which shares of Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Participants; provided that if shares of Stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price were themselves acquired otherwise than on the open market, such shares shall have been held by the Participant for at least six months.

(d) EVIDENCE OF GRANT. All Options shall be evidenced by a written Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such provisions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as may be specified by the Committee.

(e) ADDITIONAL OPTIONS UPON EXERCISE. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide in an Award Agreement, or in an amendment thereto, for the automatic grant of a new Option to any Participant who delivers shares of Stock as full or partial payment of the exercise price of the original Option. Any new Option granted in such a case (i) shall be for the same number of shares of Stock as the Participant delivered in exercising the original Option, (ii) shall have an exercise price of 100% of the Fair Market Value of the surrendered shares of Stock on the date of exercise of the original Option (the grant date for the new Option), and (iii) shall have a term equal to the unexpired term of the original Option.

7.2. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. The terms of any Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan must comply with the following additional rules:

(a) EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price per share of Stock shall be set by the Committee, provided that the exercise price for any Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value as of the date of the grant.

(b) EXERCISE. In no event may any Incentive Stock Option be exercisable for more than ten years from the date of its grant.

-8-

(c) LAPSE OF OPTION. An Incentive Stock Option shall lapse under the earliest of the following circumstances; provided, however, that the Committee may, prior to the lapse of the Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in paragraphs (3), (4) and (5) below, provide in writing that the Option will extend until a later date, but if Option is exercised after the dates specified in paragraphs (3), (4) and
(5) below, it will automatically become a Non-Qualified Stock Option:

(1) The Incentive Stock Option shall lapse as of the option expiration date set forth in the Award Agreement.

(2) The Incentive Stock Option shall lapse ten years after it is granted, unless an earlier time is set in the Award Agreement.

(3) If the Participant terminates employment for any reason other than as provided in paragraph (4) or (5) below, the Incentive Stock Option shall lapse, unless it is previously exercised, three months after the Participant's termination of employment; provided, however, that if the Participant's employment is terminated by the Company for cause or by the Participant without the consent of the Company, the Incentive Stock Option shall (to the extent not previously exercised) lapse immediately.

(4) If the Participant terminates employment by reason of his Disability, the Incentive Stock Option shall lapse, unless it is previously exercised, one year after the Participant's termination of employment.

(5) If the Participant dies while employed, or during the three-month period described in paragraph (3) or during the one-year period described in paragraph (4) and before the Option otherwise lapses, the Option shall lapse one year after the Participant's death. Upon the Participant's death, any exercisable Incentive Stock Options may be exercised by the Participant's beneficiary, determined in accordance with Section 11.6.

Unless the exercisability of the Incentive Stock Option is accelerated as provided in Article 11, if a Participant exercises an Option after termination of employment, the Option may be exercised only with respect to the shares that were otherwise vested on the Participant's termination of employment.

(d) INDIVIDUAL DOLLAR LIMITATION. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Award is made) of all shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.00.

-9-

(e) TEN PERCENT OWNERS. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary unless the exercise price per share of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value per share of Stock at the date of grant and the Option expires no later than five years after the date of grant.

(f) EXPIRATION OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. No Award of an Incentive Stock Option may be made pursuant to the Plan after the day immediately prior to the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

(g) RIGHT TO EXERCISE. During a Participant's lifetime, an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised only by the Participant or, in the case of the Participant's Disability, by the Participant's guardian or legal representative.

(h) DIRECTORS. The Committee may not grant an Incentive Stock Option to a non-employee director. The Committee may grant an Incentive Stock Option to a director who is also an employee of the Company or Parent or Subsidiary but only in that individual's position as an employee and not as a director.

ARTICLE 8
PERFORMANCE UNITS

8.1. GRANT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS. The Committee is authorized to grant Performance Units to Participants on such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Committee. The Committee shall have the complete discretion to determine the number of Performance Units granted to each Participant. All Awards of Performance Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement.

8.2. RIGHT TO PAYMENT. A grant of Performance Units gives the Participant rights, valued as determined by the Committee, and payable to, or exercisable by, the Participant to whom the Performance Units are granted, in whole or in part, as the Committee shall establish at grant or thereafter. The Committee shall set performance goals and other terms or conditions to payment of the Performance Units in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and value of Performance Units that will be paid to the Participant.

8.3. OTHER TERMS. Performance Units may be payable in cash, Stock, or other property, and have such other terms and conditions as determined by the Committee and reflected in the Award Agreement.

-10-

ARTICLE 9
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

9.1. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The Committee is authorized to make Awards of Restricted Stock to Participants in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as may be selected by the Committee. All Awards of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

9.2. ISSUANCE AND RESTRICTIONS. Restricted Stock shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Stock or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Stock). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, under such circumstances, in such installments, upon the satisfaction of performance goals or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

9.3. FORFEITURE. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment during the applicable restriction period or upon failure to satisfy a performance goal during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Stock that is at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may provide in any Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and the Committee may in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture conditions relating to Restricted Stock.

9.4. CERTIFICATES FOR RESTRICTED STOCK. Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing shares of Restricted Stock are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.

ARTICLE 10
OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

10.1. GRANT OF OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS. The Committee is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to Participants such other Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to shares of Stock, as deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan, including without limitation shares of Stock awarded purely as a "bonus" and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Stock, and Awards valued by reference to book value of shares of Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified Parents or Subsidiaries. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.

-11-

ARTICLE 11
PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

11.1. STAND-ALONE, TANDEM, AND SUBSTITUTE AWARDS. Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution for, any other Award granted under the Plan. If an Award is granted in substitution for another Award, the Committee may require the surrender of such other Award in consideration of the grant of the new Award. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards.

11.2. EXCHANGE PROVISIONS. The Committee may at any time offer to exchange or buy out any previously granted Award for a payment in cash, Stock, or another Award (subject to Section 13.2), based on the terms and conditions the Committee determines and communicates to the Participant at the time the offer is made, and after taking into account the tax, securities and accounting effects of such an exchange.

11.3. TERM OF AWARD. The term of each Award shall be for the period as determined by the Committee, provided that in no event shall the term of any Incentive Stock Option granted in tandem with the Incentive Stock Option exceed a period of ten years from the date of its grant (or, if Section 7.2(e) applies, five years from the date of its grant).

11.4. FORM OF PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. Subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable law or Award Agreement, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary on the grant or exercise of an Award may be made in such form as the Committee determines at or after the time of grant, including without limitation, cash, Stock, other Awards, or other property, or any combination, and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments, or on a deferred basis, in each case determined in accordance with rules adopted by, and at the discretion of, the Committee.

11.5. LIMITS ON TRANSFER. No right or interest of a Participant in any unexercised or restricted Award may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party other than the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary, or shall be subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant to any other party other than the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary. No unexercised or restricted Award shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, pursuant to a domestic relations order that would satisfy Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code if such Section applied to an Award under the Plan; provided, however, that the Committee may (but need not) permit other transfers where the Committee concludes that such transferability (i) does not result in accelerated taxation, (ii) does not cause any Option intended to be an incentive stock option to fail to be described in Code Section 422(b), and (iii) is

-12-

otherwise appropriate and desirable, taking into account any factors deemed relevant, including without limitation, any state or federal tax or securities laws or regulations applicable to transferable Awards.

11.6 BENEFICIARIES. Notwithstanding Section 11.5, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant's death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights under the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the Participant's estate. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.

11.7. STOCK CERTIFICATES. All Stock certificates delivered under the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal or state securities laws, rules and regulations and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock.

11.8 ACCELERATION UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan or any Participant's Award Agreement to the contrary, upon the Participant's death or Disability during his employment or service as a director, or upon the Participant's Retirement, all of his outstanding Options shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions on his other outstanding Awards shall lapse; provided, however that this acceleration of exercisability and vesting shall apply only with respect to Options and Awards that have been held by the Participant for at least one year as of the date of his death, Disability or Retirement. Any Options shall thereafter continue or lapse in accordance with the other provisions of the Plan and the Award Agreement. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

11.9. ACCELERATION UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, all outstanding Options, and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised shall become fully exercisable and all restrictions on outstanding Awards shall lapse; provided, however that such acceleration will not occur if, in the opinion of the Company's accountants, such acceleration would preclude the use of "pooling of interest" accounting treatment for a Change in Control transaction that (a) would otherwise qualify for such accounting treatment, and
(b) is contingent upon qualifying for such accounting treatment. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the

-13-

dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

11.10. ACCELERATION UPON CERTAIN EVENTS NOT CONSTITUTING A CHANGE IN CONTROL. In the event of the occurrence of any circumstance, transaction or event not constituting a Change in Control (as defined in Section 3.1) but which the Board of Directors deems to be, or to be reasonably likely to lead to, an effective change in control of the Company of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of the 1934 Act, the Committee may in its sole discretion declare all outstanding Options and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised to be fully exercisable, and/or all restrictions on all outstanding Awards to have lapsed, in each case, as of such date as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, declare, which may be on or before the consummation of such transaction or event. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 7.2(d), the excess Options shall be deemed to be Non-Qualified Stock Options.

11.11. ACCELERATION FOR ANY OTHER REASON. Regardless of whether an event has occurred as described in Section 11.8, 11.9 or 11.10 above, the Committee may in its sole discretion at any time determine that all or a portion of a Participant's Options and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised shall become fully or partially exercisable, and/or that all or a part of the restrictions on all or a portion of the outstanding Awards shall lapse, in each case, as of such date as the Committee may, in its sole discretion, declare. The Committee may discriminate among Participants and among Awards granted to a Participant in exercising its discretion pursuant to this Section 11.11.

11.12 EFFECT OF ACCELERATION. If an Award is accelerated under
Section 11.9 or 11.10, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide (i) that the Award will expire after a designated period of time after such acceleration to the extent not then exercised, (ii) that the Award will be settled in cash rather than Stock, (iii) that the Award will be assumed by another party to the transaction giving rise to the acceleration or otherwise be equitably converted in connection with such transaction, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Committee's determination need not be uniform and may be different for different Participants whether or not such Participants are similarly situated.

11.13. PERFORMANCE GOALS. The Committee may determine that any Award granted pursuant to this Plan to a Participant (including, but not limited to, Participants who are Covered Employees) shall be determined solely on the basis of (a) the achievement by the Company (or one or more Subsidiaries or divisions of the Company) of a specified target return, or target growth in return, on equity or assets, (b) the Company's stock price, (c) the achievement by the Company (or one or more Subsidiaries or divisions of the Company) of a specified target, or target growth in, revenues, net income (which may be on a pre-tax or after-tax basis) or earnings per share, (d) the achievement of objectively determinable goals with respect to service or product

-14-

delivery, service or product quality, sales, inventory management, customer satisfaction, meeting budgets and/or retention of employees, or (e) any combination of the goals set forth in (a) through (d) above. If an Award is made on such basis, the Committee shall establish goals not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of the period for which such performance goal relates (or such other date as may be permitted or required under Code Section 162(m) or the regulations thereunder) and the Committee may for any reason reduce (but not increase) any Award, notwithstanding the achievement of a specified goal. Any payment of an Award granted with performance goals shall be conditioned on the written certification of the Committee in each case that the performance goals and any other material conditions were satisfied.

11.14. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Whether military, government or other service or other leave of absence shall constitute a termination of employment shall be determined in each case by the Committee at its discretion, and any determination by the Committee shall be final and conclusive. A termination of employment shall not occur in a circumstance in which a Participant transfers from the Company to one of its Parents or Subsidiaries, transfers from a Parent or Subsidiary to the Company, or transfers from one Parent or Subsidiary to another Parent or Subsidiary.

ARTICLE 12
CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

12.1. GENERAL. In the event a stock dividend is declared upon the Stock, the authorization limits under Section 5.1 and 5.4 shall be increased proportionately, and the shares of Stock then subject to each Award shall be increased proportionately without any change in the aggregate purchase price therefor. In the event the Stock shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or class of shares of stock or securities of the Company or of another corporation, whether through reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, share exchange, stock split-up, combination of shares, merger or consolidation, the authorization limits under Section 5.1 and 5.4 shall be adjusted proportionately, and there shall be substituted for each such share of Stock then subject to each Award the number and class of shares into which each outstanding share of Stock shall be so exchanged, all without any change in the aggregate purchase price for the shares then subject to each Award, or, subject to Section 13.2, there shall be made such other equitable adjustment as the Committee shall approve.

ARTICLE 13
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

13.1. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION. The Board or the Committee may, at any time and from time to time, amend, modify or terminate the Plan without shareholder approval; provided, however, that the Board or Committee may condition any amendment or modification on the approval of shareholders of the Company if such approval is necessary or deemed advisable with respect to tax, securities

-15-

or other applicable laws, policies or regulations.

13.2. AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED. At any time and from time to time, the Committee may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award without approval of the Participant; provided, however, that, subject to the terms of the applicable Award Agreement, such amendment, modification or termination shall not, without the Participant's consent, reduce or diminish the value of such Award determined as if the Award had been exercised, vested, cashed in or otherwise settled on the date of such amendment or termination, and provided further that, except as otherwise permitted in the Plan, the exercise price of any Option may not be reduced and the original term of any Option may not be extended. No termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant.

ARTICLE 14
GENERAL PROVISIONS

14.1. NO RIGHTS TO AWARDS. No Participant or eligible participant shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants or eligible participants uniformly.

14.2. NO SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until shares of Stock are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

14.3. WITHHOLDING. The Company or any Parent or Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the Plan. With respect to withholding required upon any taxable event under the Plan, the Committee may, at the time the Award is granted or thereafter, require that any such withholding requirement be satisfied, in whole or in part, by withholding shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding equal to the amount required to be withheld for tax purposes, all in accordance with such procedures as the Committee establishes.

14.4. NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED SERVICE. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment or status as an officer or director at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue as an employee, officer or director of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

14.5. UNFUNDED STATUS OF AWARDS. The Plan is intended to be an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any

-16-

Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

14.6. INDEMNIFICATION. To the extent allowable under applicable law, each member of the Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which such member may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such member in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him provided he gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

14.7. RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER BENEFITS. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or benefit plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary unless provided otherwise in such other plan.

14.8. EXPENSES. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and its Parents or Subsidiaries.

14.9. TITLES AND HEADINGS. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

14.10. GENDER AND NUMBER. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine; the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

14.11. FRACTIONAL SHARES. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares or whether such fractional shares shall be eliminated by rounding up.

14.12. GOVERNMENT AND OTHER REGULATIONS. The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Stock or otherwise shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register under the 1933 Act, or any state securities act, any of the shares of Stock paid under the Plan. The shares paid under the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act, and the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

-17-

14.13. GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not governed by federal law, the Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia.

14.14 ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS. Each Award Agreement may contain such other terms and conditions as the Committee may determine; provided that such other terms and conditions are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan.

The foregoing is hereby acknowledged as being the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan as adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on February 15, 1999 and approved by the Company's shareholders on April 19, 1999, as amended and restated by the Board of Directors on November 19, 2001.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

By:  /s/ Carol Yancey
     ---------------------------
Its: Vice President and Corporate Secretary
     --------------------------------------

-18-

EXHIBIT 10.56

AMENDMENT
TO THE
GENUINE PARTS COMPANY
1992 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment ("Amendment") to the Genuine Parts Company 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "1992 Plan") is made and executed this 19th day of November, 2001, to be effective as of November 19, 2001.

Pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company dated November 19, 2001, in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Plan, the 1992 Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS OF DISABILITY AND RETIREMENT. The 1992 Plan be and hereby is amended by adding to Section 1.2 thereof the following definitions of the terms "Disability" and "Retirement" and by renumbering the remaining provisions of Section 1.2 accordingly:

"(e) "Disability" shall mean any illness or other physical or mental condition of a Grantee that renders the Grantee incapable of performing his customary and usual duties for the Company, or any medically determinable illness or other physical or mental condition resulting from a bodily injury, disease or mental disorder which, in the judgment of the Committee, is permanent and continuous in nature. The Committee may require such medical or other evidence as it deems necessary to judge the nature and permanency of the Grantee's condition. Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option, Disability shall mean Permanent and Total Disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code."

"(t) "Retirement" means termination of employment with the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary after attaining age 65."

2. ACCELERATION OF VESTING OF OPTIONS UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. The 1992 Plan be and hereby is amended by adding the following sentences after the second sentence of Section 2.5 thereof:

"Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision in the Grantee's Option Agreement to the contrary, upon the Grantee's death or Disability during his employment, or upon his Retirement, all of the Grantee's outstanding Options that have been held by him for at least one year as of the date of his death, Disability or Retirement shall become fully exercisable and shall thereafter continue or lapse in accordance with the other provisions of the Plan and the Option Agreement. To the extent that this provision causes Incentive Stock Options to exceed the dollar limitation set forth in Section 2.10, the excess Options shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options."

3. ACCELERATION OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT. The 1992 Plan be and hereby is amended by adding the following sentence after the second sentence of Section 3.8 thereof:

"Notwithstanding the foregoing or any provision in the Grantee's Restricted Stock Agreement to the contrary, upon the Grantee's death or Disability during his employment, or upon his Retirement, all of the Grantee's outstanding Restricted Stock Awards that have been held by him for at least one year as of such date shall become fully vested as of the date of his death, Disability or Retirement."


4. EFFECT OF AMENDMENT. As modified hereby, the provisions of the 1992 Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

GENUINE PARTS COMPANY

By: /s/ Carol B. Yancey
    ---------------------------
    Carol B. Yancey
    Vice President and Corporate Secretary


TABLE OF CONTENTS

selected financial data
market and dividend information
segment data
management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
report of management
report of independent auditors
consolidated balance sheets
consolidated statements of income
consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity
consolidated statements of cash flows
notes to consolidated financial statements
EX-10.52 AMEND. DIRECTORS' DEFERRED COMPENSATION
EX-10.53 GENUINE PARTS COMPANY PARTNERSHIP PLAN
EX-10.54 GENUINE PARTS COMPANY PENSION PLAN
EX-10.55 1999 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
EX-10.56 AMENDMENT TO THE 1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN
EX-13 SECTIONS AND PAGES OF THE 2002 ANNUAL REPORT
EX-21 SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY
EX-23 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


Table of Contents

selected financial data

                                         
(in thousands, except per share data) Year ended December 31,   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998

 
 
 
 
 
Net sales
  $ 8,258,927     $ 8,220,668     $ 8,369,857     $ 7,950,822     $ 6,587,576  
Cost of goods sold
    5,704,749       5,699,174 **     5,764,360       5,436,056       4,468,568  
Selling, administrative and other expenses
    1,948,442       1,951,559 **     1,958,747       1,886,699       1,529,891  
Facility consolidation and impairment charges
          73,922 **                  
Income before taxes and accounting change
    605,736       496,013       646,750       628,067       589,117  
Income taxes
    238,236       198,866       261,427       250,445       233,323  
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    367,500       297,147       385,323       377,622       355,794  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    395,090 *                        
Net (loss) income after cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ (27,590 )   $ 297,147     $ 385,323     $ 377,622     $ 355,794  
Average common shares outstanding during year - assuming dilution
    175,104       173,633       175,327       179,238       180,081  
Per common share:
                                       
Diluted net income, excluding cumulative effect and 2001 charges
  $ 2.10     $ 2.08     $ 2.20     $ 2.11     $ 1.98  
Diluted net (loss) income
    (0.16 )     1.71       2.20       2.11       1.98  
Dividends declared
    1.16       1.14       1.10       1.04       1.00  
December 31 closing stock price
    30.80       36.70       26.19       24.81       33.44  
Long-term debt, less current maturities
    674,796       835,580       770,581       702,417       588,640  
Shareholders’ equity
    2,130,009       2,345,123       2,260,806       2,177,517       2,053,332  
Total assets
  $ 4,019,843     $ 4,206,646     $ 4,142,114     $ 3,929,672     $ 3,600,380  

*   The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in 2002 represents a non-cash charge related to the impairment testing for goodwill in conjunction with the new Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”. If the Company had applied the non-amortization provisions of Statement 142 for all periods presented, net income and diluted income per common share would have increased by approximately $11.9 million ($0.07 per share), $11.4 million ($0.06 per share), $10.7 million ($0.06 per share), and $4.1 million ($0.02 per share) for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998, respectively.
 
**   Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges (“2001 Charges”) totaled $107.8 million pre-tax in 2001 and $64.4 million after tax. The pre-tax charges include $17.4 million classified in cost of goods sold and $16.4 million classified in selling, administrative and other expenses.

market and dividend information

High and Low Sales Price and Dividends per Share of Common Shares Traded on the New York Stock Exchange
                                 
    Sales Price of Common Shares
   
Quarter   2002   2001

 
 
    High   Low   High   Low
   
 
 
 
First
  $ 38.08     $ 33.92     $ 28.45     $ 23.91  
Second
    37.80       34.17       31.50       25.28  
Third
    33.63       27.64       34.56       26.93  
Fourth
    32.00       29.48       37.94       31.85  
                 
    Dividends Declared Per Share
   
    2002   2001
   
 
First
  $ 0.29     $ .285  
Second
    0.29       .285  
Third
    0.29       .285  
Fourth
    0.29       .285  

Number of Record Holders of Common Stock: 7,773

16


Table of Contents

segment data

                                                                 
(dollars in thousands) Year ended December 31,   2002   2001   2000   1999   1998                

 
 
 
 
 
               
Net sales:
                                                       
 
Automotive
  $ 4,335,362     $ 4,252,913     $ 4,163,814     $ 4,084,775     $ 3,262,406                  
 
Industrial
    2,246,124       2,234,241       2,342,686       2,156,134       2,008,789                  
 
Office products
    1,396,453       1,379,859       1,336,500       1,218,367       1,122,420                  
 
Electrical/electronic materials
    315,826       387,771       557,866       522,411       220,417                  
 
Other
    (34,838 )     (34,116 )     (31,009 )     (30,865 )     (26,456 )                
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
       
Total net sales
  $ 8,258,927     $ 8,220,668     $ 8,369,857     $ 7,950,822     $ 6,587,576                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
Operating profit:
                                                       
 
Automotive
  $ 381,771     $ 378,162     $ 381,250     $ 383,830     $ 330,988                  
 
Industrial
    178,027       172,208       206,193       186,203       176,456                  
 
Office products
    140,912       141,762       134,343       118,345       113,821                  
 
Electrical/electronic materials
    2,756       3,229       28,010       23,343       12,030                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
       
Total operating profit
    703,466       695,361       749,796       711,721       633,295                  
Interest expense
    (59,640 )     (59,416 )     (63,496 )     (41,487 )     (20,096 )                
Corporate expense
    (33,354 )     (27,670 )     (23,277 )     (22,283 )     (19,545 )                
Equity in (loss) income from investees
                      (3,675 )     3,329                  
Goodwill and intangible amortization
    (2,421 )     (14,333 )     (13,843 )     (12,708 )     (5,157 )                
Minority interests
    (2,315 )     (3,077 )     (2,430 )     (3,501 )     (2,709 )                
Facility consolidation and impairment charges
          (94,852 )                                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
 
Income before income taxes and accounting change
  $ 605,736     $ 496,013     $ 646,750     $ 628,067     $ 589,117                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
Assets:
                                                       
 
Automotive
  $ 2,242,227     $ 2,219,503     $ 2,099,610     $ 2,034,417     $ 1,966,774                  
 
Industrial
    1,013,259       867,716       840,585       758,206       671,454                  
 
Office products
    581,203       538,468       542,406       503,904       442,220                  
 
Electrical/electronic materials
    98,225       121,721       190,635       174,258       147,074                  
 
Corporate
    26,224       17,160       17,443       18,588       18,385                  
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
    58,705       442,078       451,435       440,299       354,473                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
       
Total assets
  $ 4,019,843     $ 4,206,646     $ 4,142,114     $ 3,929,672     $ 3,600,380                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
Depreciation and amortization:
                                                       
 
Automotive
  $ 43,007     $ 45,094     $ 51,546     $ 51,563     $ 43,637                  
 
Industrial
    10,789       11,992       11,617       10,926       8,619                  
 
Office products
    9,856       9,345       9,598       8,814       8,391                  
 
Electrical/electronic materials
    3,422       4,009       4,391       4,173       1,508                  
 
Corporate
    656       1,020       1,308       1,783       1,993                  
 
Goodwill and intangible amortization
    2,421       14,333       13,843       12,708       5,157                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
   
Total depreciation and amortization
  $ 70,151     $ 85,793     $ 92,303     $ 89,967     $ 69,305                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
Capital expenditures:
                                                       
 
Automotive
  $ 38,599     $ 26,766     $ 35,031     $ 57,710     $ 69,154                  
 
Industrial
    10,868       6,388       20,054       11,275       6,972                  
 
Office products
    13,376       5,941       9,116       16,085       6,901                  
 
Electrical/electronic materials
    224       2,466       3,183       3,113       4,688                  
 
Corporate
    1,691       383       3,745       100       546                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
       
Total capital expenditures
  $ 64,758     $ 41,944     $ 71,129     $ 88,283     $ 88,261                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
Net sales:
                                                       
 
United States
  $ 7,568,926     $ 7,526,631     $ 7,665,498     $ 7,345,707     $ 6,535,020                  
 
Canada
    623,686       629,330       633,715       585,504       79,012                  
 
Mexico
    101,153       98,823       101,653       50,476                        
 
Other
    (34,838 )     (34,116 )     (31,009 )     (30,865 )     (26,456 )                
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total net sales
  $ 8,258,927     $ 8,220,668     $ 8,369,857     $ 7,950,822     $ 6,587,576                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
Net long-lived assets:
                                                       
 
United States
  $ 339,495     $ 579,635     $ 618,818     $ 620,837     $ 545,452                  
 
Canada
    47,522       182,041       201,895       207,672       187,951                  
 
Mexico
    4,739       25,534       25,982       25,333       15,338                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 
     
Total net long-lived assets
  $ 391,756     $ 787,210     $ 846,695     $ 853,842     $ 748,741                  
 
   
     
     
     
     
                 

17


Table of Contents

management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

December 31, 2002

Results of Operations:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2001

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2002, totaled $8.26 billion, which was a slight increase from 2001. Sales for the Automotive Group (“Automotive”) were $4.3 billion in 2002, an increase of 2% over 2001. Sales for S.P. Richards, our Office Products Group (“Office”), were $1.4 billion, up 1% over 2001. Sales for Motion Industries, our Industrial Group (“Industrial”), were $2.2 billion, a slight increase over the previous year; and sales for EIS, our Electrical and Electronic Group (“Electrical”), were down 19% to $316 million. All industry groups continue to be affected by the slow economy with the impact being greatest for EIS due to the telecommunication and manufacturing sectors of the economy. Prices were down slightly in the Automotive and Electrical segments, while pricing in the Industrial and Office segments increased 2% and .7%, respectively.

Cost of goods sold was 69.1% of net sales in 2002 as compared to 69.3% in 2001. The decrease can be attributed to more efficient supply chain costs, inventory mix and certain inventory related exit costs in 2001. Selling, administrative, and other expenses of $1.9 billion were flat as compared to 2001, and slightly down from the previous year as a percentage of sales.

Operating profit as a percentage of sales was 8.5% for the year, which was flat with 2001. These results are reflective of the overall economic conditions, as well as the fixed costs inherent in distribution, which have continued to impact operating margins. Automotive operating margins decreased slightly from 8.9% in 2001 to 8.8% in 2002. Costs associated with new store openings were only partially offset by cost reductions associated with distribution center closings and other headcount reductions. Industrial operating margins increased from 7.7% in 2001 to 7.9% in 2002, reflecting cost and headcount reductions resulting from branch closings. Office Products margins decreased slightly from 10.3% in 2001 to 10.1% in 2002. Our Electrical and Electronic segment increased their margins slightly.

The effective income tax rate decreased from 40.1% to 39.3% for the year, primarily as a result of the decrease in non-deductible goodwill amortization due to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” (SFAS 142). Net income, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill, was 4.5% of net sales as compared to 3.6% in 2001. Net income for 2002, before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill impairment was $368 million, an increase of 2%, compared to $362 million, before the Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges (“2001 Charges”) as discussed below, for the same period in the prior year. On a per share diluted basis, net income for the period, before the 2002 cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill and the 2001 Charges equaled $2.10, as compared to $2.08 reported in 2001. After the 2002 cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill and the 2001 Charges, the net loss was $28 million, or $.16 diluted loss per share for 2002, as compared to net income in 2001 of $297 million, or $1.71 diluted earnings per share.

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001 AND 2000

Net sales in 2001 were $8.2 billion, a decline of 2% as compared to 2000. The Automotive Group and Office Products Group increased sales by 2% and 3%, respectively. Price increases for Automotive were 2% in 2001 and 1% in 2000 and, for Office, 2% in 2001 and 1.7% in 2000. Industrial and EIS reported sales decreases of 5% and 30%, respectively, resulting from the economic slowdown in the industrial manufacturing and telecommunication sectors of the economy. Although Industrial and Electrical each had price increases of 1% in 2001 and 2% and 1%, respectively, in 2000, the effect of such increases was more than offset by volume declines.

Cost of goods sold was 69.3% of net sales in 2001 as compared to 68.9% in 2000. The slight increase in cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales is primarily attributable to continued pricing pressures resulting from the recessionary economic conditions coupled with inventory-related exit costs discussed below totaling approximately $17.4 million. Selling, administrative and other expenses of $1.9 billion were flat

18


Table of Contents

from 2001 to 2000. At 23.7% of net sales in 2001, these expenses increased slightly from 23.4% in 2000. Excluding the effect of the 2001 Charges, selling, administrative, and other expenses declined by just over 1%, generally consistent with the sales decrease.

Operating profit as a percentage of sales was 8.5% in 2001 as compared to 9.0% in 2000. These results are reflective of the overall economic conditions in 2001 and the fixed costs inherent in distribution. Automotive operating margins decreased slightly from 9.2% in 2000 to 8.9% in 2001. Office operating margins showed slight improvement from 10.1% in 2000 to 10.3% in 2001. The current economic conditions continued to place the most pressure on the Industrial and Electrical segment. Industrial margins declined to 7.7% in 2001 from 8.8% in 2000. EIS, with a sales decrease in 2001 of 30%, had an operating margin of 1% in 2001 and 5% in 2000. The margin decline at EIS is because the operating expenses associated with EIS’ business could not be reduced to the extent of the sales decline.

The effective income tax rate was 40.1% in 2001 as compared to 40.4% in 2000. Net income in 2001 was $297 million, reflecting a 23% decrease over 2000 net income. Net income as a percent of net sales was 3.6% in 2001 as compared to 4.6% in 2000. Excluding the effect of the Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges, net income was down 6% from 2000 and was 4.4% of sales. This decrease in net income is primarily attributable to the sales decline. In 2001, diluted earnings per share were $1.71, a 22% decrease from $2.20 reported in 2000. Excluding the 2001 Charges, diluted earnings per share were $2.08, a 5% decrease from 2000.

FACILITY CONSOLIDATION, IMPAIRMENT AND OTHER CHARGES

In the fourth quarter of 2001, the Company’s management approved a plan to close and consolidate certain Company-operated facilities, terminate certain employees, and exit certain other activities. The Company also determined that certain assets were impaired. Following is a summary of the charges ($107.8 million pre-tax; $64.4 million, net of tax) and accruals related to continuing liabilities associated with the plan (in thousands):
                                                 
                    Paid in   Liability at   Paid in   Liability at
    Total   Non-cash   2001   Dec. 31, 2001   2002   Dec. 31, 2002
   
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment charges
  $ 49,400     $ (49,400 )   $     $     $     $  
Facility consolidation expenses
    17,900       (6,900 )     (300 )     10,700       (4,800 )     5,900  
Severance expenses
    6,700             (100 )     6,600       (4,800 )     1,800  
Inventory-related exit costs - cost of goods sold
    17,400       (17,400 )                        
Other — selling, administrative and other expenses
    16,400       (15,800 )           600       (300 )     300  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  $ 107,800     $ (89,500 )   $ (400 )   $ 17,900     $ (9,900 )   $ 8,000  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

Impairment charges are primarily comprised of two separate technology projects: (1) an abandoned software system implementation in the Office Products Group totaling approximately $30 million, and (2) an impaired technology-related venture in the Automotive Group totaling approximately $15 million for which the Company projects the undiscounted cash flows to be less than the carrying amount of the related investment. Facility consolidation expenses relate to facility consolidations in each of the Company’s business segments. In 2001, the Company identified certain distribution, branch and retail facilities that were to be closed prior to December 31, 2002. The Company appropriately accrued the estimated lease obligation from the planned exit date through the end of the contractual lease term, net of estimated sublease income. The facility consolidations did not result in any material decline in net sales, as all such closed facilities have been served by other Company-operated facilities.

Severance expenses include charges for employees who have been involuntarily terminated in connection with the Company’s facility consolidations. All terminations occurred prior to December 31, 2002. Inventory-related exit costs relate to inventory considered by the Company to be impaired as a result of the facility consolidations described above and related inventory rationalization and optimization programs.

19


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (continued)

All inventory-related exit costs have been classified as cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. Other charges have been classified as a component of selling, administrative, and other expenses.

FINANCIAL CONDITION

The major balance sheet categories were relatively consistent with the December 31, 2001 balance sheet. Prepaid expenses and other current assets declined primarily due to the realization of a significant income tax receivable. Goodwill and other intangible assets declined due to the January 1, 2002 adoption of a new accounting principle, as discussed below. The Company’s cash balance at December 31, 2002 was $20 million, down $66 million as compared to December 31, 2001, primarily due to a reduction of debt. Due to our Automotive Group’s new store acquisitions, and favorable buying opportunities in the Industrial and Office Groups, inventory increased 13.5% as compared to December 31, 2001. In connection with the Company’s continuing focus on negotiating extended payment terms with vendors, accounts payable at December 31, 2002 increased approximately $91 million as compared to 2001. The change in long-term debt is discussed below.

During the first quarter of 2002, the Company completed its transitional impairment testing of goodwill as required by SFAS 142. As a result, a non-cash charge of $395.1 million was recorded as of January 1, 2002 representing the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. Most of the goodwill written down is in connection with acquisitions made in 1998 and 1999 where the discounted cash flows was estimated to be less than the carrying amount of the goodwill recorded. The breakdown of this impairment by reportable segment is summarized as follows, in thousands:

         
    Transitional impairment losses
   
Automotive
  $ 213,401  
Industrial
    19,512  
Office products
    6,566  
Electrical/electronic materials
    155,611  
 
   
 
Total
  $ 395,090  
 
   
 

In addition, the adoption of the non-amortization provisions of SFAS 142 resulted in a decrease in amortization expense of approximately $12 million, or $.07 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2002.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company’s long-term debt decreased by approximately $100 million in 2002 as compared to 2001. The decline in borrowings is primarily attributable to cash generated from operating activities of $272 million and $36 million in cash generated from stock option exercises. In addition, the Company had minimal stock repurchases during 2002, and capital expenditures and other investing activities were comparable to 2001.

On November 30, 2001, the Company completed a $500 million financing arrangement with a consortium of financial institutions and insurance companies. At December 31, 2002, the Company had unsecured Senior Notes outstanding under this financing arrangement as follows: $250 million, Series A, 5.86% fixed, due 2008; and $250 million, Series B, 6.23% fixed, due 2011. In addition, at December 31, 2002, the Company had $100 million outstanding on a $200 million unsecured revolving line of credit, LIBOR plus .55%, due 2003, and an unsecured term note in the amount of $171 million, LIBOR plus .55%, due 2004; and $20 million in other borrowings. Certain borrowings contain covenants related to a maximum debt-to-equity ratio, a minimum fixed-charge coverage ratio, and certain limitations on additional borrowings. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. The weighted average interest rate on the Company’s outstanding borrowings was approximately 4.8% and 5.3% at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Total interest expense for all borrowings was $59.6 million and $59.4 million 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The Company also has an $85 million construction and lease facility. Properties acquired by the lessor are constructed and then leased to the Company under operating lease agreements. The total amount advanced and outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2002 was approximately $66 million. Since the resulting leases are operating leases, no debt obligation is recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. This construction and lease facility expires in 2008. Lease pay-

20


Table of Contents

ments fluctuate based upon current interest rates and are generally based upon LIBOR plus .55%. The lease facility contains residual value guarantee provisions and guarantees under events of default. Although management believes the likelihood of funding to be remote, the maximum guarantee obligation under the construction and lease facility is approximately $66 million at December 31, 2002. In addition, the Company guaranteed borrowings of affiliates totaling approximately $61.4 million and $59.7 million at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

In August 1999, the Company completed the repurchase of 15 million shares authorized by the Board of Directors in 1994. The Board authorized the repurchase of an additional 15 million shares on April 19, 1999. Through December 31, 2002, approximately 7.8 million shares have been repurchased under this new authorization.

The following table shows the Company’s approximate obligations and commitments to make future payments under contractual obligations as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

                                         
            Period less   Period 1-3   Period 4-5   Period over
    Total   than 1 year   years   years   5 years
   
 
 
 
 
Credit facilities
  $ 791,701     $ 116,905     $ 174,796           $ 500,000  
Operating leases
    375,850       101,728       125,877       60,921       87,324  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total Contractual
                                       
Cash Obligations
  $ 1,167,551     $ 218,633     $ 300,673     $ 60,921     $ 587,324  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

The Company has certain commercial commitments related to affiliate borrowing guarantees and residual values under operating leases. The Company believes the likelihood of any significant amounts being funded in connection with these commitments to be remote. The following table shows the Company’s approximate commercial commitments as of December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

                                         
    Total   Period   Period   Period   Period
    Amounts   less than   1-3   4-5   over
    Committed   1 year   years   years   5 years
   
 
 
 
 
Guaranteed borrowings of affiliates
  $ 61,350     $ 21,372     $ 6,903     $ 4,701     $ 28,374  
Residual value guarantee under operating leases
    52,800                         52,800  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total Commercial Commitments
  $ 114,150     $ 21,372     $ 6,903     $ 4,701     $ 81,174  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 

The Company manages its exposure to changes in short-term interest rates, particularly to reduce the impact on its floating-rate term notes, by entering into interest rate swap agreements. The Company has interest rate swaps with fair value of approximately $15.6 million and $31.6 million outstanding as of December 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively. The decrease in fair values since December 31, 2001 is primarily due to normal settlement of monthly payments due on swaps during the year ended December 31, 2002, as well as the early termination of certain swaps, offset by increases in the fair value of the liability on outstanding swaps during the period.

The following table shows the activity of the Company’s liability for interest rate swap agreements for the period from December 31, 2001 to December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

         
Fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2001
  $ 31,570  
Contracts realized or otherwise settled during the period (cash paid)
    (35,580 )
Other changes in fair values
    19,653  
 
   
 
Fair value of contracts outstanding at December 31, 2002
  $ 15,643  
 
   
 

This interest rate swap liability is included in other accrued expenses in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Other than interest rate swaps, the Company does not have any other derivative instruments. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.

The Company’s exposure to future declines in interest rates associated with fixed rate interest rate swap agreements has been reduced significantly since December 31, 2001. At December 31, 2001, the Company had fixed interest rate payment swap agreements outstanding in the notional amount of approximately $600 million. At December 31, 2002, the notional amount of these outstanding interest swap agreements was approximately $100 million, comprised of two $50 million notional swaps with maturity dates of 2005 and 2008. In addition, at December 31, 2002, approximately $500 million of the Company’s total borrowings, which mature in approximately six and nine years, are at fixed rates of interest. A 1% adverse change in interest rates would not have a material adverse impact on future earnings and cash flows of the Company.

21


Table of Contents

management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations (continued)

The ratio of current assets to current liabilities is 3.1 to 1 at December 31, 2002, and the Company’s cash position is good. The Company believes existing credit facilities and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to fund future operations.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Inventories — Provisions for Slow Moving and Obsolescence

The Company identifies slow moving or obsolete inventories and estimates appropriate loss provisions related thereto. Historically, these loss provisions have not been significant as the vast majority of the Company’s inventories are not highly susceptible to obsolescence and are eligible for return under various vendor return programs. While the Company has no reason to believe its inventory return privileges will be discontinued in the future, its risk of loss associated with obsolete or slow moving inventories would increase if such were to occur.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts — Methodology

The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Initially, the Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net sales based on historical bad debt experience. This initial estimate is periodically adjusted when the Company becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filing) or as a result of changes in the overall aging of accounts receivable. While the Company has a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, a general economic downturn in any of the industry segments in which the Company operates could result in higher than expected defaults, and, therefore, the need to revise estimates for bad debts. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the Company recorded provisions for bad debts of $20.9 million, $26.5 million and $13.9 million, respectively.

Consideration Received from Vendors

The Company enters into agreements at the beginning of each year with many of its vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates and advertising allowances. Generally, the Company earns inventory purchase rebates upon achieving specified volume purchasing levels and advertising allowances upon fulfilling its obligations related to cooperative advertising programs. The Company accrues for the receipt of inventory purchase rebates as part of its inventory cost based on cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected inventory purchases through the end of the year, and, in the case of advertising allowances, upon completion of the Company’s obligations related thereto. While management believes the Company will continue to receive such amounts in 2003 and beyond, there can be no assurance that vendors will continue to provide comparable amounts of rebates and allowances in the future.

Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment and Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

At least annually, the Company evaluates property, plant and equipment and goodwill and other intangible assets for potential impairment indicators. The Company’s judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators are based on legal factors, market conditions and operational performance. Future events could cause the Company to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that assets associated with a particular operation are impaired. Evaluating the impairment also requires the Company to estimate future operating results and cash flows which require judgment by management. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

Quarterly Results of Operations:

The preparation of interim consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions for the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements. Specifically, the Company makes certain estimates in its interim consolidated financial statements for the accrual of bad debts, inventory adjustments, and volume rebates earned. Bad debts are accrued based on a percentage of sales and volume rebates are estimated based upon cumulative and projected purchasing levels. Inventory adjustments are accrued on an interim basis and adjusted in the fourth quarter based on the annual October 31 book-to-physical inventory adjustment. The methodology and practices

22


Table of Contents

used in deriving estimates for interim reporting typically result in adjustments upon accurate determination at year-end. The effect of these adjustments in 2002 and 2001 was not significant.

The cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle related to goodwill impairment as discussed above resulted in a decrease in net income in the first quarter of 2002 of $2.26 per share. Without the cumulative effect adjustment, diluted income per share would have been $.50 in the quarter ended March 31, 2002. The 2001 Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges discussed above resulted in a decrease in net income in the fourth quarter of 2001 of $.37 per share diluted. Without the 2001 Charges, diluted income per share would have been $.51 per share in the quarter ended December 31, 2001.

The following is a summary of the quarterly results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001.

                                 
    Three Months Ended
   
    March 31,   June 30,   Sept. 30,   Dec. 31,
   
 
 
 
    (in thousands except for per share data)
2002
                               
Net Sales
  $ 1,977,743     $ 2,130,924     $ 2,156,759     $ 1,993,501  
Gross Profit
    603,969       644,232       649,793       656,184  
Net Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    87,027       96,047       94,027       90,399  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    (395,090 )                  
Net(Loss)/lncome
    (308,063 )     96,047       94,027       90,399  
Diluted Earnings/ (Loss) per share:
                               
Before change in accounting principle
    .50       .55       .54       .52  
After change in accounting principle
    (1.76 )     .55       .54       .52  
2001
                               
Net Sales
  $ 2,054,972     $ 2,118,976     $ 2,099,191     $ 1,947,529  
Gross Profit
    623,159       642,977       630,312       625,046  
Net Income
    89,273       94,688       88,216       24,970  
Diluted Earnings per share
    .52       .55       .51       .14  

Forward-looking Statements:

Statements in this report constitute forward-looking statements that are subject to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The Company cautions that its forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. The Company undertakes no duty to update its forward-looking statements, which reflect the Company’s beliefs, expectations, and plans as of the present. Actual results or events may differ materially from those indicated as a result of various important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to, changes in general economic conditions, the growth rate of the market for the Company’s products and services, the ability to maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships, competitive product and pricing pressures, the effectiveness of the Company’s promotional, marketing and advertising programs, changes in laws and regulations, including changes in accounting and taxation guidance, the uncertainties of litigation, as well as other risks and uncertainties discussed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

23


Table of Contents

report of management

Genuine Parts Company

We have prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related information included herein for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000. The opinion of Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent auditors, on those financial statements is included herein. The primary responsibility for the integrity of the financial information included in this annual report rests with management. Such information was prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles appropriate in the circumstances based on our best estimates and judgements and giving due consideration to materiality.

Genuine Parts Company maintains internal accounting control systems which are adequate to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded from loss or unauthorized use and which produce records adequate for preparation of financial information. The system and controls and compliance therewith are reviewed by an extensive program of internal audits and by our independent auditors. There are limits inherent in all systems of internal accounting control based on the recognition that the cost of such a system should not exceed the benefits to be derived. We believe the Company’s system provides this appropriate balance.

The Audit Committee of Genuine Parts Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Company’s financial reports and accounting practices to ascertain that they are within acceptable limits of sound practice in such matters. The membership of the Committee consists of non-employee Directors. At periodic meetings, the Audit Committee discusses audit and financial reporting matters and the internal audit function with representatives of financial management and with representatives from Ernst & Young LLP.

-S- JERRY W. NIX

JERRY W. NIX
Executive Vice President -
Finance and Chief Financial Officer
February 4, 2003

report of independent auditors

Board of Directors
Genuine Parts Company

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Genuine Parts Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

As discussed in Note 2, effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.

-S- ERNST & YOUNG LLP

ERNST & YOUNG LLP
February 4, 2003
Atlanta, Georgia

24


Table of Contents

consolidated balance sheets

                       
(dollars in thousands) December 31,   2002   2001

 
 
Assets
               
Current Assets:
               
   
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 19,995     $ 85,770  
   
Trade accounts receivable
    1,039,843       1,010,728  
   
Merchandise inventories
    2,144,787       1,890,037  
   
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    131,150       159,677  
 
   
     
 
     
Total Current Assets
    3,335,775       3,146,212  
Goodwill and Intangible Assets, less accumulated amortization
    58,705       442,078  
Other Assets
    292,312       273,224  
Property, Plant and Equipment:
               
   
Land
    36,562       37,465  
   
Buildings, less allowance for depreciation (2002-$105,348; 2001-$101,914)
    124,546       127,639  
   
Machinery and equipment, less allowance for depreciation (2002-$360,732; 2001-$341,933)
    171,943       180,028  
 
   
     
 
     
Net Property, Plant and Equipment
    333,051       345,132  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 4,019,843     $ 4,206,646  
 
   
     
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
Current Liabilities:
               
   
Trade accounts payable
  $ 735,183     $ 644,084  
   
Current portion of long-term debt and other borrowings
    116,905       57,190  
   
Accrued compensation
    63,825       62,395  
   
Other accrued expenses
    81,882       106,099  
   
Dividends payable
    50,557       49,413  
   
Income taxes payable
    21,366        
 
   
     
 
     
Total Current Liabilities
    1,069,718       919,181  
Long-Term Debt
    674,796       835,580  
Deferred Income Taxes
    97,912       60,985  
Minority Interests in Subsidiaries
    47,408       45,777  
Shareholders’ Equity:
               
   
Preferred Stock, par value $1 per share—authorized 10,000,000 shares; none issued
           
   
Common Stock, par value $1 per share—authorized 450,000,000 shares; issued 174,380,634 shares in 2002 and 173,473,944 shares in 2001
    174,381       173,474  
   
Additional paid-in capital
    44,371       16,080  
   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (60,522 )     (46,094 )
   
Retained earnings
    1,971,779       2,201,663  
 
   
     
 
     
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    2,130,009       2,345,123  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 4,019,843     $ 4,206,646  
 
   
     
 

     See accompanying notes.

25


Table of Contents

consolidated statements of income

                           
(in thousands, except per share data) Year ended December 31,   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Net sales
  $ 8,258,927     $ 8,220,668     $ 8,369,857  
Cost of goods sold
    5,704,749       5,699,174       5,764,360  
 
   
     
     
 
 
    2,554,178       2,521,494       2,605,497  
Selling, administrative and other expenses
    1,948,442       1,951,559       1,958,747  
Facility consolidation and impairment charges
          73,922        
 
   
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    605,736       496,013       646,750  
Income taxes
    238,236       198,866       261,427  
 
   
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    367,500       297,147       385,323  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    (395,090 )            
 
   
     
     
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (27,590 )   $ 297,147     $ 385,323  
 
   
     
     
 
Basic net income (loss) per common share:
                       
 
Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 2.11     $ 1.72     $ 2.20  
 
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    (2.27 )            
 
   
     
     
 
 
Basic net (loss) income
  $ (0.16 )   $ 1.72     $ 2.20  
 
   
     
     
 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share:
                       
 
Before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 2.10     $ 1.71     $ 2.20  
 
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    (2.26 )            
 
   
     
     
 
 
Diluted net (loss) income
  $ (0.16 )   $ 1.71     $ 2.20  
 
   
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    174,369       172,765       175,009  
Dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested restricted stock awards
    735       868       318  
 
   
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding- assuming dilution
    175,104       173,633       175,327  
 
   
     
     
 

     See accompanying notes.

26


Table of Contents

consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity

                                                   
                              Accumulated                
      Common Stock   Additional   Other           Total
     
  Paid-in   Comprehensive   Retained   Shareholders'
dollars in thousands   Shares   Amount   Capital   Income (Loss)   Earnings   Equity

 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2000
    177,275,602     $ 177,276     $     $ (6,857 )   $ 2,007,098     $ 2,177,517  
 
Net income
                            385,323       385,323  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      (6,184 )           (6,184 )
 
                                           
 
 
Comprehensive income
                                            379,139  
 
                                           
 
 
Cash dividends declared, $1.10 per share
                            (192,455 )     (192,455 )
 
Stock options exercised, including tax benefit
    386             8                   8  
 
Purchase of stock
    (5,466,029 )     (5,466 )     (13,840 )           (98,509 )     (117,815 )
 
Stock issued in connection with acquisitions
    579,729       580       13,832                   14,412  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
    172,389,688       172,390             (13,041 )     2,101,457       2,260,806  
 
Net income
                            297,147       297,147  
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      (12,252 )           (12,252 )
 
Changes in fair value of derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $13,867
                      (20,801 )           (20,801 )
 
                                           
 
 
Comprehensive income
                                            264,094  
 
                                           
 
 
Cash dividends declared, $1.14 per share
                            (196,941 )     (196,941 )
 
Stock options exercised, including tax benefit
    936,978       937       13,464                   14,401  
 
Purchase of stock
    (496,025 )     (496 )     (12,162 )                 (12,658 )
 
Stock issued in connection with acquisitions
    643,303       643       14,778                   15,421  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
    173,473,944       173,474       16,080       (46,094 )     2,201,663       2,345,123  
 
Net loss
                            (27,590 )     (27,590 )
 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                      (17,960 )           (17,960 )
 
Changes in fair value of derivative instruments, net of income taxes of $2,686
                      3,532             3,532  
 
                                           
 
 
Comprehensive loss
                                            (42,018 )
 
                                           
 
 
Cash dividends declared, $1.16 per share
                            (202,294 )     (202,294 )
 
Stock options exercised, including tax benefit
    1,286,697       1,287       39,190                   40,477  
 
Purchase of stock
    (389,434 )     (389 )     (11,226 )                 (11,615 )
 
Stock issued in connection with acquisition
    9,427       9       327                   336  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2002
    174,380,634     $ 174,381     $ 44,371     $ (60,522 )   $ 1,971,779     $ 2,130,009  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

27


Table of Contents

consolidated statements of cash flows

                             
(dollars in thousands) Year ended December 31,   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Operating activities
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (27,590 )   $ 297,147     $ 385,323  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Depreciation and amortization
    70,151       85,793       92,303  
 
Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment
    (25 )     (1,626 )     (5,674 )
 
Deferred income taxes
    43,995       (21,704 )     (6,714 )
 
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    395,090              
 
Non-cash portion of facility consolidation and impairment charges
          89,500        
 
Income applicable to minority interests
    2,315       3,077       2,430  
 
Income tax benefit of stock options exercised
    4,468       2,488        
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
   
Trade accounts receivable
    (27,380 )     6,974       (14,298 )
   
Merchandise inventories
    (243,005 )     (45,063 )     (84,508 )
   
Trade accounts payable
    88,215       7,354       50,899  
   
Other, net
    (33,826 )     (88,300 )     (105,336 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
    299,998       38,493       (70,898 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    272,408       335,640       314,425  
Investing activities
                       
Purchases of properly, plant and equipment
    (64,758 )     (41,944 )     (71,129 )
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
    10,137       5,261       10,605  
Acquisition of businesses and other investments, net of cash acquired
    (6,042 )     (16,358 )     (46,226 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (60,663 )     (53,041 )     (106,750 )
Financing activities
                       
Proceeds from credit facilities
    1,021,168       3,223,466       2,813,820  
Payments on credit facilities
    (1,122,237 )     (3,251,769 )     (2,731,601 )
Stock options exercised
    36,009       11,913       8  
Dividends paid
    (201,150 )     (195,022 )     (189,995 )
Purchase of stock
    (11,615 )     (12,658 )     (117,815 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (277,825 )     (224,070 )     (225,583 )
 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    305       (497 )     (89 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (65,775 )     58,032       (17,997 )
 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    85,770       27,738       45,735  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 19,995     $ 85,770     $ 27,738  
 
   
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
 
Income taxes
  $ 173,595     $ 257,280     $ 252,416  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Interest
  $ 60,807     $ 60,461     $ 61,750  
 
   
     
     
 

See accompanying notes.

28


Table of Contents

notes to consolidated financial statements

December 31, 2002

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Genuine Parts Company and all of its majority-owned subsidiaries (“the Company”) is a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials. The Company serves a diverse customer base through more than 1,850 locations in North America and, therefore, has limited exposure from credit losses to any particular customer or industry segment. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include all of the accounts of the Company. Income applicable to minority interests is included in other expenses. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates and the differences could be material.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenues from product sales upon shipment to its customers.

Foreign Currency Translation

The consolidated balance sheets and statements of income of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries have been translated into U.S. dollars at the current and average exchange rates, respectively. The foreign currency translation adjustment is included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.

Trade Accounts Receivable and the Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company evaluates the collectibility of trade accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. Initially, the Company estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts as a percentage of net sales based on historical bad debt experience. This initial estimate is periodically adjusted when the Company becomes aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g. bankruptcy filing) or as a result of changes in the overall aging of accounts receivable. While the Company has a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, a general economic downturn in any of the industry segments in which the Company operates could result in higher than expected defaults, and, therefore, the need to revise estimates for bad debts. For the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, the Company recorded provisions for bad debts of approximately $20,900,000, $26,500,000, and $13,900,000, respectively.

Merchandise Inventories, including Consideration Received from Vendors

Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for a majority of automotive parts, electrical/electronic materials, and industrial parts, and by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method for office products and certain other inventories. If the FIFO method had been used for all inventories, cost would have been approximately $181,220,000 and $173,488,000 higher than reported at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

The Company identifies slow moving or obsolete inventories and estimates appropriate provisions related thereto. Historically, these losses have not been significant as the vast majority of the Company’s inventories are not highly susceptible to obsolescence and are eligible for return under various vendor return programs. While the Company has no reason to believe its inventory return privileges will be discontinued in the future, its risk of loss associated with obsolete or slow moving inventories would increase if such were to occur.

The Company enters into agreements at the beginning of each year with many of its vendors providing for inventory purchase rebates and advertising allowances. Generally, the Company earns inventory purchase rebates upon achieving specified volume purchasing levels and advertising allowances upon fulfilling its obligations related to cooperative advertising programs. The Company accrues for the receipt of inventory purchase rebates as part of its inventory cost based on cumulative purchases of inventory to date and projected inventory purchases through the end of the year, and, in the case of advertising allowances, upon completion of the Company’s obligations related thereto. While management believes the Company will continue to receive consideration from vendors in 2003 and beyond, there can be no assurance that vendors will continue to provide comparable amounts of rebates and allowances in the future.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid expenses, amounts due from vendors, income taxes receivable in 2001, and deferred income taxes.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets primarily represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with business acquisitions. Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”). SFAS No. 142 requires that entities assess the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis effective beginning in 2002. When the fair value is less than the related carrying value, entities are required to reduce the amount of goodwill (see Note 2). The approach to evaluating the recoverability of goodwill as outlined in SFAS No. 142 requires the use of valuation techniques utilizing estimates and assumptions about projected future operating results and other variables. The impairment only approach required by SFAS No. 142 may have the effect of increasing the volatility of the Company’s earnings if additional goodwill impairment occurs at a future date.

29


Table of Contents

notes to consolidated financial statements, continued

SFAS No. 142 also requires that entities discontinue amortization of all purchased goodwill, including amortization of goodwill recorded in past business combinations. Accordingly, the Company no longer amortized goodwill beginning in 2002.

Goodwill amortization expense was $11,912,000 and $11,422,000 in 2001 and 2000, respectively. Accumulated amortization for goodwill at December 31, 2001 was $51,134,000.

Other Assets

Other assets consist primarily of a prepaid pension asset, an investment accounted for under the cost method, and certain costs of internal-use information systems under development.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is primarily determined on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful life of each asset: buildings and improvements, 10 to 40 years; machinery and equipment, 5 to 15 years.

Long-Lived Assets Other Than Goodwill

The Company assesses its long-lived assets other than goodwill for impairment whenever facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. To analyze recoverability, the Company projects undiscounted net future cash flows over the remaining life of such assets. If these projected cash flows are less than the carrying amount, an impairment would be recognized, resulting in a write-down of assets with a corresponding charge to earnings. Impairment losses, if any, are measured based upon the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Accumulated other comprehensive loss is comprised of the following:

                 
(Dollars in Thousands) December 31   2002   2001

 
 
Foreign currency translation
  $ 43,253     $ 25,293  
Net unrealized loss on derivative instruments, net of taxes
    17,269       20,801  
 
   
     
 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
  $ 60,522     $ 46,094  
 
   
     
 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amount reflected in the consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their respective fair values based on the short-term nature of these instruments. The fair value of interest rate swap agreements, included in other accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet, was approximately $15,643,000 and $31,570,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The fair value of derivative financial instruments has been determined based on quoted market prices. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the carrying amount for variable rate long-term debt approximates fair market value since the interest rates on these instruments are reset periodically to current market rates. At December 31, 2002 and 2001, the fair market value of fixed rate long-term debt was approximately $537,000,000 and $500,000,000, respectively, based primarily on quoted prices for these or similar instruments. The fair value of fixed rate long-term debt was estimated by calculating the present value of anticipated cash flows. The discount rate used was an estimated borrowing rate for similar debt instruments with like maturities.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

From time to time, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to synthetically manage the interest rate characteristics of a portion of its outstanding debt and to limit the Company’s exposure to rising interest rates. The Company designates at inception that interest rate swap agreements hedge risks associated with future variable interest payments and monitors each swap agreement to determine if it remains an effective hedge. The effectiveness of the derivative as a hedge is based on a high correlation between changes in the value of the underlying hedged item. Ineffectiveness related to the Company’s derivative transactions is not material. The Company records amounts to be received or paid as a result of interest swap agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. All of the Company’s interest rate swaps are designated as cash flow hedges. Gains or losses on terminations or redesignation of interest rate swap agreements are deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest expense of the related debt instrument over the remaining term of the original contract life of the agreements. The Company does not enter into derivatives for speculative or trading purposes.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are classified as selling, administrative and other expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income and totaled approximately $200,000,000, $198,000,000 and $200,000,000 in the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

Stock Compensation

Until January 1, 2003, the Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and related Interpretations in accounting for stock compensation. Under APB 25, no compensation expense is recognized if the exercise price of stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Note 7 contains a tabular presentation as if the Company had applied the alternative fair value accounting provided for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to all stock options. See Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements below.

Net (Loss) Income Per Common Share

Basic net (loss) income per common share is computed by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. The computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share includes the dilutive effect of stock options and non-vested restricted stock awards. Options to purchase 679,000, 3,485,000 and 4,325,000, shares of common stock at prices ranging from $23 to $38 per share were outstanding at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share because the options’ exercise price was greater than the average market price of the common shares. At December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, the dilutive effect of options to purchase approximately 56,000, 199,000, and 748,000 shares of common stock at an average exercise price of approximately $18, $18, and $9 per share, respectively, issued in connection with a 1998 acquisition have

30


Table of Contents

been included in the computation of diluted net (loss) income per common share since the date of the acquisition.

Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS No. 141”), and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS No. 142”). SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 142 requires that entities assess the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis (see Note 2).

In June 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS No. 146”) which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with exit or disposal activities and nullifies Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity (including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring) (“EITF 94-3”). SFAS No. 146 requires that a liability for costs associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred as opposed to the date of an entity’s commitment to an exit plan. SFAS No. 146 also establishes fair value as the objective for initial measurement of the liability. SFAS No. 146 is effective for exit or disposal activities that are initiated after December 31, 2002.

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure (“SFAS No. 148”). SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123 to provide alternative methods of transition to SFAS No. 123’s fair value method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation. SFAS No. 148 also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 and Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 28, Interim Financial Reporting, to require disclosure in the summary of significant accounting policies of the effects of an entity’s accounting policy with respect to stock-based employee compensation on reported net income and earnings per share in annual and interim financial statements. The disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 148 are applicable to all companies with stock-based employee compensation, regardless of whether they account for that compensation using the fair value method of SFAS No. 123 or the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS No. 148’s amendment of the transition and annual disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The additional disclosures required under SFAS No. 148 have been included in Note 7.

Beginning on January 1, 2003, the Company will prospectively account for all future stock compensation awards in accordance with SFAS No. 123’s fair value method. The adoption of the preferred recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations in 2003, and the effect on periods thereafter, while entirely dependent on the terms of future stock compensation awards, is not expected to be significant.

In November 2002, the FASB issued Interpretation Number 45, Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (“FIN 45”). FIN 45 requires an entity to disclose in its interim and annual financial statements information with respect to its obligations under certain guarantees that it has issued. It also requires an entity to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. The disclosure requirements of FIN 45 are effective for interim and annual periods ending after December 15, 2002. These disclosures are presented in Note 10. The initial recognition and measurement requirements of FIN 45 are effective prospectively for guarantees issued or modified after December 31, 2002. The Company is currently assessing the initial measurement requirements of FIN 45. However, management does not believe that the recognition requirements will have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, cash flows or results of operations.

In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of ARB No. 51 (“FIN 46”). FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. FIN 46 is effective for all new variable interest entities created or acquired after January 31, 2003. For variable interest entities created or acquired prior to February 1, 2003, the provisions of FIN 46 must be applied for the first interim or annual period beginning after June 15, 2003. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that the adoption of FIN 46 will have on its financial statements.

In January 2003, the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) of the FASB issued EITF Issue No. 02-16, Accounting by a Customer (Including a Reseller) for Certain Consideration Received from a Vendor (“EITF 02-16”). EITF 02-16 addresses accounting and reporting issues related to how a reseller should account for cash consideration received from vendors. Generally, cash consideration received from vendors is presumed to be a reduction of the prices of the vendor’s products or services and should, therefore, be characterized as a reduction of cost of sales when recognized in the customer’s income statement. However, under certain circumstances this presumption may be overcome and recognition as revenue or as a reduction of other costs in the income statement may be appropriate. While the Company does receive cash consideration from vendors subject to the provisions of EITF 02-16, the Company has not yet completed its evaluation of the potential impact on its financial statements. EITF 02-16 is effective for fiscal periods beginning after December 15, 2002.

2. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Effective January 1, 2002, the Company adopted SFAS No. 141 and SFAS No. 142. SFAS No. 141 requires that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001. SFAS No. 142 requires that entities assess the fair value of the net assets underlying all acquisition-related goodwill on a reporting unit basis effective beginning in 2002. When the fair value is less than the related carrying value, entities are required to reduce the amount of goodwill.

31


Table of Contents

notes to consolidated financial statements, continued

Within the Company’s four reportable segments, the Company identified reporting units as defined in SFAS No. 142. The reporting units’ goodwill was tested for impairment during the first quarter of 2002 as required by SFAS No. 142 based on the expected present value of future cash flows approach. As a result of this valuation process as well as the application of the remaining provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company recorded a transitional impairment loss of approximately $395.1 million ($2.27 basic loss per share and $2.26 diluted loss per share) as of January 1, 2002. This write-off was reported as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle in the Company’s consolidated statement of income as of January 1, 2002. No tax benefits were recorded in connection with this goodwill impairment. For the year ended December 31, 2002, additions to goodwill of approximately $14.7 million relate to a balance sheet reclassification and additional consideration for earnouts on prior acquisitions. The Company also assessed the finite-lived, identifiable intangible assets for impairment under the undiscounted cash flows approach and concluded there was no impairment.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the period by reportable segment, as well as other identifiable intangible assets, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

                                                 
    Goodwill                
   
               
                        Electrical   Identifiable        
                    Office   Electronic   Intangible        
    Automotive   Industrial   Products   Materials   Assets   Total
   
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2002
  $ 221,752     $ 50,304     $ 8,297     $ 155,611     $ 6,114     $ 442,078  
Goodwill and intangible assets acquired during the year
    13,266       31       400             956       14,653  
Amortization during the year
                            (2,421 )     (2,421 )
Other impairment charges
          (515 )                       (515 )
Transitional impairment losses
    (213,401 )     (19,512 )     (6,566 )     (155,611 )           (395,090 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance as of December 31, 2002
  $ 21,617     $ 30,308     $ 2,131     $     $ 4,649     $ 58,705  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 142, the Company amortized goodwill over estimated useful lives ranging from 10 years to 40 years. Had the Company accounted for goodwill consistent with the provisions of SFAS No. 142 in prior years, the Company’s income would have been affected as follows, in thousands, except per share data:

                           
Year ended December 31,   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Reported income before the cumulative effect of an change in accounting principle
  $ 367,500     $ 297,147     $ 385,323  
Add back: Goodwill amortization
          11,912       11,422  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Adjusted income before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 367,500     $ 309,059     $ 396,745  
 
   
     
     
 
Basic income per common share before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 2.11     $ 1.72     $ 2.20  
 
Add back: Goodwill amortization
          0.07       0.07  
 
   
     
     
 
 
As adjusted
  $ 2.11     $ 1.79     $ 2.27  
 
   
     
     
 
Diluted income per common share before the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 2.10     $ 1.71     $ 2.20  
 
Add back: Goodwill amortization
          0.07       0.07  
 
   
     
     
 
 
As adjusted
  $ 2.10     $ 1.78     $ 2.27  
 
   
     
     
 

3. Facility Consolidation, Impairment and Other Charges

Prior to December 31, 2001, the Company’s management approved a plan to close and consolidate certain facilities, terminate certain employees, and exit certain other activities. The Company also determined certain assets were impaired. Following is a summary of the charges and the related accruals for continuing liabilities associated with the plan (in thousands):

                                                 
                            Liability at           Liability at
                    Paid in   December 31,   Paid in   December 31,
    Total   Non-cash   2001   2001   2002   2002
   
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment charges
  $ 49,400     $ (49,400 )   $     $     $     $  
Facility consolidation expenses
    17,900       (6,900 )     (300 )     10,700     (4,800 )     5,900  
Severance expenses
    6,700             (100 )     6,600       (4,800 )     1,800  
Inventory-related exit costs
    17,400       (17,400 )                        
Other
    16,400       (15,800 )           600       (300 )     300  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
  $ 107,800     $ (89,500 )   $ (400 )   $ 17,900     $ (9,900 )   $ 8,000  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

32


Table of Contents

Impairment charges are primarily comprised of two separate technology projects: (1) an abandoned software system implementation of the Company’s office products segment totaling approximately $30,000,000, and (2) an impaired technology-related venture of the Company’s automotive segment totaling approximately $15,000,000 for which the Company projected the undiscounted cash flows to be less than the carrying amount of the related investment. Facility consolidation expenses relate to facility consolidations in each of the Company’s business segments. In 2001, the Company identified certain distribution, branch and retail facilities that were to be closed prior to December 31, 2002. The Company appropriately accrued the estimated lease obligation from the planned exit date through the end of the contractual lease term, net of estimated sublease income. The facility consolidations did not result in any material decline in net sales, as all such closed facilities have been served by other Company-operated facilities.

Severance expenses include charges for employees who have been involuntarily terminated in connection with the Company’s facility consolidation. All terminations occurred prior to December 31, 2002. Inventory-related exit costs relate to inventory considered by the Company to be impaired as a result of the facility consolidations described above and related inventory rationalization and optimization programs. All inventory-related exit costs have been classified as cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. Other charges have been classified as a component of selling, administrative and other expenses.

4. Credit Facilities

The principal amount of the Company’s borrowings subject to variable rates before interest rate swap agreements totaled approximately $287,666,000 and $378,892,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on the Company’s outstanding borrowings was approximately 4.76% and 5.30% at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

On November 30, 2001, the Company completed a $500,000,000 financing with a consortium of financial institutions and insurance companies (the “Notes”). The proceeds of the Notes were primarily used to repay certain variable rate borrowings.

Certain borrowings contain covenants related to a maximum debt-to-equity ratio, a minimum fixed-charge coverage ratio, and certain limitations on additional borrowings. At December 31, 2002, the Company was in compliance with all such covenants. Total interest expense for all borrowings was $59,640,000 in 2002, $59,416,000 in 2001 and $63,496,000 in 2000.

Amounts outstanding under the Company’s credit facilities consist of the following:

                     
(In Thousands) December 31   2002   2001

 
 
U.S. dollar denominated borrowings:
               
 
Unsecured revolving line of credit, $200,000,000, Libor plus .55%, due December 2003
  $ 100,000     $ 7,000  
 
Unsecured term notes:
               
   
November 30, 2001, Series A Senior Notes, $250,000,000 5.86% fixed, due November 30, 2008
    250,000       250,00  
   
November 30, 2001, Series B Senior Notes, $250,000,000, 6.23% fixed, due November 30, 2011
    250,000       250,000  
   
December 1, 1998, Libor plus .55%, due February 2004
    171,367       231,367  
   
July 1, 1998, Libor plus .25%, due July 2005
          50,000  
   
October 1, 1998, Libor plus .25%, due October 2008
          50,000  
   
Other borrowings
    11,370       27,375  
Canadian dollar (CND) denominated borrowings translated into U.S. dollars:
               
 
Line of credit, CND$65,000,000 secured by accounts receivable, Banker’s Acceptance rate plus .27%, cancelable on 30 days notice or due March 2003
          18,846  
 
Unsecured revolving lines of credit, CND$25,000,000, Banker’s Acceptance rate plus .55%, due October 2002
          8,041  
 
Unsecured revolving lines of credit, CND$100,000,000, Banker’s Acceptance rate plus .55%, due May 2003
    8,964       141  
 
   
     
 
 
    791,701       892,770  
Current portion of long-term debt and other borrowings
    116,905       57,190  
 
   
     
 
 
  $ 674,796     $ 835,580  
 
   
     
 

Approximate maturities under the Company’s credit facilities are as follows (in thousands):

         
2003
  $ 116,905  
2004
    171,770  
2005
    3,026  
2006
     
2007
     
Subsequent to 2007
    500,000  
 
   
 
 
  $ 791,701  
 
   
 

5. Shareholders’ Equity

The Company has a Shareholder Protection Rights Agreement which includes the distribution of rights to common shareholders under certain defined circumstances. The rights entitle the holder, upon occurrence of certain events, to purchase additional stock of the Company. The rights will be exercisable only if a person, group or company acquires 20% or more of the Company’s common stock or commences a tender offer that would result in ownership of 20% or more of the common stock. The Company is entitled to redeem each right for one cent.

33


Table of Contents

notes to consolidated financial statements, continued

6. Leased Properties

The Company leases land, buildings and equipment. Certain land and building leases have renewal options generally for periods ranging from two to ten years. In addition, certain properties occupied under operating leases contain normal purchase options. The Company also has an $85,000,000 construction and lease facility. Properties acquired by the lessor are constructed and then leased to the Company under operating lease agreements. The total amount advanced and outstanding under this facility at December 31, 2002 was approximately $66,000,000. Since the resulting leases are accounted for as operating leases, no debt obligation is recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. Future minimum payments, by year and in the aggregate, under the non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more consisted of the following at December 31, 2002 (in thousands):

         
2003
  $ 101,728  
2004
    74,143  
2005
    51,734  
2006
    34,852  
2007
    26,069  
Subsequent to 2007
    87,324  
 
   
 
 
    $375,850  
 
   
 

Rental expense for operating leases was approximately $114,352,000 in 2002, $112,470,000 in 2001, and $106,689,000 in 2000.

7. Stock Options and Restricted Stock Awards

In 1999, the Company authorized the grant of options of up to 9,000,000 shares of common stock. In accordance with stock option plans approved by shareholders, options are granted to key personnel for the purchase of the Company’s stock at prices not less than the fair market value of the shares on the dates of grant. Most options may be exercised not earlier than twelve months nor later than ten years from the date of grant.

Pro forma information regarding net income and earnings per share is required by SFAS No. 123, as amended by SFAS No. 148 and described in Note 1, determined as if the Company had accounted for its employee stock options granted subsequent to December 31, 1994 under the fair value method of SFAS No. 123. The fair value for these options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively: risk-free interest rates of 4.1%, 5.0%, and 5.9%; dividend yield of 4.0%; 3.8%, and 5.0%; annual volatility factor of the expected market price of the Company’s common stock of 0.22, 0.26, and 0.18, and an expected life of the options of 8 years, 5 years, and 6 years.

The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the expected stock price volatility. Because the Company’s employee stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management’s opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.

For purposes of pro forma disclosures under SFAS No. 123 as amended by SFAS No. 148, the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options’ vesting period. The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the fair value based method had been applied to all outstanding and unvested awards in each period (in thousands, except per share amounts):

                           
Year ended December 31,   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Net (loss) income, as reported
  $ (27,590 )   $ 297,147     $ 385,323  
Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (3,376 )     (3,394 )     (5,354 )
 
   
     
     
 
Pro forma net (loss) income
  $ (30,966 )   $ 293,753     $ 379,969  
 
   
     
     
 
(Loss) income per share:
                       
 
Basic—as reported
  $ (0.16 )   $ 1.72     $ 2.20  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Basic—pro forma
  $ (0.18 )   $ 1.70     $ 2.17  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Diluted—as reported
  $ (0.16 )   $ 1.71     $ 2.20  
 
   
     
     
 
 
Diluted—pro forma
  $ (0.18 )   $ 1.69     $ 2.17  
 
   
     
     
 

34


Table of Contents

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information are as follows:

                                                 
    2002   2001   2000
   
 
 
            Weighted           Weighted           Weighted
            Average           Average           Average
    Shares   Exercise   Shares   Exercise   Shares   Exercise
    (000's)   Price   (000's)   Price   (000's)   Price
   
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    6,156     $ 28       7,513     $ 26       5,388     $ 28  
Granted
    3,131       32       30       33       2,412       21  
Exercised
    (1,412 )     29       (1,049 )     14       (8 )     22  
Forfeited
    (301 )     34       (338 )     32       (279 )     27  
 
   
             
             
         
Outstanding at end of year
    7,574     $ 29       6,156     $ 28       7,513     $ 26  
 
   
             
             
         
Exercisable at end of year
    3,337     $ 28       4,477     $ 29       3,760     $ 28  
 
   
             
             
         
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year
  $ 5.72             $ 6.91             $ 2.71          
 
   
             
             
         
Shares available for future grants
    4,080               6,910               6,602          
 
   
             
             
         

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2002 ranged from approximately $21 to $35, except for 56,000 options granted in connection with a 1998 acquisition for which the exercise price is approximately $18. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of those options is approximately 5 years.

In 1999, the Company entered into restricted stock agreements with two officers which provide for the award of up to 150,000 and 75,000 shares, respectively, during the period 1999 through 2003 based on the Company achieving certain increases in net income per common share and stock price levels. Through December 31, 2002, the two officers have earned 15,000 and 7,500 shares, respectively. The Company recognizes compensation expense equal to the fair market value of the stock on the award date over the remaining vesting period which expires in 2009.

8. Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

                   
(In Thousands)   2002   2001

 
 
Deferred tax assets related to:
               
 
Expense not yet deducted for tax purposes
  $ 87,256     $ 117,745  
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
               
 
Employee and retiree benefits
    104,833       89,937  
 
Inventory
    52,000       33,591  
 
Property and equipment
    18,722       22,077  
 
Other
    10,333       6,848  
 
   
     
 
 
    185,888       152,453  
Net deferred tax liability
    98,632       34,708  
Current portion of deferred tax liability (asset)
    720       (26,277 )
 
   
     
 
Non-current deferred tax liability
  $ 97,912     $ 60,985  
 
   
     
 

The components of income tax expense are as follows:

                           
(In Thousands)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Current:
                       
 
Federal
  $ 165,289     $ 188,040     $ 223,452  
 
State
    28,952       32,530       44,689  
Deferred
    43,995       (21,704 )     (6,714 )
 
   
     
     
 
 
  $ 238,236     $ 198,866     $ 261,427  
 
   
     
     
 

The reasons for the difference between total tax expense and the amount computed by applying the statutory Federal income tax rate to income before income taxes and the cumulative effect of an accounting change are as follows:

                           
(In Thousands)   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
Statutory rate applied to income before the cumulative effect of an accounting change
  $ 212,008     $ 173,605     $ 226,363  
 
Plus state income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit
    23,081       19,064       28,322  
Other
    3,147       6,197       6,742  
 
   
     
     
 
 
  $ 238,236     $ 198,866     $ 261,427  
 
   
     
     
 

35


Table of Contents

notes to consolidated financial statements, continued

9. Employee Benefit Plans

The Company’s noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all of its employees. The benefits are based on an average of the employees’ compensation during five of their last ten years of credited service. The Company’s funding policy is to contribute amounts deductible for income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed for service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. Pension benefits also include amounts related to a supplemental retirement plan.

                                 
                    Other
    Pension   Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
   
 
(In Thousands)   2002   2001   2002   2001

 
 
 
 
Changes in benefit obligation
                               
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 662,532     $ 573,170     $ 10,769     $ 10,537  
Service cost
    25,622       19,935       235       177  
Interest cost
    49,810       44,525       877       816  
Plan participants’ contributions
                2,993       2,395  
Plan amendments
    (2,727 )     1,756              
Actuarial loss
    55,556       44,242       677       1,588  
Gross benefits paid
    (21,150 )     (21,096 )     (5,533 )     (4,744 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Net benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 769,643     $ 662,532     $ 10,018     $ 10,769  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Changes in plan assets
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
  $ 707,158     $ 702,282     $     $  
Actual return on plan assets
    (43,083 )     25,332              
Employer contributions
    12,085       640       2,540       2,349  
Plan participants’ contribution
                2,993       2,395  
Gross benefits paid
    (21,150 )     (21,096 )     (5,533 )     (4,744 )
 
   
     
     
     
 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
  $ 655,010     $ 707,158     $     $  
 
   
     
     
     
 

The following table sets forth the funded status of the plans and the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at December 31:

                                 
                    Other
    Pension   Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
   
 
(In Thousands)   2002   2001   2002   2001

 
 
 
 
Funded status at end of year
  $ (114,633 )   $ 44,626     $ (10,018 )   $ (10,769 )
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
    318,699       148,128       3,249       2,839  
Unrecognized prior service (income) cost
    (6,460 )     (6,702 )     5,492       5,980  
 
   
     
     
     
 
Net amount recognized at end of year
  $ 197,606     $ 186,052     $ (1,277 )   $ (1,950 )
 
   
     
     
     
 

Net periodic pension cost (income) included the following components:

                                                 
                            Other
    Pension   Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
   
 
(In Thousands)   2002   2001   2000   2002   2001   2000

 
 
 
 
 
 
Service cost
  $ 25,622     $ 19,935     $ 18,859     $ 235     $ 177     $ 88  
Interest cost
    49,810       44,525       41,363       877       816       672  
Expected return on plan assets
    (72,887 )     (72,167 )     (69,154 )                  
Amortization of unrecognized transition obligation
          260       260                    
Amortization of prior service (cost) income
    (2,968 )     (2,871 )     (2,911 )     487       588       588  
Amortization of actuarial loss
    954       531       50       268       74        
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net periodic pension cost (income)
  $ 531     $ (9,787 )   $ (11,533 )   $ 1,867     $ 1,655     $ 1,348  
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
 

The assumptions used in accounting for the defined benefit plans and other postretirement plan are as follows:

                                 
                    Other
    Pension   Postretirement
    Benefits   Benefits
   
 
    2002   2001   2002   2001
   
 
 
 
Weighted-average discount rate
    6.75 %     7.35 %     6.75 %     7.35 %
Rate of increase in future compensation levels
    4.15 %     4.15 %            
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
    9.45 %     9.85 %            
Health care cost trend on covered charges
                10.00 %     7.00 %

36


Table of Contents

The expected long-term rate of return on assets for measuring the pension expense or income for the year ending December 31, 2003 will be approximately 8.95%.

The effect of a one-percentage point change in the 2002 assumed health care cost trend is as follows:

                 
(In Thousands)   Decrease   Increase

 
 
Total service and interest cost components on net periodic postretirement health care benefit cost
  $ (2,015 )   $ 3,072  
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation for health care benefits
    (206 )     338  

At December 31, 2002, the Company-sponsored pension plan held 1,619,480 shares of common stock of the Company with a market value of approximately $49,880,000. Dividend payments received by the plan on Company stock totaled approximately $1,867,000 and $1,780,000 in 2002 and 2001, respectively. Fees paid during the year for services rendered by parties-in-interest were based on customary and reasonable rates for such services.

The Company has a defined contribution plan which covers substantially all of its domestic employees. The Company’s contributions are determined based on 20% of the first 6% of the covered employee’s salary. Total plan expense was approximately $6,112,000 in 2002, $5,901,000 in 2001 and $5,751,000 in 2000.

10. Guarantees

Certain operating leases expiring in 2008 contain residual value guarantee provisions and other guarantees which would become due in the event of a default under the operating lease agreement, or at the expiration of the operating lease agreement if the fair value of the lease properties is less than the guaranteed residual value. The maximum amount of the Company’s potential guarantee obligation at December 31, 2002 is approximately $66,000,000. The Company believes the likelihood of funding the guarantee obligation under any provision of the operating lease agreements is remote.

The Company also guarantees borrowings of certain independently controlled automotive parts stores (the “independents”). The total borrowings of the independents at December 31, 2002 were approximately $160,000,000. Of the total borrowings, the Company has guaranteed approximately $61,350,000. These loans generally mature over periods from one to ten years. In the event that the Company is required to make payments in connection with guarantee obligations of the independents, the Company would obtain and liquidate certain collateral (e.g. accounts receivable and inventory) to recover all or a portion of the amounts paid under the guarantee. To date, the Company has had no significant losses in connection with guarantees of independents’ borrowings.

11. Segment Data

The segment data for the past five years presented on page 17 is an integral part of these financial statements.

The Company’s automotive segment distributes replacement parts (other than body parts) for substantially all makes and models of automobiles, trucks and buses.

The Company’s industrial segment distributes a wide variety of industrial bearings, mechanical and fluid power transmission equipment, including hydraulic and pneumatic products, material handling components, and related parts and supplies.

The Company’s office products segment distributes a wide variety of office products, computer supplies, office furniture and business electronics.

The Company’s electrical/electronic materials segment distributes a wide variety of electrical/electronic materials, including insulating and conductive materials for use in electronic and electrical apparatus.

Inter-segment sales are not significant. Operating profit for each industry segment is calculated as net sales less operating expenses excluding general corporate expenses, interest expense, equity in income from investees, goodwill and other amortization and minority interests. Net property, plant and equipment by country relate directly to the Company’s operations in the respective country. Corporate assets are principally cash and cash equivalents and headquarters’ facilities and equipment.

For the year ended December 31, 2001, Facility Consolidation and Impairment Charges discussed in Note 3 totaling approximately $12,900,000 have been classified as a reduction to operating profit of the office products segment for management reporting purposes. In connection with a 2000 management reporting change, certain corporate expenses were reclassified to the automotive segment for all years presented. Additionally, for management purposes, net sales by segment excludes the effect of certain discounts, incentives and freight billed to customers. The line item “other” represents the net effect of the discounts, incentives and freight billed to customers which are reported as a component of net sales in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

37

.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

                                                                                        JURISDICTION OF
NAME                                                              % OWNED                INCORPORATION
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALKAMP                                                            89.6%                   INDIANA
EIS, INC.                                                         100.0%                   GEORGIA
L.O.C.O.A. LAMINATING COMPANY OF AMERICA                          100.0%                   CALIFORNIA
GENUINE PARTS FINANCE COMPANY                                     100.0%                   DELAWARE
MOTION INDUSTRIES                                                 100.0%                   DELAWARE
S.P. RICHARDS                                                     100.0%                   GEORGIA
HORIZON USA DATA SUPPLY, INC.                                     100.0%                   NEVADA
JOHNSON INDUSTRIES, INC.                                          100.0%                   GEORGIA
MANCO TRUCKING                                                    100.0%                   ILLINOIS
1ST CHOICE AUTO PARTS, INC.                                        51.0%                   GEORGIA
AUTO PARTS OF DAYTONA, INC.                                        51.0%                   GEORGIA
LAUDERDALE COUNTY SUPPLY, INC.                                     51.0%                   GEORGIA
MARION AUTO SUPPLY, INC.                                           51.0%                   GEORGIA
BAD AXE AUTO SUPPLY, INC.                                          51.0%                   GEORGIA
RIO VERDE AUTO PARTS, INC.                                         51.0%                   GEORGIA
AUTO PARTS OF JUPITER, INC.                                        51.0%                   GEORGIA
EAST TENN AUTOMOTIVE SUPPLY, INC.                                 100.0%                   GEORGIA
GAINESVILLE AUTO SUPPLY, INC.                                      51.0%                   GEORGIA
POLYCO CORPORATION                                                 70.0%                   GEORGIA
N. V. AUTOMOTIVE SUPPLY, INC.                                      51.0%                   GEORGIA
PARTS OF HILLSVILLE, INC.                                          70.0%                   GEORGIA
PRAIRIE HILLS CORP.                                               100.0%                   GEORGIA
CAROLINA PIEDMONT CORPORATION                                      51.0%                   GEORGIA
PUEBLO AUTOMOTIVE, INC.                                            51.0%                   GEORGIA
CRESWELL AUTO & TRUCK SUPPLY, INC.                                 51.0%                   GEORGIA
CLINTON COUNTY AUTO SUPPLY, INC.                                   51.0%                   GEORGIA
PARTS CONNECTION, INC.                                             70.0%                   GEORGIA
POTAMAC CREEK AUTO SUPPLY, INC                                     51.0%                   GEORGIA
WHITE COUNTY AUTO SUPPLY, INC.                                     51.0%                   GEORGIA
SUN VALLEY AUTO PARTS, INC.                                        51.0%                   GEORGIA
LOUISVILLE AUTO SUPPLY, INC.                                       51.0%                   GEORGIA
SANILAC AUTO AND TRUCK PARTS, INC.                                 51.0%                   GEORGIA
MIDLAND AUTO AND TRUCK SUPPLY, INC.                                70.0%                   GEORGIA
WEST MARION COUNTY AUTO PARTS AND ACCESSORIES, INC.                70.0%                   GEORGIA
STANDARD PARTS COMPANY OF SOUTH MONROE                             51.0%                   GEORGIA
HERTFORD COUNTY AUTO PARTS, INC.                                   51.0%                   GEORGIA
SERVICE FIRST AUTO, INC.                                           51.0%                   GEORGIA
RHINELANDER AUTO PARTS, INC.                                       51.0%                   GEORGIA
PARADISE AUTO PARTS, INC.                                          51.0%                   GEORGIA
MIDDLETON AUTO & TRUCK PARTS, INC.                                 51.0%                   GEORGIA
FIRST PARTS OF MOUNT AIRY, INC.                                    70.0%                   GEORGIA
THE FLOWERS COMPANY                                                49.0%                   NORTH CAROLINA
GENUINE PARTS HOLDINGS, LTD.                                      100.0%                   ALBERTA, CANADA
GPC MEXICO, S.A. de C.V.                                          100.0%                   PUEBLA, MEXICO
SCOTTSDALE TOOL & SUPPLY de MEXICO, S.A. de C.V.                  100.0%                   GUADALAJARA, JALISCO, MEXICO
MOTION INDUSTRIES (CANADA), INC.                                  100.0%                   OTTAWA, ONTARIO
NORWESTRA SALES (1992), INC.                                      100.0%                   BRITISH COLUMBIA, CANADA
UAP, INC.                                                         100.0%                   QUEBEC, CANADA
GARANAT INC.                                                      100.0%                   FEDERAL, CANADA
UAPRO INC.                                                        100.0%                   FEDERAL, CANADA
UNITED AUTO PARTS (Eastern) LTD.                                  100.0%                   ONTARIO, CANADA
SERVICES FINANCIERS UAP INC.                                      100.0%                   QUEBEC, CANADA
AUTOMOTEUR TERREBONNE LTEE                                        100.0%                   QUEBEC, CANADA
REUSINAGE KNIGHT INC.                                             100.0%                   FEDERAL, CANADA


Exhibit 23 - Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Genuine Parts Company of our report dated February 4, 2003, included in the 2002 Annual Report to Shareholders of Genuine Parts Company.

Our audits included the financial statement schedule of Genuine Parts Company listed in Item 15(d). This schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, the financial statement schedule referred to above, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Genuine Parts Company listed below of our report dated February 4, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Genuine Parts Company incorporated by reference or included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2002.

- Registration Statement No. 33-62512 on Form S-8 pertaining to the 1992 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

- Registration Statement No. 333-21969 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Directors' Deferred Compensation Plan

- Registration Statement No. 333-61611 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Assumed Stock Options Under the Electrical Insulation Suppliers, Inc. 1993 Incentive Plan

- Registration Statement No. 333-76639 on Form S-8 pertaining to the Genuine Parts Company 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan

                                                         /s/ Ernst and Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
March 19, 2003